Milestone Tracker
A dynamic progress tracker that allows users to set specific sustainability goals and visibly track their achievements in real-time. This feature not only provides users with a clear view of their progress towards earning rewards but also motivates continued engagement with sustainability initiatives by celebrating milestones with badges and updates.
Requirements
Goal Setting Interface
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability manager, I want to set specific sustainability goals within EcoTrackify so that my team can track our progress and stay motivated towards achieving our targets.
-
Description
-
The Goal Setting Interface allows users to define specific sustainability milestones within the Milestone Tracker feature. Users can enter quantifiable targets, deadlines, and descriptions for each goal, ensuring clarity and focus in their sustainability efforts. This interface integrates seamlessly with EcoTrackify's analytics, providing real-time updates on progress towards these goals. The functionality will enable businesses to break down their sustainability objectives into manageable parts, enhancing motivation and accountability. Users will benefit from a user-friendly design that integrates with their existing workflows, allowing them to easily align their sustainability initiatives with their business strategies.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Users should be able to set a specific sustainability goal related to reducing carbon emissions through the Goal Setting Interface.
Given that a user is on the Goal Setting Interface, When they enter a valid goal for reducing carbon emissions including specific targets and deadlines, Then the goal should be saved successfully and visible in the Milestone Tracker.
Users should receive real-time progress updates for their sustainability goals in the Milestone Tracker.
Given that a user has set a sustainability goal, When updates are made related to their resource usage or emissions, Then the progress towards the goal should update in real-time on the Milestone Tracker.
Users should be able to edit their existing sustainability goals within the Goal Setting Interface.
Given that a user has previously set a sustainability goal, When they access the Goal Setting Interface and make changes to the target or deadline, Then the updates should be saved successfully and reflected in the Milestone Tracker.
Users should be able to delete their sustainability goals if they choose to do so through the Goal Setting Interface.
Given that a user has a sustainability goal set in the Milestone Tracker, When they choose to delete the goal from the Goal Setting Interface, Then the goal should be removed successfully and no longer appear in the Milestone Tracker.
The Goal Setting Interface should allow users to view a history of their past goals and achievements.
Given that a user has set and achieved various sustainability goals, When they access the Goal Setting Interface, Then they should see a chronological list of all past goals along with their status and achievements.
Users should be able to set notification preferences for goal reminders and updates.
Given that a user is on the Goal Setting Interface, When they choose their notification preferences for reminders related to their sustainability goals, Then the preferences should be saved and the user should receive timely notifications as per their selected settings.
Real-Time Progress Dashboard
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to see my sustainability progress in real-time so that I can understand how my initiatives are performing and celebrate our achievements with my team.
-
Description
-
The Real-Time Progress Dashboard visually showcases users' achievements and progress towards their sustainability goals. This requirement entails creating a dynamic dashboard that updates automatically to present metrics such as carbon footprint reductions, waste production decreases, and resource usage efficiency. Users will have access to graphs, progress bars, and percentage completions that are easy to interpret. This feature aims to provide instant feedback, making it easier for users to see the results of their efforts. By integrating gamification elements like badges for achieving milestones, users are encouraged to engage more deeply in sustainability initiatives, fostering a more active community focused on environmental impact.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User accesses the Real-Time Progress Dashboard to view their sustainability metrics for the first time after signing up for EcoTrackify.
Given the user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they navigate to the Real-Time Progress Dashboard, then they should see an overview of their carbon footprint reduction, waste production decrease, and resource usage efficiency displayed via visually interpretable graphs and progress bars.
User tracks their progress towards a specific sustainability goal over a month using the Real-Time Progress Dashboard.
Given the user has set a sustainability goal, when they view the dashboard within a month, then there should be a visible change in metrics, showing percentage completion towards the goal along with corresponding updates or badges for milestones achieved.
A user receives notification of milestone achievements on the Real-Time Progress Dashboard after reaching specific thresholds in their sustainability efforts.
Given the user has met a sustainability milestone, when they return to the dashboard, then they should receive visual feedback such as badges displayed and a notification confirming the achievement, motivating further engagement.
An admin user reviews the Real-Time Progress Dashboard analytics to assess overall community progress towards sustainability goals.
Given the admin is logged into EcoTrackify, when they access the Real-Time Progress Dashboard, then they should see aggregated data and analytics reflecting community progress, including average carbon footprint reductions and resource usage efficiencies across all users.
User utilizes the Real-Time Progress Dashboard to download their sustainability progress metrics for reporting purposes.
Given the user is viewing their metrics on the Real-Time Progress Dashboard, when they select the option to download their progress report, then a full report export should be produced in PDF format containing all relevant metrics and achievements.
User interacts with the Real-Time Progress Dashboard on a mobile device to check sustainability progress while away from their desktop.
Given the user accesses the EcoTrackify platform from a mobile device, when they open the Real-Time Progress Dashboard, then the interface should display correctly and be fully functional on mobile, showing all metrics and progress in a user-friendly format.
User compares their sustainability metrics with industry benchmarks directly within the Real-Time Progress Dashboard.
Given the user has accessed the Real-Time Progress Dashboard, when they select the industry benchmark comparison feature, then the dashboard should display their metrics alongside the benchmarks, highlighting areas of improvement or success.
Milestone Notifications
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to receive notifications when I approach or achieve my sustainability milestones so that I stay aware of my progress and can celebrate accomplishments promptly.
-
Description
-
Milestone Notifications is a proactive feature that alerts users when they are nearing a sustainability goal or have reached a significant achievement. This requirement includes both email and in-platform notifications, ensuring users stay informed about their progress. These notifications will remind users of upcoming deadlines and provide motivational messages once milestones are met, thereby enhancing engagement and accountability. The system will allow users to customize notification settings to suit their preferences, ensuring that the updates are relevant and timely, fostering a culture of continuous improvement in sustainability efforts.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives an email notification when they are 80% towards their designated sustainability goal.
Given the user has set a sustainability goal, when they reach 80% progress, then an email notification is sent to the user’s registered email address to inform them they are nearing their goal.
User receives an in-platform notification when they have reached a sustainability milestone.
Given the user has reached a sustainability milestone, when the milestone is achieved, then an in-platform notification is displayed to congratulatory the user and outline their achievement.
User customizes their notification settings to receive updates based on their personal preferences.
Given the user has accessed the notification settings, when they select their preferred notification medium (email, in-platform, or both), then the system updates their profile to reflect these preferences accurately.
User receives a reminder notification one week before a sustainability goal deadline.
Given the user has a sustainability goal with a deadline, when the date is one week away, then the system sends a reminder notification to ensure the user is aware of the upcoming deadline.
User can opt out of specific notifications while maintaining others.
Given the user is in the notification settings, when they select to opt out of specific notifications, then the system should allow them to successfully update their preferences without affecting other notifications.
User receives a motivational message when they achieve a sustainability milestone.
Given the user has achieved a milestone, when the achievement is logged in the system, then a motivational message is sent to encourage future engagement and celebrate the user's efforts.
User can view a history of all notifications received regarding milestones and deadlines.
Given the user accesses the notification history section, when they open the page, then all past notifications related to milestones and deadlines are displayed in chronological order.
Reward System Integration
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to earn rewards for achieving my sustainability goals so that I feel motivated to continue my efforts and share my success with my community.
-
Description
-
The Reward System Integration will connect users' achievements in the Milestone Tracker to tangible rewards. This requirement involves creating partnerships with local businesses, environmental organizations, or other entities that can offer discounts, bonuses, or recognition for reaching specific sustainability goals. The integration will include a points system where users earn rewards based on the milestones they achieve. This not only incentivizes users to engage with and commit to sustainability efforts but also helps foster community relationships and supports local businesses. The anticipated outcome is to create a motivational environment that encourages sustained engagement in sustainable practices.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User achieves a sustainability milestone in the Milestone Tracker and is eligible to receive a reward from a partnered business.
Given a user has completed the required milestones in the Milestone Tracker, when they access the rewards section, then they should see an available reward displayed with clear redemption instructions.
Integration of a points system that tracks users' sustainability achievements and translates them into points for rewards.
Given a user completes a milestone in the Milestone Tracker, when the milestone achievement is recorded, then the corresponding points should be added to their account balance automatically without errors.
User redeems points for a reward at a partnered business using the EcoTrackify platform.
Given the user has sufficient points in their account, when they select a reward to redeem, then the points should be deducted from their account, and a confirmation message should be displayed to the user.
Partnership agreements are established to provide users with rewards for sustainability goals.
Given EcoTrackify has established partnerships, when users view their rewards section, then they should see a list of all available rewards along with partnered business details accurately displayed.
Users receive notifications for achieving milestones and available rewards.
Given a user has achieved a milestone, when the milestone is logged in the system, then the user should receive an automated notification informing them of the achieved milestone and available rewards.
The reward system evaluates user engagement and provides personalized rewards based on activity.
Given a set of user engagement metrics, when a user maintains high engagement with sustainability activities, then the reward system should automatically suggest personalized rewards enhancing user motivation.
Track user feedback to evaluate the effectiveness of the reward system.
Given users interact with the reward system, when feedback is collected, then a report summarizing user satisfaction and suggestions should be generated for future improvements.
Milestone Progress Sharing
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to share my sustainability milestones on social media so that I can inspire others and promote our company’s commitment to sustainability.
-
Description
-
The Milestone Progress Sharing feature allows users to share their milestones and achievements on social media or within the EcoTrackify community. This requirement aims to enhance community engagement by offering users a platform to showcase their accomplishments and inspire others. Features will include customizable posts, templates for sharing, and options to tag other users or businesses. By facilitating social sharing, users can boost their brand reputation while encouraging sustainable practices among their peers. This user-driven promotion can create a ripple effect, motivating more businesses to participate in sustainability efforts. Expectations include increased user interaction and an elevated sense of community within the EcoTrackify platform.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User successfully shares their sustainability milestone achievement on social media.
Given the user has completed a milestone, When they select the 'Share' option, Then a customizable post with milestone details is generated for social media platforms.
User can tag other businesses in their shared milestone post to promote collaboration.
Given the user is composing a milestone share, When they input tags for other businesses, Then the tagged businesses receive a notification of the mention in the post.
User can choose from different post templates to showcase their achievement.
Given the user clicks on the 'Templates' option, When they view the available templates, Then they can select a template that visually represents their sustainability milestone.
User receives confirmation after successfully sharing a milestone on social media.
Given the user has shared their milestone, When the action is completed, Then a confirmation message displaying 'Your milestone has been successfully shared!' is shown.
Users can view shared milestones from the EcoTrackify community on a dedicated feed.
Given the user navigates to the 'Community' section, When they access the shared milestones feed, Then they can see a chronological list of milestones shared by other users.
Users can customize the message displayed with their milestone when sharing.
Given the user is in the sharing interface, When they edit the message accompanying their milestone, Then the changes are reflected in the preview before posting.
Users can share their milestones directly to specific platforms like Facebook or Twitter.
Given the user selects a social media platform to share, When they click 'Share', Then the milestone post is published on the selected platform in the correct format.
Reward Redemption Marketplace
An integrated marketplace where users can redeem their EcoReward points for eco-friendly products, services, and experiences. This feature enhances the value of participation, providing a tangible incentive for businesses to engage in sustainable practices while fostering partnerships with green providers and supporting the wider sustainable economy.
Requirements
Seamless EcoReward Points Integration
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to effortlessly earn EcoReward points for my sustainable actions so that I can redeem them for eco-friendly products and services, encouraging my commitment to sustainability.
-
Description
-
This requirement focuses on the seamless integration of the EcoReward points system within the EcoTrackify platform. It should allow users to easily accumulate EcoReward points from various sustainable actions such as reducing carbon footprint, minimizing waste, and utilizing resources efficiently. This integration involves functionalities to track points in real-time, display point balances on the user’s dashboard, and provide automatic updates whenever EcoReward points are earned or redeemed. The benefit of this integration is that it enhances user engagement by providing clear visibility of their sustainability efforts and the rewards they can achieve, fostering a culture of sustainability among users and incentivizing ongoing participation.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User views their EcoReward points balance on the dashboard after completing various sustainability actions.
Given a user has completed sustainable actions, when they log into their EcoTrackify account, then their current EcoReward points balance should be accurately displayed on the dashboard without any lag.
User earns EcoReward points for reducing carbon footprint through data entry of carbon emissions metrics.
Given a user enters their carbon emissions metrics, when the metrics are submitted, then the EcoReward points earned should be calculated and added to their account in real-time.
User redeems EcoReward points for eco-friendly products within the marketplace.
Given a user has sufficient EcoReward points, when they select a product in the redemption marketplace and confirm their choice, then the correct amount of points must be deducted and confirmation of the redemption should be displayed.
User receives an automatic notification when EcoReward points are earned or redeemed.
Given a user engages in activities that earn or redeem points, when the action is completed, then the user should receive an automatic notification detailing the points earned or redeemed within 5 minutes.
User summarizes the impact of their sustainability efforts based on accumulated EcoReward points.
Given a user views their EcoReward points summary, when they analyze the data, then they should see a clear breakdown of points earned by each sustainable action taken.
User integrates third-party applications that contribute to EcoReward points accumulation.
Given a user connects a third-party app, when sustainable actions are recorded via that app, then the EcoReward points should automatically update in the user's balance without manual input.
Admin monitors overall EcoReward points distribution across the user base for insights and reporting.
Given an admin accesses the EcoReward points analytics dashboard, when they view the report, then it should display the total points earned, redeemed, and the average points per user for the defined period.
Marketplace Product Catalog Management
-
User Story
-
As a marketplace admin, I want to manage the product catalog easily so that I can keep the offerings fresh and relevant for users looking to redeem their EcoReward points.
-
Description
-
This requirement entails the development of a comprehensive management system for the Reward Redemption Marketplace, enabling administrators to add, update, and remove products, services, and experiences available for redemption using EcoReward points. It should support the categorization of offerings, display relevant information such as product descriptions, images, point values, and vendors. This functionality is crucial as it ensures the marketplace stays current, diverse, and appealing to users, thus enhancing the overall user experience and promoting sustained interest in the EcoReward program.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Administrators will use the catalog management system to add a new eco-friendly product to the Reward Redemption Marketplace, ensuring all relevant details are filled out correctly to make it available for user redemption.
Given an administrator is logged into the catalog management system, when they navigate to the 'Add Product' section, enter all required fields including product name, description, point value, category, and upload at least one image, then the product should be successfully added to the marketplace and visible in the catalog within 5 minutes.
An administrator needs to update the details of an existing product in the Reward Redemption Marketplace to reflect changes in pricing and availability.
Given an administrator selects an existing product in the catalog management system, when they update the product's point value and description and save the changes, then the updated details should reflect immediately in the marketplace upon refresh.
An administrator wants to remove a discontinued product from the Reward Redemption Marketplace to prevent user confusion and maintain an updated catalog.
Given an administrator is viewing the product catalog, when they select a product and choose 'Remove', then the product should be removed from the catalog and not appear in the user-facing marketplace within 3 minutes.
The administrator needs to categorize products in the Reward Redemption Marketplace to improve user navigation and searchability.
Given an administrator is in the catalog management system, when they assign a product to the correct category and save the changes, then the product should appear under the selected category in the user marketplace without errors.
After making changes to the product catalog, the administrator wants to verify that all products are displaying the correct information on the user end of the marketplace.
Given the administrator has made changes to the catalog, when they navigate to the user-facing marketplace, then all products should display accurate information such as name, description, point value, and image without any discrepancies or missing data.
The administrator needs to ensure compliance with regulations and maintaining quality of products by reviewing vendor information within the catalog management system.
Given the administrator accesses the vendor management section, when they click on a vendor's profile, then they should be able to view and edit relevant vendor details including contact information and compliance certificates, and save any changes made with confirmation of success.
Users are browsing the Reward Redemption Marketplace and want to easily filter products based on categories and point values.
Given a user is on the marketplace page, when they apply filters for categories and set a range for point values, then only products that meet the selected criteria should be displayed, ensuring a user-friendly experience.
User-Friendly Redemption Process
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to redeem my EcoReward points easily for eco-friendly products so that I can feel valued and motivated to engage in more sustainable practices.
-
Description
-
This requirement focuses on creating a user-friendly process for redeeming EcoReward points within the marketplace. This includes a straightforward checkout process where users can select their desired products or services, view the point cost, and confirm their redemption with a clear and concise flow. It should also include functionalities like confirmation emails post-redemption, and options for tracking redemption history. The goal is to enhance user satisfaction by making the redemption process simple and efficient, thereby motivating users to participate more actively in the EcoReward program.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User initiates the redemption process by logging into their EcoTrackify account and navigates to the Reward Redemption Marketplace.
Given the user is logged into their account, when they click on the 'Reward Redemption Marketplace' link, then they should be taken to the marketplace homepage displaying available products and services for redemption.
User selects a product to redeem their EcoReward points after viewing the marketplace.
Given the user is on the marketplace homepage, when they choose a product and click 'Redeem', then they should see a pop-up confirming the point cost and an option to proceed with redemption.
User completes the redemption process by confirming their selection and receiving feedback after redemption.
Given the user has confirmed their product choice, when they click 'Confirm Redemption', then they should receive a confirmation email detailing the transaction and a summary of their remaining EcoReward points.
User views their redemption history to track their past transactions.
Given the user is in their account dashboard, when they click on 'Redemption History', then they should see a list of all previous redemptions including dates, products, and points used.
User encounters an issue during the checkout process and needs to cancel their transaction.
Given the user is in the redemption checkout, when they click on 'Cancel Transaction', then they should be redirected back to the marketplace without losing any unconfirmed selections or points.
Users want to provide feedback about the redemption process after using it.
Given that the user has completed the redemption process, when they are prompted to provide feedback, then they should be able to submit a rating and comments that are recorded in the system.
User checks if their EcoReward points balance is updated after completing a redemption.
Given the user has successfully redeemed their reward, when they navigate back to their account overview, then the EcoReward points displayed should reflect the new balance post-redemption.
Partnership Management System
-
User Story
-
As a partnership manager, I want to efficiently manage relationships with green providers so that I can ensure the marketplace is filled with quality eco-friendly options for our users.
-
Description
-
This requirement includes the development of a partnership management system that allows for onboarding and management of green providers who wish to participate in the Reward Redemption Marketplace. It should provide functionalities for application submission, vetting process, and ongoing relationship management with these partners. Features such as performance tracking, feedback collection, and partnership renewals must be included to ensure accountability and effectiveness. This system is essential as it enriches the marketplace by ensuring high-quality, eco-friendly offerings while simultaneously fostering sustainable business relationships.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Green Provider Application Submission Process
Given a new green provider wanting to apply for partnership, when they submit their application through the EcoTrackify platform, then the system should confirm submission with an email notification and display a confirmation message on the platform.
Vetting Process for Green Providers
Given an application submitted by a green provider, when the admin reviews the application and either approves or rejects it, then the system should update the status of the application and notify the provider of the outcome via email.
Management of Existing Partnerships
Given that a partnership has been established with a green provider, when the admin accesses their profile, then they should be able to view the provider's performance metrics, feedback from users, and options for renewal or termination of the partnership.
Feedback Collection from Users on Green Providers
Given that users have interacted with a green provider, when they submit feedback through the EcoTrackify platform, then the feedback must be recorded in the provider's profile and made available for admin review.
Tracking Performance of Green Providers
Given that a green provider has been onboarded, when the system tracks their performance against set criteria, then the admin should receive monthly reports summarizing key metrics such as sales, user feedback, and redemption rates.
Renewal Process for Green Provider Partnerships
Given that a partnership term is nearing its end, when the admin initiates the renewal process, then the system should prompt a review of performance metrics and feedback before allowing the renewal to proceed.
Analytics and Insights Dashboard
-
User Story
-
As a user or admin, I want to access analytics on EcoReward points usage so that I can track engagement and make informed decisions about future sustainability initiatives.
-
Description
-
This requirement involves the creation of an analytics and insights dashboard that provides users, admins, and partners with meaningful data about EcoReward points usage, redemption trends, and overall marketplace performance. The dashboard should feature tools for visualizing data, generating reports, and offering actionable insights to drive participation and improve offerings. This capability is vital for assessing the impact of the EcoReward program and identifying areas for enhancement, thus ensuring the platform remains attractive and beneficial for all stakeholders involved.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User accesses the dashboard to view analytics on EcoReward points redemption trends over the last quarter.
Given a registered user is logged in, when they navigate to the Analytics and Insights Dashboard, then they should see a visually engaging report of EcoReward points redeemed segmented by month for the last three months.
Admin generates a report on marketplace performance for stakeholders.
Given an admin user is logged in, when they select the option to generate a report, then they should be able to download a summary report of EcoReward points usage and redemption trends in CSV format.
Partner accesses the dashboard to monitor their product performance within the marketplace.
Given a partner user is logged in, when they access the Analytics and Insights Dashboard, then they should see a detailed view of how many EcoReward points have been redeemed for their products compared to others within the last month.
User customizes their dashboard to focus on specific eco-friendly product categories.
Given a user is logged in, when they customize their dashboard filters to only show eco-friendly products in the health category, then the dashboard should update to reflect analytics and insights specific to that category.
Admin reviews overall marketplace performance during a quarterly meeting with stakeholders.
Given an admin user is logged in, when they access the dashboard dashboard, then they should see key performance indicators (KPIs) including total EcoReward points earned, redeemed, and user engagement metrics in a visual format.
User receives actionable insights from the analytics dashboard to improve participation.
Given a user is viewing the dashboard, when the dashboard highlights key areas for improvement based on redemption data, then the user should receive suggestions that are actionable and relevant to their business strategies.
Social Sharing Rewards
A feature that enables users to share their sustainability achievements and EcoReward progress on social media platforms. By celebrating their commitment to sustainability publicly, users can inspire others, while also earning extra points for engagement, creating a community-focused approach to sustainability.
Requirements
Social Media Integration
-
User Story
-
As a small business owner, I want to share my sustainability achievements on social media so that I can inspire my network and encourage others to participate in sustainability efforts.
-
Description
-
This requirement involves creating seamless integrations with popular social media platforms (such as Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram) to allow users to easily share their sustainability achievements and EcoReward progress. The integration will include API connections that permit direct posting and sharing of customized messages or updates about their sustainability milestones. By enabling this feature, EcoTrackify enhances user engagement and fosters a community-driven approach to sustainability, ultimately increasing visibility and participation in the platform’s goals. Furthermore, this feature will have analytics built-in to track the impact of social sharing on user engagement and platform growth.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User shares their sustainability progress on Facebook after completing a milestone within EcoTrackify.
Given a user has successfully logged their sustainability achievement, when the user clicks the 'Share on Facebook' button, then a customized message along with a link to their progress on EcoTrackify is posted to their Facebook timeline without errors.
User checks the analytics dashboard to see the impact of their social media shares.
Given a user has shared posts on at least two social media platforms, when the user navigates to the analytics section, then they should see a summary of engagement metrics specifically related to their shared posts, including likes, shares, and comments within 24 hours.
Users can easily connect their social media accounts to EcoTrackify.
Given a user goes to the integration settings, when they click the 'Connect' button for a chosen social media platform, then they are redirected to the platform's authentication page and, upon successful authorization, their account is linked to EcoTrackify with confirmation message displayed.
User receives notifications about their EcoRewards after engaging with their social media posts.
Given a user shares their EcoTrackify achievements on social media, when the post receives engagements (likes or comments) from at least five users, then the system generates an EcoReward notification to the user within the application, informing them of their reward points earned.
User can customize the message that gets shared on social media.
Given a user is preparing to share their sustainability achievement, when they click on the 'Share' button, then they can edit the default message before posting, ensuring that at least one custom character is added to the message prior to confirmation.
Users must be able to disconnect their social media accounts from EcoTrackify at any time.
Given a user is in the integration settings, when they select a connected social media account and click the 'Disconnect' button, then the account should be removed from EcoTrackify immediately, and a confirmation message should be displayed to the user.
EcoReward Points System
-
User Story
-
As a user of EcoTrackify, I want to earn EcoReward points for sharing my achievements on social media, so that I feel motivated to contribute more to my sustainability journey.
-
Description
-
The EcoReward Points System will track and manage the rewards users earn through their sustainability activities, including points earned from social sharing. This system will not only assign points for various actions users take within EcoTrackify but also provide a transparent mechanism for users to redeem these points for rewards. This requirement will entail a user-friendly dashboard where users can see their points accumulated and available rewards, thus motivating them to stay engaged and active within the platform. Additionally, the points system will link directly with social sharing, incentivizing users to promote their achievements and generate more engagement.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User successfully shares their sustainability achievements on a social media platform through EcoTrackify's sharing feature, prompting an update to their EcoReward points based on the engagement received.
Given that the user is logged into EcoTrackify and completes the social media sharing action, when the post receives engagement (likes, shares, comments) within the first 24 hours, then the user's EcoReward points should increase by the predefined scaling factor for each type of engagement received.
A user is able to view their accumulated EcoReward points and redemption options on their customizable dashboard within EcoTrackify.
Given that the user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they navigate to their dashboard, then they should see a clear display of their current EcoReward points balance and a list of available rewards they can redeem.
Users can redeem their EcoReward points for tangible rewards offered through EcoTrackify, ensuring a seamless transaction process.
Given that the user has sufficient points for a reward, when they select a reward from the redemption options and confirm their selection, then the system should deduct the appropriate number of points and display a confirmation of the redemption, including any relevant details.
When a user shares their sustainability achievements, the EcoReward points system should automatically calculate and update points based on the user's previous sharing and engagement history.
Given that the user has established a sharing history, when they share their achievements, then the EcoReward points should be calculated according to a defined algorithm that accounts for previous engagement metrics.
Users receive notifications when they have earned EcoReward points through social sharing, encouraging further engagement.
Given that the user has successfully shared their achievements, when they earn EcoReward points, then they should receive an immediate notification within EcoTrackify detailing the points earned and suggestions for further actions.
The EcoReward Points System is capable of tracking points earned from various sustainability actions beyond social sharing, ensuring a holistic view of user engagement.
Given that the user has performed various sustainability actions, when they access their points history, then they should be able to see a comprehensive breakdown of all points earned by actions such as tracking carbon footprint or waste reduction.
Achievement Badges
-
User Story
-
As a committed user, I want to earn achievement badges for completing sustainability tasks, so that I can showcase my progress and motivate others to join.
-
Description
-
This requirement focuses on the creation of visual badges that represent users' accomplishments in sustainability, which can be earned through various activities within EcoTrackify. These badges will be displayed prominently on user profiles and can be shared on social media to highlight their commitment to sustainability. The badges serve both as a motivational tool for users to complete more sustainability tasks and as a badge of honor that can enhance their brand reputation. This feature will also include a system for tracking the criteria needed to earn each badge, ensuring clarity and goal-setting for users.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives an achievement badge after completing a sustainability task within EcoTrackify.
Given the user has completed a specified sustainability task, when they successfully submit their completion, then the system should automatically award the appropriate achievement badge and display it on their profile.
User shares their achievement badge on a social media platform.
Given the user has an achievement badge displayed on their profile, when they select the social media share option, then the badge image and description should be correctly formatted and successfully posted to the chosen social media platform.
The system tracks the criteria for earning each badge.
Given that each achievement badge has specific criteria, when the user accesses the badge tracking system, then it should display the correct criteria and the user's progress towards earning each badge in a clear and understandable manner.
User is notified when they earn a new achievement badge.
Given the user has completed the requirements for a badge, when the badge is awarded, then the user should receive a notification both within the application and via email, detailing the achievement and how it contributes to their EcoReward points.
User sees an updated leaderboard showing top achievers based on earned badges.
Given that multiple users have earned achievement badges, when the leaderboard is accessed, then it should reflect the users' standings based on the number of badges earned, updated in real-time.
The achievement badge images are intuitive and convey the sustainability accomplishments.
Given a set of achievement badges, when a user views these badges on their profile or in the badge tracking area, then the images should clearly represent the corresponding sustainability accomplishments and be visually appealing to motivate user engagement.
Users can provide feedback on the badge system.
Given that users have experience with the achievement badge system, when they submit feedback or suggestions, then the feedback system should record the response and present a confirmation message to the user, ensuring it is logged for future improvement consideration.
In-App Sharing Preview
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to see a preview of my social media post before sharing it, so that I can ensure my message is clear and represents my business accurately.
-
Description
-
Creating a feature that provides an in-app preview of what users’ posts will look like before they share their sustainability achievements on social media. This requirement ensures users have control over how their message appears, allowing them to edit, customize, and enrich their posts with images and texts. By giving users the ability to review and modify their content, EcoTrackify enhances their confidence in sharing and ensures that messaging aligns with their brand values and sustainability messages, fostering a positive community image.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User initiates the sharing process for their sustainability achievement after clicking the 'Share' button in the EcoTrackify app.
Given the user has selected a sustainability achievement to share, when they click the 'Share' button, then an in-app preview of the post should appear with editable content including images and text.
User adjusts the content in the post preview to better reflect their brand message before sharing.
Given the user is viewing the in-app post preview, when they make changes to the text or images, then those changes should be saved and immediately reflected in the post preview without any errors.
User attempts to share their sustainability achievement on social media platforms from the preview.
Given that the user has finalized their post in the in-app preview, when they click 'Post', then the shared post should accurately represent the previewed content on the selected social media platform.
User wants to ensure that their post complies with character limits on social media before sharing.
Given the user is composing their post in the in-app preview, when they enter text that exceeds the character limit of the selected social media platform, then an alert message should indicate the character limit exceeded.
A user decides to revert changes made to their post in the preview.
Given the user is in the in-app post preview, when they click the 'Revert' button, then the content should return to its last saved state before any changes were made, without any data loss.
User accesses the help section for guidance on using the in-app sharing feature.
Given the user is on the in-app sharing preview screen, when they click the 'Help' icon, then a contextual help section should open providing instructions and FAQs about using the sharing feature.
Community Engagement Analytics
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to see analytics on how my shared posts affect community engagement, so that I can optimize my sharing strategy and increase participation in sustainability efforts.
-
Description
-
Developing analytics tools to track community engagement metrics resulting from social media shares. This feature will allow users to see how their social sharing contributes to broader community engagement within EcoTrackify. Metrics may include the number of people reached, engagements generated (likes, comments, shares), and subsequent sign-ups to the platform. By providing insights into the effectiveness of social sharing, EcoTrackify empowers users to strategize their social media activities and further enhance their community contributions.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Tracking Engagement from Social Media Shares
Given a user has shared their sustainability achievements on social media, when the Community Engagement Analytics feature is used, then the user should see metrics indicating the number of unique users reached within a 7-day period.
Calculating Engagement Metrics
Given a user has shared their EcoReward progress on social media, when the user accesses their analytics dashboard, then the engagement metrics displayed should include total likes, comments, and shares as a summed total for the shares made.
Sign-up Conversion Tracking
Given that a user has shared their sustainability achievements, when a new user signs up for EcoTrackify as a result of that share, then the analytics should track and display that conversion in the user’s engagement metrics.
Displaying Engagement Trends
Given a user accesses the Community Engagement Analytics, when they view the historical data, then they should see trends over the past 30 days highlighting jumps in engagement metrics correlated with social media activities.
User Interface for Community Engagement Metrics
Given the user is on the analytics dashboard, when they navigate to Community Engagement Metrics, then they should find a clear and intuitive interface with visual graphs representing their social sharing impacts.
Notification of Engagement Achievements
Given a user reaches a significant milestone in community engagement (e.g., 100 shares), when this milestone is reached, then the user should receive an automated notification celebrating this achievement within the platform.
Feedback Loop for Strategy Improvement
Given that the Community Engagement Analytics feature is in use, when users analyze their metrics, then they should have access to guidelines and suggestions on how to improve their social media engagement strategies based on the data presented.
Eco-Coaching Insights
Personalized suggestions and coaching tips based on users' sustainability practices and EcoReward progress. This feature offers valuable insights on how to enhance their efforts, maximize points earned, and reach future milestones, effectively guiding users towards more impactful eco-friendly strategies.
Requirements
Personalized Sustainability Recommendations
-
User Story
-
As a small business owner, I want personalized coaching insights so that I can optimize my sustainability practices and earn more EcoReward points effectively.
-
Description
-
This requirement focuses on delivering tailored suggestions to users based on their specific sustainability practices and current EcoReward points. Implementing this feature will enable EcoTrackify to analyze users’ past behavior and performance metrics, providing actionable insights to help them improve their eco-friendly practices. These recommendations will be based on data analytics and machine learning algorithms that track user usage patterns and success rates in sustainability initiatives. The expected outcome is enhanced user engagement, a more engaged community, and improved sustainability metrics among users.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User requests personalized sustainability recommendations after logging into EcoTrackify for the first time.
Given a user has just created an account and logged in for the first time, when they access the Eco-Coaching Insights section, then they should receive a personalized sustainability recommendation based on their input data during registration.
A user wants to improve their eco-friendly practices based on their EcoReward progress.
Given a user has logged into EcoTrackify and viewed their EcoReward progress, when they check the Eco-Coaching Insights feature, then they will see at least three tailored suggestions that specifically relate to their current EcoReward points and sustainability practices.
A user has not engaged with the platform for a month and logs back in to check for updates.
Given a user has not interacted with EcoTrackify for 30 days, when they log back into the platform, then they should receive a prompt highlighting new personalized sustainability recommendations since their last login.
A user attempts to implement the sustainability suggestions provided by EcoTrackify and wants to track their progress.
Given a user has received personalized sustainability suggestions, when they mark one or more suggestions as 'in progress', then the system should log this status and provide updated metrics on the effectiveness of the implemented suggestions within one week.
A user provides feedback on the personalized recommendations to improve future suggestions.
Given a user has followed some sustainability recommendations, when they provide feedback on the effectiveness of these recommendations, then the system should capture this feedback and use it to adjust future recommendation algorithms accordingly.
A user reviews their past EcoReward points to visualize progress over time.
Given a user accesses the Eco-Coaching Insights section, when they view their historical EcoReward points, then the system should display a clear chart showing their EcoReward milestones and recommendations impact over the last year.
A user wants to receive notifications about new sustainability best practices and recommendations.
Given a user has opted to receive notifications, when there are significant updates or new suggestions available, then they should receive an email notification summarizing the new recommendations tailored to their sustainability practices.
Eco-Reward Milestone Tracking
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to track my progress toward EcoReward milestones so that I can stay motivated and see the benefits of my sustainability efforts.
-
Description
-
This requirement aims to implement a feature for tracking user progress toward EcoReward milestones. Users will be able to visualize their achievements and see how close they are to reaching specific goals within the platform. Integrating milestone tracking will incentivize users to maintain consistent eco-friendly practices, as they can directly correlate their efforts with tangible rewards. It will involve developing a user-friendly dashboard with visual indicators of progress, which will motivate users to engage more deeply with the EcoTrackify platform.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User views their Eco-Reward milestone progress through the dashboard.
Given the user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they navigate to the Eco-Reward milestones page, then they should see a visual representation of their current progress towards each milestone.
User receives personalized suggestions based on their Eco-Reward progress.
Given the user has completed a specified percentage of their Eco-Reward goals, when they access the Eco-Coaching Insights, then they should see tailored recommendations to enhance their sustainability practices.
User updates their sustainability practices after receiving insights.
Given the user has implemented new sustainability practices suggested in the Eco-Coaching Insights, when they log their updated practices in the system, then their Eco-Reward progress should reflect this change immediately.
User accesses their Eco-Reward history and milestone achievements.
Given the user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they access the Eco-Reward history section, then they should see a timeline of all past milestones achieved and the dates they were completed.
User is informed of upcoming milestones and deadlines.
Given the user has milestones that are approaching, when they view their dashboard, then they should receive automated notifications about the upcoming deadlines for their Eco-Reward milestones.
User engages with a community feature to share milestone achievements.
Given the user has achieved a milestone, when they opt to share their achievement on the community board, then it should successfully post their achievement with relevant details to the community section.
User can compare their progress with other users.
Given the user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they select the comparison feature, then they should view a clear comparison of their Eco-Reward progress against anonymized averages of similar users.
Integrated Eco-Coaching Modules
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want access to integrated coaching modules so that I can learn more about sustainability practices and how to implement them into my business.
-
Description
-
The goal of this requirement is to develop interactive coaching modules within EcoTrackify that educate users on sustainability best practices. These modules will provide users with engaging content, such as videos, articles, and gamified learning experiences that relate to their unique sustainability journeys. The integration of these educational resources will enhance user understanding of sustainability concepts and promote more informed decision-making. This feature is critical to empowering users with the knowledge they need to make a real impact on their sustainability goals.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User accesses the Eco-Coaching Insights feature to view personalized coaching modules tailored to their sustainability practices.
Given the user logs into EcoTrackify and navigates to the Eco-Coaching Insights section, When the user selects a coaching module, Then the module should load engaging content including videos, articles, and gamified elements based on the user's sustainability data.
User completes an interactive coaching module within EcoTrackify and receives feedback on their performance.
Given the user finishes an interactive coaching module, When the user submits their responses to the module's questions, Then the system should provide immediate feedback along with suggestions for further learning resources.
User seeks to track their progress based on interactions with the Eco-Coaching Insights feature over a month.
Given the user utilizes multiple coaching modules over the span of a month, When the user checks their progress dashboard, Then they should see a summary of points earned, modules completed, and additional recommendations tailored to their sustainability journey.
User looks for additional resources after completing a coaching module in EcoTrackify.
Given the user finishes a coaching module, When they click on the 'More Resources' button, Then they should be directed to a list of relevant articles, videos, and additional coaching modules that deepen their understanding of sustainability topics.
Admin is reviewing user engagement metrics for the Eco-Coaching Insights feature to assess usability.
Given the admin accesses the analytics dashboard, When they view the engagement metrics for the Eco-Coaching Insights feature, Then they should see analytics reporting on user feedback ratings, module completion rates, and frequency of access.
Automated Feedback System
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want an automated feedback system so that I can receive timely suggestions and encouragement based on my sustainability actions.
-
Description
-
This requirement outlines the development of an automated feedback system that provides real-time responses to users as they engage with sustainability practices within EcoTrackify. This system will utilize an AI framework to analyze user input and generate suggestions or encouragement based on their current actions and achievements. The expected benefit is that users will receive timely reinforcement, fostering a sense of accomplishment and guiding them toward further improvements in their sustainability efforts, thereby increasing overall user satisfaction with the platform.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives real-time feedback after submitting their sustainability report through EcoTrackify.
Given the user has submitted their sustainability report, when the report is processed by the AI framework, then the user should receive personalized feedback within 5 seconds that includes suggestions for improvement and encouragement based on their reported data.
A user adjusts their sustainability practices based on suggestions from the automated feedback system.
Given the user has modified their sustainability practices in response to the feedback, when they log the new data, then the automated feedback system should recognize the change and provide updated suggestions and points earned.
Users interact with the Eco-Coaching Insights feature to receive guidance on maximizing EcoReward points.
Given the user has accessed the Eco-Coaching Insights feature, when they view their current practices, then they should see at least three actionable tips personalized to their habits, along with potential EcoReward points they could earn.
Feedback consistency is maintained across multiple user engagements with the automated system.
Given the user interacts with the automated feedback system multiple times, when their input contains consistent data patterns, then the system should provide feedback that reflects those patterns without significant discrepancies.
The automated feedback system generates encouragement messages post user actions on sustainability practices.
Given the user successfully completes a sustainability milestone, when they check their notifications, then they should receive a congratulatory message that highlights their achievement and encourages further actions.
Community Challenge Features
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to participate in community challenges so that I can work collaboratively with others toward common sustainability goals.
-
Description
-
This requirement will introduce community challenges that encourage users to participate in group sustainability goals and initiatives. These challenges will foster collaboration among businesses within the EcoTrackify ecosystem, promoting collective efforts toward sustainability. Incorporating features that allow users to join, track, and report on challenges will not only improve user engagement but also create a sense of community and shared purpose. The expected outcome is stronger community ties and enhanced overall impact on sustainability outcomes.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User participates in a community challenge focused on reducing carbon emissions for their business alongside other companies using the platform.
Given a user is registered on EcoTrackify and has access to community challenges, when they join a challenge, then their participation is logged, and their progress is tracked in real-time on their dashboard.
Users can view a leaderboard displaying the progress of each participating business in a community challenge.
Given that community challenges are active, when users access the leaderboard, then they should see a sortable list of all participants, including their total points earned, percentage completion of the challenge, and ranking.
Users receive notifications about upcoming community challenges that match their sustainability goals and practices.
Given a user has set their sustainability goals in their profile, when a new community challenge is created that aligns with these goals, then the user receives an automated notification via email and in-app message within 24 hours of challenge launch.
Businesses can report their results upon completing a community challenge, contributing to collective impact assessment.
Given a user has completed a community challenge, when they submit their results, then their input is appropriately recorded, and the overall community impact metrics are updated on the platform within 2 days.
Users can share their challenge experiences and outcomes with others in the EcoTrackify community.
Given a user has completed a community challenge, when they choose to share post-challenge insights, then this information should be published on the community feed with options for other users to comment or like.
Mobile Accessibility Functionality
-
User Story
-
As a busy business owner, I want to access EcoTrackify on my mobile device so that I can manage my sustainability efforts conveniently while on the go.
-
Description
-
This requirement emphasizes the need to enhance mobile accessibility for EcoTrackify, ensuring that users can access coaching insights and track their sustainability efforts on-the-go. Implementing a responsive design and mobile-optimized interface will enable users to engage with the platform anytime, anywhere, increasing overall usability and user satisfaction. The focus will be on maintaining a seamless user experience across devices, allowing for instant updates and interaction with EcoTrackify features on mobile devices.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Mobile User Navigation for Eco-Coaching Insights
Given a mobile user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they navigate to the Eco-Coaching Insights section, then they should see a fully responsive layout that displays all relevant insights and tips without any horizontal scrolling or overlapping elements.
Real-Time Updates for Sustainability Tracking
Given a user accesses their sustainability tracking dashboard on a mobile device, when they update any sustainability metric, then the changes should be reflected in real-time without needing to refresh the page.
Mobile Accessibility of Customizable Dashboards
Given a user wishes to customize their dashboard on a mobile device, when they access the customization options, then they should be able to seamlessly adjust widgets and layouts that adapt responsively to different screen sizes.
Seamless Integration of Notifications on Mobile
Given a user receives a compliance notification, when they open the notification on their mobile device, then it should direct them to the relevant section of the app without errors or delays in loading.
Cross-Device Synchronization of Progress
Given a user is logged into EcoTrackify on both mobile and desktop, when they make progress on the EcoReward system from either device, then the changes should synchronize instantly to reflect updated points and milestones on both devices.
Accessibility Compliance for Mobile Users
Given a user accesses EcoTrackify from a mobile device, when navigating through the app, then all content must meet WCAG 2.1 AA standards to ensure that it is accessible to users with disabilities.
Customizable Dashboard Settings
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to customize my dashboard so that I can focus on the sustainability metrics that are most important to my business.
-
Description
-
This requirement involves creating customizable dashboard settings that allow users to tailor their EcoTrackify experience according to their preferences. Users will have the ability to select which metrics are most relevant to them, arrange dashboard widgets, and focus on key sustainability indicators that matter to their specific business context. This personalization will help users navigate the platform more efficiently and engage more meaningfully with their sustainability tracking efforts, leading to improved results.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User customizes their dashboard to display key metrics relevant to their business, such as carbon footprint and waste production, after logging into EcoTrackify for the first time.
Given the user is logged into the EcoTrackify platform, when they navigate to the dashboard settings and select their preferred metrics, then the selected metrics should be displayed correctly on the dashboard upon refresh.
A user re-arranges dashboard widgets to prioritize the display of waste reduction metrics over carbon footprint metrics.
Given the user is on their customized dashboard, when they drag and drop the waste reduction widget to the top of the dashboard layout, then the dashboard should retain this new arrangement even after the session is ended and restored.
The user attempts to save their dashboard configuration with an invalid metric selection (e.g., selecting a non-existent metric).
Given the user has selected an invalid metric while customizing their dashboard, when they click on the save button, then an error message should be displayed indicating that the selection is invalid, and the configuration should not be saved.
A user accesses their customized dashboard three months after initial setup to review their progress.
Given the user logs in three months after setting up their dashboard, when they view their dashboard, then all previously selected metrics and arrangements should remain unchanged and accurately reflect current data.
User receives automated prompts to customize their dashboard after a significant update to EcoTrackify.
Given EcoTrackify has been updated with new metrics, when users log in, they should receive a prompt suggesting customization of their dashboard to include the new metrics, along with a direct link to the customization settings.
A user wants to reset their dashboard back to the default settings after customizing it.
Given the user is on their customized dashboard, when they select the reset to default option, then the dashboard should revert back to the original settings without retaining any custom configurations made by the user.
Leaderboard and Challenges
A competitive leaderboard that ranks users based on their EcoRewards and sustainability achievements. This feature introduces friendly competition among businesses, encouraging them to engage more deeply with their sustainability efforts through challenges and events that can yield bonus points.
Requirements
Dynamic Leaderboard Display
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to see my ranking on a real-time leaderboard so that I can gauge my sustainability performance compared to other businesses and identify areas for improvement.
-
Description
-
The dynamic leaderboard displays real-time rankings of businesses based on their EcoRewards and sustainability achievements, promoting transparency and engagement among users. It allows businesses to view their scores, compare with peers, and assess their sustainability efforts. The dynamic nature ensures that updates happen regularly, encouraging participation and fostering a sense of community. This feature integrates seamlessly with the EcoTrackify analytics system, pulling in real-time data on users' sustainability activities to update rankings instantly. By maintaining an up-to-date leaderboard, it enhances competition and motivation for businesses to improve their scores and adopt better practices.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User views the dynamic leaderboard to assess their current standing and that of their competitors.
Given a user accesses the leaderboard page, when the page loads, then the leaderboard is displayed with real-time rankings reflecting current EcoRewards.
A user earns EcoRewards through sustainability achievements and expects the leaderboard to update accordingly in real-time.
Given a user completes a sustainability challenge and earns EcoRewards, when the new EcoRewards are recorded, then the leaderboard updates within 1 minute to reflect the changes.
A user compares their performance against a specific competitor on the leaderboard.
Given a user selects a competitor from the leaderboard for comparison, when the user clicks 'Compare', then a detailed comparison view is displayed showing both businesses' EcoRewards and achievements side by side.
An administrator wants to ensure that the leaderboard pulls accurate data from the EcoTrackify analytics system.
Given an administrator requests a data refresh for the leaderboard, when the refresh is initiated, then the leaderboard displays only data that is less than 5 minutes old.
Users want notifications for their position changes on the leaderboard to increase engagement.
Given a user's ranking changes due to EcoRewards adjustment, when the ranking changes, then the user should receive a notification detailing their new position and the reason for the change within a minute.
Users engage in challenges that affect their EcoRewards and expect it to reflect on the leaderboard.
Given a user participates in a sustainability challenge that grants bonus points, when the challenge is completed, then the leaderboard should reflect the updated EcoRewards and rank within 5 minutes.
A user accesses the leaderboard via a mobile device and expects it to display correctly.
Given a user opens the leaderboard on a mobile device, when the leaderboard is loaded, then it should display on the screen without needing horizontal scrolling and maintain legibility of all rankings.
Challenge Creation Toolkit
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability manager, I want to create and customize challenges for my team and peers so that we can engage in friendly competition and motivate each other to improve our eco-efforts.
-
Description
-
The Challenge Creation Toolkit allows users to create and customize sustainability challenges for their businesses and peers. This feature includes predefined templates for common sustainability targets, such as reducing waste or increasing renewable energy usage, along with the flexibility for users to create unique challenges. Users can set goals, duration, and reward points, and invite other businesses to participate. This toolkit encourages community interaction and commitment to sustainability, as businesses actively engage in competitions and challenges that align with their goals. Integration with notification systems ensures participants receive timely updates and reminders about challenge status and milestones.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User creates a sustainability challenge using the Challenge Creation Toolkit for their business to reduce paper usage over a month.
Given the user is logged in and navigates to the Challenge Creation Toolkit, when they select a predefined template for 'Reduce Paper Usage', and set a duration of 30 days with a goal of reducing paper usage by 20%, then the challenge should be created successfully and displayed on the user's dashboard with the specified details.
A user wants to invite other businesses to participate in their sustainability challenge after creating it.
Given the user has created a challenge and is on the challenge overview page, when they select the 'Invite Businesses' option and add email addresses of other businesses, then the invite should be sent successfully, and a confirmation message should be displayed to the user.
The system sends out notifications to participants regarding the upcoming milestones for the sustainability challenge.
Given the challenge has started and participants have been invited, when the scheduled milestone is reached, then all participants should receive an email notification about the milestone and any required actions they need to take.
A user wishes to edit the details of an existing sustainability challenge they created.
Given the user is on their list of challenges, when they select a challenge and choose the 'Edit' option, then they should be able to update the details, such as goal, duration, and rewards, and the changes should be saved successfully.
Users want to track the progress of their sustainability challenge in real-time.
Given the challenge is active, when users check the progress page, then they should see updated metrics reflecting their achievements towards the challenge goal in real-time on their dashboard.
Users need to see a leaderboard ranking based on the sustainability challenges participated in.
Given multiple users are participating in different challenges, when they access the leaderboard page, then the leaderboard should display the users ranked by their EcoRewards earned from completed challenges, including points for each challenge.
A user wants to view and utilize all available predefined templates for sustainability challenges.
Given the user is on the Challenge Creation Toolkit page, when they access the 'Templates' section, then they should see a list of all predefined templates with a brief description of each and a button to select them for their challenge.
Bonus Points System
-
User Story
-
As a participant in sustainability challenges, I want to earn bonus points for exceeding goals so that I feel more motivated to engage in eco-friendly practices and improve my ranking.
-
Description
-
The Bonus Points System incentivizes businesses to participate in challenges by offering additional EcoRewards points for completing sustainability tasks beyond standard requirements. This system is designed to gamify the sustainability efforts, encouraging more proactive participation by increasing the potential for points earned during challenges and routine activities. The points could be awarded for actions such as achieving milestones in a challenge, implementing innovative sustainability practices, or participating in community events. It integrates with the existing EcoTrackify points system to ensure that all activities are tracked accurately and reflected in users' overall standings on the leaderboard.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
As a user participating in a sustainability challenge, I want to earn bonus points for completing specific tasks beyond standard requirements so that I can boost my EcoRewards and improve my ranking on the leaderboard.
Given I complete a task within the challenge requirements, when the task is validated, then I should receive an appropriate number of bonus EcoRewards points according to the predefined points system.
As a user engaged in the EcoTrackify platform, I want to see my updated EcoRewards points reflected in real-time on my dashboard after completing a challenge task so that I can track my progress accurately.
Given I have completed a task that earns bonus points, when I refresh my dashboard, then my EcoRewards points should reflect the new total including all recently earned bonus points.
As an administrator, I want to define and manage the bonus points for different sustainability tasks so that I can ensure they are aligned with the company’s sustainability goals and user engagement strategies.
Given I am logged in as an administrator, when I access the bonus points settings, then I must be able to create, modify, or delete bonus point structures for various tasks in the system.
As a user participating in community events, I want to automatically earn bonus EcoRewards points for my participation to encourage engagement with fellow businesses.
Given I attend a community event that is recognized by EcoTrackify, when the event concludes, then I should receive a bonus for participation that reflects accurately in my EcoRewards points.
As a user, I want to be notified when I earn bonus EcoRewards points from completing tasks or challenges so that I can celebrate my achievements and stay motivated.
Given I complete a task or challenge that earns bonus points, when the system processes this action, then I should receive a notification confirming the points earned.
As a user, I want to view a history of my bonus EcoRewards points earned over time so that I can assess my commitment and progress on sustainability tasks.
Given I navigate to my EcoRewards history page, when I access the bonus points section, then I should see a detailed list of bonus points earned, including dates and task descriptions.
Leaderboard Filtering Options
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to filter the leaderboard to see how my company stacks up against similar businesses so that I can gain more relevant insights and focus on competitive improvement.
-
Description
-
The Leaderboard Filtering Options allow users to customize their view of the leaderboard based on different criteria such as industry, size of the business, or geographical location. This granularity provides users with a tailored perspective, enabling businesses to benchmark their performance against similar organizations, rather than the entire pool of users. The filtering options can be expanded in the future to include parameters like growth percentage in eco-efforts, engagement in challenges, and overall impact score. This requirement enhances user experience by making the leaderboard more relevant and useful for participants and fostering targeted competition.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User filters the leaderboard by industry to see the top performing businesses in their sector.
Given a user is on the leaderboard page, when they select an industry from the filter options and apply the filter, then the leaderboard should display only those businesses within the selected industry ranked by their EcoRewards.
User filters the leaderboard by business size to compare performance with similar organizations.
Given a user is on the leaderboard page, when they select 'Small', 'Medium', or 'Large' from the business size filter options and apply the filter, then the leaderboard should show only businesses matching the selected size category ranked by EcoRewards.
User applies geographical location filter to view local businesses on the leaderboard.
Given a user is on the leaderboard page, when they select a geographical location from the filter options and apply it, then the leaderboard should reflect only those businesses located in the selected geographical area sorted by EcoRewards.
User attempts to reset the leaderboard filters to view all businesses again.
Given a user has applied filters to the leaderboard, when they click on the 'Reset Filters' button, then the leaderboard should revert to showing all businesses ranked by EcoRewards without any filters applied.
User interacts with multiple filters at once to narrow down leaderboard results.
Given a user is on the leaderboard page, when they select both an industry and business size filter and apply them, then the leaderboard should display only those businesses that match both criteria ranked by EcoRewards.
System performance is tested with a large number of filter applications to ensure stability.
Given a system test scenario where multiple users apply various filters simultaneously, when the filters are applied, then the system should respond within 2 seconds without crashing or slowing down significantly.
Future expansion of leaderboard filters to include engagement score metrics.
Given the requirement allows for future enhancements, when an engagement score filter is introduced, then users should be able to apply it alongside existing filters and the leaderboard should update accordingly based on the applied metrics.
Automated Progress Reports
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to receive automated progress reports about my sustainability efforts so that I can stay informed about my performance and make data-driven decisions to improve.
-
Description
-
Automated Progress Reports generate and send personalized sustainability performance reports to users at regular intervals. This feature is designed to provide valuable insights into how businesses are performing in their sustainability efforts, highlighting areas of success and opportunities for improvement. The reports will include metrics such as EcoRewards earned, participation in challenges, progress toward sustainability goals, and overall ranking changes. Integration with the existing user dashboard will ensure that users can also access these reports on-demand, making it easier for businesses to stay informed and engaged with their sustainability journey.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives automated progress reports via email on a monthly basis, summarizing their sustainability performance in a clear and comprehensible format.
Given the user has opted in for automated reports, when the reporting period ends, then the user receives an email containing their sustainability report that includes EcoRewards earned, participation in challenges, and ranking changes.
Users can view their automated progress reports on their dashboard at any time, making it easy to track ongoing performance.
Given the user is logged into their EcoTrackify account, when they navigate to the reports section of the dashboard, then they can access all previously generated automated sustainability performance reports.
Users can customize the frequency of the automated progress reports to weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly according to their preferences.
Given the user is on the settings page, when they select their preferred frequency for receiving reports and save changes, then the automated reports are sent based on this new frequency.
The automated reports provide actionable insights, highlighting both successes and areas for improvement in sustainability efforts.
Given the user receives an automated report, when they review the report, then it includes specific sections on areas of success and suggested improvements based on their metrics.
Users have the option to download their automated progress reports in PDF format for record-keeping and sharing purposes.
Given the user is viewing an automated report on the dashboard, when they click the 'Download as PDF' button, then the report is downloaded in PDF format to their device.
Automated reports include a comparison metric against industry benchmarks to provide context to users about their performance.
Given the user receives an automated report, when they review the performance metrics, then the report includes comparison data against relevant industry benchmarks for EcoRewards and sustainability goals.
Users can provide feedback on the automated reports to improve future versions based on their experience and suggestions.
Given the user has just received their automated report, when they click the 'Provide Feedback' button, then they can submit their feedback which is logged for review by the development team.
Sustainability Impact Badges
Virtual badges awarded for specific achievements or milestones within the EcoReward System. These badges not only provide recognition to businesses but also serve as a visual representation of their commitment to sustainability, fostering a sense of accomplishment and community identification.
Requirements
Badge Design Customization
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to customize my sustainability impact badges so that they reflect my brand identity and enhance my recognition within the EcoTrackify community.
-
Description
-
This requirement involves the ability for users to customize the design of their sustainability impact badges within the EcoTrackify platform. Users should have options to modify colors, symbols, and text to represent their unique brand identity while aligning with EcoTrackify’s sustainability theme. This customization will enhance user engagement by allowing businesses to showcase their achievements in a way that resonates with their corporate ethos. It will also encourage more businesses to participate in the EcoReward System by providing a personalized touch to the visual recognition of their sustainability efforts.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User Customization of Badge Colors
Given a logged-in user on the EcoTrackify platform, when they access the Badge Design Customization feature, then they should be able to select and save badge colors from a color palette, and the badge preview should update accordingly.
User Customization of Badge Symbols
Given a user on the EcoTrackify platform, when they choose to customize their sustainability impact badge, then they should be able to select from a library of symbols and preview the selected symbol on their badge before saving it.
User Customization of Badge Text
Given a user customizing their badge, when they enter text to display on the badge, then the text should be displayed in real-time on the badge preview and saved properly after user confirmation.
Preview of Customized Badge
Given a user who has customized their badge design, when they click 'Preview', then they should see a full-sized version of their badge with updates reflecting their color, symbol, and text choices.
Saving Customized Badge Design
Given a user who has made alterations to their badge design, when they click the 'Save' button, then the system should store their badge customization and display a confirmation message.
Canceling Badge Customization,
Badge Customization Responsiveness
Given a user on a mobile device, when they access the Badge Design Customization feature, then the interface should be fully responsive, allowing users to customize their badges easily on any screen size.
Achievement Tracking System
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to track my sustainability achievements in real-time so that I can see my progress and understand what I need to do to earn badges within EcoTrackify.
-
Description
-
The requirement entails developing a robust tracking system that measures various sustainability achievements, such as reductions in carbon footprints, waste production, and resource savings. This system will automatically update users on their progress towards earning badges, providing real-time analytics and feedback. The tracking system should be easy to navigate and visually engaging, integrating seamlessly with existing EcoTrackify functionalities. It will empower users by giving them a clear understanding of their sustainability journey and incentivizing them to pursue further achievements.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User views the dashboard showing their current sustainability achievements and progress toward earning badges.
Given the user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they navigate to the Achievement Tracking System dashboard, then they should see a visual display of their current sustainability achievements and progress towards badges that is updated in real-time.
User receives a notification when they reach a significant milestone in their sustainability efforts.
Given the user has made measurable progress in reducing carbon footprint, when they reach a specified milestone, then the system should automatically send a notification to the user congratulating them on their achievement and informing them of their eligible badges.
User attempts to access past achievements to analyze trends over time.
Given the user is accessing the Achievement Tracking System, when they select the option to view past achievements, then they should see a comprehensive history of all previous achievements, including date, type of achievement, and associated badges earned.
User wants to connect their existing sustainability metrics to the Achievement Tracking System.
Given the user has existing sustainability data stored in their EcoTrackify account, when they set up the Achievement Tracking System, then the system should automatically integrate with their existing data without requiring manual input, ensuring a streamlined process.
User looks for a way to share their achievements on social media.
Given the user has earned a sustainability badge, when they navigate to the achievement summary page, then they should have the option to share their badge on social media platforms with a customizable message.
User wants to track multiple sustainability metrics simultaneously.
Given the user is using the Achievement Tracking System, when they select multiple metrics to track, then the system should provide a side-by-side comparison view of each metric's progress towards badge eligibility.
Social Sharing Integration
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to share my sustainability impact badges on social media so that I can showcase my achievements and inspire others to join in sustainability efforts.
-
Description
-
This requirement involves integrating social media sharing options for users to showcase their earned sustainability badges on platforms like LinkedIn, Twitter, and Facebook. Users will be able to share their accomplishments, spreading awareness of their sustainability efforts and promoting EcoTrackify’s services. This integration will include customizable messages and graphics to enhance sharing potential and engagement among their networks. By enabling users to share their achievements, this feature fosters a community spirit and encourages other businesses to become more involved in sustainable practices.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User shares an earned sustainability badge on LinkedIn.
Given the user has successfully earned a sustainability badge, when the user selects the option to share on LinkedIn, then a window opens allowing the user to customize their message and select the badge graphic for sharing.
User shares an earned sustainability badge on Twitter.
Given the user has successfully earned a sustainability badge, when the user selects the option to share on Twitter, then the badge graphic is automatically attached, and a default message is generated that the user can further customize before posting.
User shares an earned sustainability badge on Facebook.
Given the user has successfully earned a sustainability badge, when the user selects the option to share on Facebook, then a dialog box appears with options to add a message and tag EcoTrackify's page, ensuring visibility and reach.
User receives confirmation post-sharing on social media.
Given the user has successfully posted their sustainability badge to a social media platform, when the post is shared, then a confirmation message displays on EcoTrackify indicating the successful sharing of the badge along with a direct link to the user's post.
User customizes sharing message for social media.
Given the user is presented with a sharing dialog for their sustainability badge, when the user edits the suggested message, then the new message must save correctly and reflect in the social media post on sharing.
User can view the history of shared badges.
Given the user has shared sustainability badges on social media, when the user goes to their profile page, then there is a section showing all badges shared along with timestamps and links to the posts.
Integration works across different social media platforms without errors.
Given the user attempts to share a sustainability badge on any supported platform, when they execute the sharing action, then there should be no error messages, and the badge should share successfully every time.
Community Recognition Program
A feature that highlights top performers within the EcoTrackify community. By showcasing businesses that excel in sustainability practices and reward accumulation, this program builds reputation and trust in the network, encouraging others to strive for excellence while creating a supportive community foundation.
Requirements
Recognition Leaderboard
-
User Story
-
As a small business owner, I want to see how my sustainability efforts compare to others in the EcoTrackify community so that I can know where I stand and identify areas for improvement.
-
Description
-
The Recognition Leaderboard will display a ranked list of businesses within the EcoTrackify community that have achieved the highest scores in sustainability practices and rewards accumulation. This leaderboard will be updated in real-time to reflect current standings, encouraging friendly competition among businesses. The integration of the leaderboard into EcoTrackify's dashboard will enhance user engagement, promote best practices, and inspire other users to improve their sustainability efforts.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
As a business owner, I want to view the Recognition Leaderboard on my EcoTrackify dashboard so that I can see how my sustainability practices compare to other businesses in the community.
Given I am logged into my EcoTrackify account, when I navigate to the dashboard, then I should see the Recognition Leaderboard displayed with the top ten businesses listed in order of their sustainability scores.
As a user of EcoTrackify, I want the leaderboard to refresh automatically so that I can see the most current standings without having to reload the page.
Given I am viewing the Recognition Leaderboard, when a new data update is received, then the leaderboard should automatically refresh to reflect the updated scores without requiring manual refresh.
As a new business in the EcoTrackify community, I want to understand the criteria used for ranking on the leaderboard so that I can focus my sustainability efforts effectively.
Given I am on the Recognition Leaderboard page, when I click on the 'Learn More' link, then I should see a modal that outlines the criteria for ranking, including sustainability practices and rewards accumulation metrics.
As a participant in the EcoTrackify community, I want to see my own business's ranking on the leaderboard to track my progress in sustainability efforts.
Given I am logged in to my EcoTrackify account, when I view the Recognition Leaderboard, then my business name should be highlighted if I am among the top ten or show my position if I am not in the top ten.
As an EcoTrackify administrator, I want the ability to manually adjust leaderboards to remove fraudulent entries so that the integrity of the ranking process is maintained.
Given I am logged in as an administrator, when I access the leaderboard management section and select a fraudulent entry, then I should be able to delete that entry and confirm its removal from the leaderboard.
Achievement Badges
-
User Story
-
As an EcoTrackify user, I want to earn visible badges for my sustainability achievements so that I can showcase my commitment to the community and my customers.
-
Description
-
The Achievement Badges feature will implement a system that awards digital badges to businesses based on specific milestones achieved in their sustainability journey, such as reducing carbon emissions or increasing recycling rates. These badges will be displayed on their profiles within the EcoTrackify platform, fostering a sense of accomplishment and motivating businesses to participate actively in sustainability initiatives. This feature will not only provide recognition but also create a visual representation of commitment to sustainability practices across the community.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Displaying Achievement Badges on Business Profiles
Given a business has completed a sustainability milestone, when they log into their EcoTrackify profile, then the appropriate achievement badge should be visible on their profile page.
Notification of Badge Awarding
Given a business achieves a milestone, when the system processes the achievement, then the business should receive a notification confirming the awarding of the badge and its criteria.
Integration with Community Recognition Program
Given a business receives an achievement badge, when community recognition criteria are evaluated, then the business should be eligible for community leaderboard placement if they rank among the top achievers based on the number of badges earned.
Visual Representation of Badges
Given a business profile displays achievement badges, when a user views the profile, then they should see visually distinct badges that represent various sustainability milestones achieved by the business.
Filter and Sort Badges in User Profiles
Given multiple achievement badges awarded to a business, when viewed on their profile, then users should be able to filter and sort badges by date awarded and type of achievement.
Feedback Mechanism for Badge Achievements
Given a business has earned an achievement badge, when they click on the badge, then a pop-up should provide a brief description of the achievement and its significance to encourage continued engagement with sustainability practices.
Tracking Badge Accumulation Over Time
Given a business has multiple achievement badges, when they view their profile, then they should see a cumulative summary of badges earned over time, demonstrating their progress in sustainability efforts.
Community Challenges
-
User Story
-
As a member of the EcoTrackify community, I want to participate in sustainability challenges so that I can engage with other businesses and make a significant impact together.
-
Description
-
The Community Challenges feature will allow EcoTrackify users to participate in periodic sustainability challenges designed to engage the community and promote collective action. Users will be able to join these challenges, track their progress and compete for recognition on a shared platform. This not only fosters community spirit but also encourages collective efforts towards sustainability. By showcasing challenge results in the dashboard, users will be motivated to take part and share their achievements with others.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User Engagement in Community Challenges
Given a user is logged in to EcoTrackify, when they navigate to the Community Challenges section, then they should see a list of active challenges, including details such as start date, end date, and requirements for participation.
Tracking Progress in Community Challenges
Given a user has joined a community challenge, when they log their sustainability actions in the challenge, then their progress should be updated in real-time on the challenge dashboard with visual indicators showing their status compared to other participants.
Recognition and Rewards for Challenge Completion
Given a user has successfully completed a community challenge, when the challenge concludes, then the user should receive a digital badge and a notification showcasing their achievement, which can be shared on their profile.
Leaderboard Display for Community Challenges
Given multiple users are participating in a community challenge, when the challenge is live, then a leaderboard should display the top performers based on their contributions, updated at regular intervals throughout the challenge.
User Notifications for New Challenges
Given a user is subscribed to community challenge updates, when a new challenge is created, then the user should receive an email notification detailing the challenge and how to participate.
Feedback on Community Challenges
Given a user has participated in a community challenge, when they complete the challenge, then they should be prompted to provide feedback on their experience, which is collected and made available for future challenge improvements.
User Testimonials Section
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to read success stories from other EcoTrackify businesses so that I can understand the real impact of the platform and feel inspired to achieve my sustainability goals.
-
Description
-
The User Testimonials Section will provide a platform where users can share their success stories and experiences with sustainability practices implemented through EcoTrackify. This section will be integrated into the community overview, allowing potential and current users to see real-world applications and benefits of the platform. Highlighting testimonials will enhance credibility and foster a supportive community environment, encouraging others to share their journeys as well.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User navigates to the Community Recognition Program page and selects the User Testimonials Section to read success stories shared by other businesses in the EcoTrackify community.
Given the user is on the Community Recognition Program page, when they select the User Testimonials Section, then they should see a list of at least 5 user testimonials displayed with corresponding business names and sustainability practices.
User submits their own testimonial regarding their experience with EcoTrackify's sustainability practices and it successfully appears in the User Testimonials Section.
Given the user is on the User Testimonials Section, when they fill out the submission form with valid information and click submit, then their testimonial should be displayed in the User Testimonials Section pending approval, and they should receive a confirmation message of submission.
User views a testimonial and selects to see more details about the business that provided it, aimed at understanding their sustainability practices in depth.
Given the user is viewing a testimonial, when they click on the associated business name link, then they should be redirected to a detailed profile page of that business showcasing their sustainability practices and metrics tracked in EcoTrackify.
Potential users browse the User Testimonials Section to assess the credibility and effectiveness of EcoTrackify in promoting sustainability among its community members.
Given potential users are on the User Testimonials Section, when they review the testimonials, then they should be able to see at least a 75% positive sentiment rating based on the displayed testimonials highlighting documented successes in sustainability.
Admin reviews and approves user-submitted testimonials to ensure they meet the guidelines before they go live on the User Testimonials Section.
Given the admin is in the testimonial management dashboard, when they review submitted testimonials, then they should be able to approve or deny them based on pre-defined content guidelines, and track the status of all submissions easily.
Users filter testimonials based on specific sustainability practices they implemented with the help of EcoTrackify.
Given users are viewing the User Testimonials Section, when they apply a filter for specific sustainability practices, then the list of testimonials should update to display only those that relate to the selected practices.
Reward System Implementation
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to receive tangible rewards for my sustainability achievements so that I feel motivated to continue improving my practices and contribute to the community.
-
Description
-
The Reward System Implementation will develop a structured framework to provide tangible rewards to businesses based on their performance in sustainability activities tracked through EcoTrackify. This system will include options like discounts, certificates, or promotional features for high-performing users, which will incentivize more businesses to engage in eco-friendly practices, thereby reinforcing the value of the platform and enriching community participation.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Implementation of a Reward System for Top Performers in the EcoTrackify Community
Given a business has achieved a performance threshold in sustainability activities, when the criteria for rewards are met, then the system should automatically generate relevant rewards such as discounts, certificates, or promotional features for that business.
Notification to Users about Their Reward Status
Given a user has successfully earned a reward, when the reward is generated, then the system should send a notification to the user, updating them on their new status and the nature of the rewards they have received.
Tracking Participation in the Community Recognition Program
Given a business participates in sustainability initiatives tracked by EcoTrackify, when a performance milestone is reached, then the system should log the participation for the Community Recognition Program and update the leaderboard accordingly.
User Feedback on the Reward System
Given the reward system has been active for one month, when users are surveyed about their experience, then at least 70% should indicate satisfaction with the rewards and recognition received.
Integration of Reward System with User Profiles
Given a user profile exists in EcoTrackify, when a user earns a reward, then the reward details should be displayed on their profile, visible to other community members as part of the recognition efforts.
Ensure Diverse Reward Options for Different Business Needs
Given diverse user types in the EcoTrackify community, when implementing the reward system, then there should be at least three distinct types of rewards offered, catering to varying business goals and preferences.
Supplier Matchmaker
An intelligent matchmaking system that aligns users with suppliers based on specific sustainability criteria and business needs. This feature enhances user experience by streamlining the search process, ensuring that users find suppliers whose offerings best match their sustainability goals and operational requirements.
Requirements
Intelligent Supplier Matching
-
User Story
-
As a procurement manager, I want an intelligent matchmaking system that connects me with suppliers that meet my sustainability standards so that I can make informed purchasing decisions that align with our environmental goals.
-
Description
-
The Supplier Matchmaker feature must provide an intelligent algorithm that evaluates user-defined sustainability criteria and operational needs to match them with potential suppliers. This functionality will analyze various factors, such as supplier certifications, product sustainability ratings, and historical performance metrics, to ensure that the matches align with the user's specific goals. The matching process should be seamless and efficient, allowing users to quickly identify suppliers that best fit their sustainability objectives. Integration with existing supplier databases will ensure that the information is up-to-date and comprehensive, enhancing the decision-making process for the businesses using EcoTrackify.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User inputs sustainability criteria and business needs to find suitable suppliers.
Given the user has defined sustainability criteria and operational needs, when they initiate the supplier matching process, then the system should return a list of suppliers that meet at least 80% of the specified criteria.
Supplier matches are ranked based on user preferences and sustainability metrics.
Given that the system has generated a list of potential suppliers, when the user views this list, then the suppliers should be ranked according to their alignment with the user’s sustainability goals and operational needs, with metrics displayed for each supplier.
Integrating real-time supplier database updates for accurate matching.
Given that the supplier database is integrated, when the user initiates a supplier match request, then the system should reflect any real-time updates in supplier information, ensuring the data is no older than one month.
User requests further details on a specific matched supplier.
Given that the user selects a supplier from the matched list, when the user clicks on 'View Details,' then the system should provide comprehensive information about the supplier's certifications, sustainability ratings, and past performance history.
User saves their preferred suppliers for future reference.
Given that the user has selected preferred suppliers from the match list, when they choose to save these suppliers, then the system should allow the user to store their selections in a 'Saved Suppliers' section easily accessible in their dashboard.
User receives notifications for new suppliers matching their criteria.
Given that the user has defined and saved their sustainability criteria, when a new supplier is added to the database that meets these criteria, then the user should receive an automated notification via email or dashboard alert about the potential match.
Ensuring the supplier matching process is completed in a timely manner.
Given that the user has initiated the supplier matching process, when the matching algorithm is executed, then the results should be returned within 5 seconds to ensure an efficient user experience.
Dynamic Filter Options
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to be able to apply various filters to my search for suppliers so that I can find options that precisely meet my sustainability expectations without sifting through irrelevant results.
-
Description
-
The Supplier Matchmaker must include dynamic filtering options that allow users to refine their search results based on specific criteria such as location, type of sustainable practices (e.g., zero-waste, carbon neutrality), and product availability. This feature will enhance usability by enabling users to quickly narrow down their search results, leading to more efficient supplier discovery. It should allow multiple criteria to be selected simultaneously and present results promptly. The filters must be intuitive and user-friendly, ensuring that users with varying levels of technical expertise can navigate them easily, thereby promoting engagement with the platform.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User wants to find local suppliers who practice zero-waste with a specific product availability.
Given a user accesses the Supplier Matchmaker feature, when they apply the 'Location' filter to their city and select 'Zero-Waste' as a sustainable practice, then the system must display suppliers who meet both criteria within 5 seconds.
A user is searching for suppliers that offer carbon-neutral products in multiple regions simultaneously.
Given the user has selected multiple regions and 'Carbon Neutrality' as the sustainable practice, when they click the search button, then the system must return a list of suppliers that meet these selections within 7 seconds.
A user with limited technical skills wants to refine their supplier search using the filtering options.
Given a user with limited technical skills accesses the filter options, when they attempt to use the filters, then the interface should provide tooltips and visual cues to guide them through the filtering process effectively.
A user wants to clear their filters and start a new search.
Given a user has applied multiple filters, when they click the 'Clear Filters' button, then all applied filters should reset, and the results should reflect all available suppliers within 3 seconds.
A user wants to save their filter preferences for future searches.
Given a user has set specific filters, when they choose to save these settings, then the system should provide confirmation of saved settings and apply these preferences by default in future searches.
A business manager wants to compare suppliers based on sustainability score.
Given a user has filtered suppliers, when they view the results, then the sustainability score for each supplier must be displayed clearly in the results list to facilitate comparison.
A user is using mobile to search for suppliers.
Given the user accesses the Supplier Matchmaker on a mobile device, when they interact with the filters, then the filters must be fully functional and maintain usability standards without loss of navigation or responsiveness.
Supplier Ratings and Reviews Integration
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to see ratings and reviews of suppliers based on their sustainability practices so that I can select the most trustworthy and effective suppliers for my needs.
-
Description
-
The feature will incorporate a built-in rating and review system for suppliers, allowing users to view feedback from other companies regarding suppliers’ sustainability practices and service quality. This integration will help users assess the reliability and sustainability claims of potential suppliers, fostering transparency and trust within the platform. Users should be able to both read and leave reviews based on their experiences, which will enhance the community aspect of EcoTrackify. Implementing this feature will require secure user authentication and moderation features to manage the content effectively.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Supplier Ratings and Reviews Viewing for Users
Given a user is logged into their EcoTrackify account, When they navigate to the Supplier Matchmaker feature and select a supplier, Then they should be able to view the supplier’s aggregated ratings and any written reviews from other users.
Submitting a Supplier Review as a User
Given a user has completed a transaction with a supplier, When they access the supplier’s profile within EcoTrackify, Then they should have the option to submit a review, rating it from 1 to 5 stars and providing written feedback.
Moderation of Supplier Reviews
Given a new review is submitted for a supplier, When the review is submitted, Then it should be held for moderation until approved by a designated admin before being visible to other users.
Authenticity of User Reviews
Given a user attempts to submit a review, When the review is submitted, Then the system should validate that the user is authenticated and has previously engaged with the supplier before allowing the review to be posted.
Supplier Response to Reviews
Given a supplier has received a review, When they log into their EcoTrackify supplier account, Then they should be able to view the reviews left by users and have the option to respond to each review.
Displaying Average Ratings for Suppliers
Given a supplier has multiple reviews, When the supplier’s profile is displayed, Then it should show the average rating calculated from all submitted ratings along with the total count of reviews.
Search Functionality for Suppliers by Rating
Given a user is using the Supplier Matchmaker feature, When they apply filters for their supplier search, Then they should be able to filter suppliers based on their ratings, displaying only suppliers that meet the specified rating criteria.
Real-Time Supplier Availability Updates
-
User Story
-
As a procurement officer, I want to receive real-time updates on supplier inventory so that I can plan my purchases according to what is available, minimizing delays and ensuring sustainability compliance.
-
Description
-
The system must provide real-time updates on supplier availability, indicating which suppliers currently have the requested sustainable products or services in stock. This feature will help users make timely decisions based on current market offerings and assist them in avoiding delays in their procurement process. The real-time functionality should sync with supplier inventories and ensure a smooth flow of information, enhancing user trust in the matchmaker's recommendations.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User requests to view suppliers with green packaging products available in real-time.
Given the user is logged into the EcoTrackify platform, when they select 'green packaging' as a preference and request real-time updates, then the system must display a list of suppliers who currently have green packaging products available along with their stock levels.
A user wants to receive notifications when a previously selected supplier has new stock of sustainable products.
Given a user has favorited a supplier for sustainable products, when the supplier updates their inventory, then the system must send an automatic notification to the user within five minutes of the update.
A user is comparing suppliers based on their real-time availability of organic materials.
Given the user is in the Supplier Matchmaker feature and selects 'organic materials', when they view the supplier list, then the system must indicate real-time availability status for each listed supplier using color-coded indicators (e.g., green for available, red for out of stock).
Users need to filter suppliers based on their specific sustainability certifications in real-time.
Given the user wishes to find suppliers by sustainability certifications like 'Fair Trade' or 'USDA Organic', when they apply these filters, then the system should display suppliers who meet these criteria and their current availability status within 10 seconds.
A user is making a procurement decision based on supplier availability for a bulk order of eco-friendly cleaning supplies.
Given the user searches for 'eco-friendly cleaning supplies', when the user selects a supplier from the matchmaker recommendations, then the system must show current availability and estimated delivery times for the selected products before the user can finalize the order.
A user wants to update their preferences for sustainable products in real-time and see new supplier options.
Given the user updates their product preferences in their profile settings, when they save the changes, then the system must refresh the supplier recommendations to include any new suppliers with available products that meet the updated criteria within 15 seconds.
Integration with Compliance Tools
-
User Story
-
As a compliance officer, I want the supplier matchmaker to integrate with our existing compliance tools so that I can efficiently verify that suppliers meet our sustainability standards and regulatory requirements.
-
Description
-
The Supplier Matchmaker will feature integration capabilities with existing compliance and regulatory tools, providing users with immediate insights into how potential suppliers meet industry regulations and sustainability standards. This integration will streamline the compliance verification process, allowing users to quickly assess supplier credentials and ensure adherence to relevant regulations. Detailed reports should be generated to highlight compliance levels, thus enhancing the decision-making process for businesses aiming for sustainability.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User initiates the Supplier Matchmaker feature to find suppliers that meet specific sustainability criteria defined by their organization and requires integration with compliance tools to verify supplier credentials.
Given the user has specified sustainability criteria, when the Supplier Matchmaker searches for suppliers, then the system should return a list of suppliers whose compliance data aligns with the specified criteria.
The user selects a supplier from the list of matched suppliers and requests a compliance report that indicates the supplier's adherence to relevant regulations and sustainability standards.
Given the user selects a supplier, when a compliance report is generated, then the report must detail the supplier's compliance levels with industry regulations, including any certifications or non-compliance issues.
The user reviews the compliance verification process to ensure it includes checks against the most current industry standards and regulations.
Given the compliance tools are integrated, when the supplier's credentials are assessed, then the system must check against the latest industry standards and provide an updated compliance score reflecting this.
Users are notified about expired supplier certifications or new compliance regulations through automated alerts from the compliance tool integration.
Given that a supplier certification is nearing expiration, when the system identifies this, then the user should receive an automated notification alerting them to take action before the expiration date.
Users generate a detailed compliance report after evaluating multiple suppliers for a decision-making review.
Given that the user has selected multiple suppliers, when they generate a detailed compliance report, then the report should compile compliance data from all selected suppliers in a comparative format for easy analysis.
User seeks to understand how sustainability impacts their procurement choices and regulations related to it through the Supplier Matchmaker feature.
Given the user requires insights into sustainability impacts, when they apply filters for sustainability standards, then the system should provide analytics that show the expected environmental impacts of engaging with the matched suppliers.
A system administrator updates the integration settings of compliance tools to ensure synchronization with the latest regulations.
Given the system administrator has access to integration settings, when they update the compliance tool settings, then the system should successfully synchronize and reflect the latest regulations without errors.
User-Friendly Dashboard for Supplier Management
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability manager, I want a dashboard that displays all relevant information about our matched suppliers so that I can effectively manage our partnerships and make data-driven decisions regarding procurement.
-
Description
-
The feature should offer a user-friendly dashboard that provides an overview of matched suppliers, including their sustainability ratings, compliance status, and review summaries. This dashboard will serve as a central hub for users to manage their supplier relationships effectively. Users should be able to access detailed profiles and historical data associated with each supplier, facilitating better decision-making based on past interactions and performance. The dashboard should be customizable, allowing users to prioritize the information most relevant to their needs.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User accesses the supplier management dashboard for the first time to review matched suppliers.
Given the user is logged in, when they navigate to the supplier management dashboard, then they should see a list of at least 5 matched suppliers along with their sustainability ratings, compliance status, and review summaries.
User customizes the supplier dashboard to prioritize information based on their specific needs.
Given the user is on the supplier management dashboard, when they adjust the dashboard settings and save changes, then the dashboard should reflect the updated order of displayed information upon refresh.
User views detailed profiles for a selected supplier to assess their historical performance.
Given the user clicks on a supplier's name, when the supplier profile page loads, then it should display detailed historical data including previous engagements, ratings, and compliance history.
User receives an automated compliance notification related to one of their suppliers.
Given the user has added suppliers to their dashboard, when a supplier's compliance status changes, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the change via the platform's notification system.
User compares multiple suppliers side-by-side to make an informed decision.
Given the user has selected multiple suppliers, when they choose the compare option, then they should see a side-by-side comparison of sustainability ratings, compliance status, and review summaries.
User logout from the supplier management dashboard after reviewing supplier information.
Given the user has finished reviewing suppliers, when they click the logout button, then they should be successfully logged out and redirected to the login screen.
Sustainability Ratings Hub
A centralized dashboard displaying comprehensive sustainability ratings for each supplier in the network. This feature allows users to easily compare potential suppliers based on their environmental practices, certifications, and user reviews, facilitating informed decision-making and promoting accountability among suppliers.
Requirements
Supplier Sustainability Ratings
-
User Story
-
As a procurement manager, I want to view sustainability ratings of each supplier in one centralized dashboard so that I can make informed decisions that align with my company’s sustainability goals and enhance our environmental responsibility.
-
Description
-
The Supplier Sustainability Ratings requirement involves creating a centralized dashboard that aggregates and displays the sustainability ratings of each supplier in the network. This feature will include various metrics such as carbon footprint, waste management practices, and certifications held by suppliers. The dashboard will enable users to filter and sort suppliers based on multiple criteria, making it easier to identify the most environmentally responsible options. By providing a holistic view of supplier performance in sustainability, this requirement aims to empower businesses to make informed sourcing decisions, enhance their reputation, and foster collaboration on sustainability initiatives. It will integrate seamlessly with existing supplier management systems and ensure that the data is continuously updated to reflect real-time changes and improvements made by suppliers.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Supplier sustainability ratings comparison for procurement decision-making.
Given that a user is logged into the EcoTrackify platform, when they access the Sustainability Ratings Hub, then they should be able to view a list of suppliers with their sustainability ratings, allowing them to compare based on carbon footprint, waste management practices, and certifications.
Displaying updated sustainability ratings for suppliers.
Given that a supplier updates their sustainability metrics, when the data is refreshed on the dashboard, then the Sustainability Ratings Hub should reflect the latest ratings in less than 5 minutes from the update.
Filtering suppliers by specific sustainability metrics.
Given that a user wants to find suppliers based on specific environmental impact criteria, when they apply filters for carbon footprint and waste management practices on the dashboard, then the displayed suppliers should match the selected criteria accurately.
Sorting suppliers by user reviews and ratings.
Given that a user is in the Supplier Sustainability Ratings dashboard, when they choose to sort suppliers by user reviews, then the suppliers should be ranked in descending order based on their average ratings from user feedback.
Navigating the dashboard for a seamless user experience.
Given that a user is utilizing the Sustainability Ratings Hub, when they interact with the dashboard, then all components (filters, sorting options, supplier details) should respond within 2 seconds of any user action to ensure a smooth experience.
Accessing detailed reports on supplier sustainability practices.
Given that a user selects a specific supplier from the Sustainability Ratings Hub, when they request for detailed sustainability reporting, then the system should generate and display a comprehensive report including metrics like carbon footprint, waste management, and certifications.
Integration with existing supplier management systems.
Given that the EcoTrackify platform integrates with a user's existing supplier management system, when a supplier is updated in the management system, then the dashboard should automatically update with the new data without requiring manual input.
Supplier Comparison Tool
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability officer, I want to compare different suppliers based on their sustainability practices so that I can recommend the best options to my team and drive our sourcing strategies effectively.
-
Description
-
The Supplier Comparison Tool requirement will facilitate an interactive feature that allows users to directly compare multiple suppliers based on their sustainability metrics. This tool will present a side-by-side view of key indicators such as sustainability ratings, certifications, user reviews, and relevant environmental data. Users will be able to select specific suppliers to compare and visually analyze their sustainability performances easily. The tool’s objective is to enhance user decision-making by providing clear, concise comparisons that highlight strengths and weaknesses, ultimately promoting transparency and accountability among suppliers. This feature will also include functionalities for users to save their comparisons and share insights with stakeholders within their organization.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User wants to compare two or more suppliers based on their sustainability ratings and certifications in the Supplier Comparison Tool.
Given the user is logged in to EcoTrackify, When they access the Supplier Comparison Tool and select at least two suppliers, Then the tool should display a side-by-side comparison of their sustainability ratings, certifications, and user reviews in a clear format.
User needs to save the comparison results for future reference and to share with colleagues within their organization.
Given the user is viewing the comparison of suppliers, When they click the 'Save Comparison' button, Then the system should save the comparison to the user's account and confirm via a notification.
User wants to ensure that the comparison tool is easily navigable and provides intuitive controls.
Given the user is on the Supplier Comparison Tool page, When they interact with the comparison options and filters, Then the navigation should be seamless, and response times should not exceed 2 seconds for each interaction.
User needs to view additional environmental data for each selected supplier after making a comparison.
Given the user has selected suppliers for comparison, When they click on any supplier's name in the comparison view, Then a detailed modal should appear showing additional environmental data, including waste production metrics and resource usage.
User needs to read and browse user reviews to aid in supplier evaluation during comparison.
Given the user is comparing suppliers, When they select the 'User Reviews' tab in the comparison interface, Then all user reviews related to each supplier should be displayed clearly, sortable by date and rating.
User wants to ensure that sustainability ratings are updated in real-time as new data becomes available.
Given the user has the Supplier Comparison Tool open, When data for a supplier is updated in the system, Then the sustainability ratings displayed should automatically reflect the most recent information without requiring a page refresh.
User wants to filter suppliers based on specific sustainability metrics prior to comparison.
Given the user is in the Supplier Comparison Tool, When they apply filters for certain criteria (e.g., specific certifications or minimum ratings), Then the list of suppliers should be updated instantly to show only those that meet the applied criteria.
Integration with Certifications Database
-
User Story
-
As a compliance team member, I want to ensure that the sustainability ratings include verified certification statuses so that I can trust the data and assess supplier reliability accurately.
-
Description
-
The Integration with Certifications Database requirement focuses on connecting the Supplier Sustainability Ratings Hub with external databases that provide up-to-date information regarding various sustainability certifications and standards. This integration will ensure that users have access to the latest certifications that suppliers have achieved, including ISO standards, LEED certification, and others relevant to environmental practices. By linking to these databases, the feature will automatically update supplier records, reducing manual entry and enhancing accuracy. This capability will help users validate supplier claims and reinforce the reliability of the sustainability data presented in the ratings hub, fostering trust in the supplier network.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User accesses the Sustainability Ratings Hub to view the updated sustainability certifications for a selected supplier.
Given the user is logged into EcoTrackify and has navigated to the Sustainability Ratings Hub, when the user selects a supplier, then the system should display the latest certifications from the Certifications Database, including relevant ISO and LEED certificates.
An automated update process triggers the synchronization of supplier data with the Certifications Database on a scheduled basis.
Given that the system is scheduled to sync, when the synchronization process runs, then all supplier records in the Sustainability Ratings Hub should reflect the most current certifications from the Certifications Database without any errors.
User wants to verify the accuracy of the displayed certifications for a supplier in the Sustainability Ratings Hub.
Given the user views a supplier's profile, when the user selects the 'Verify Certifications' option, then the system should check against the Certifications Database and confirm the accuracy of all displayed certifications with a success notification or error message.
New certifications are added to a supplier’s profile through the integration with the Certifications Database.
Given the Certifications Database is updated with new certifications for suppliers, when the next sync occurs, then those new certifications should automatically appear in the relevant supplier profiles within 10 minutes.
User reports an outdated certification displayed for a supplier in the Sustainability Ratings Hub.
Given the user identifies an outdated certification, when the user submits a report for the supplier, then the system should log the report and notify the user of the follow-up action within 24 hours.
User filters suppliers based on specific sustainability certifications in the Sustainability Ratings Hub.
Given the user wants to compare suppliers, when the user applies filters for certain certifications, then the system should display only those suppliers that meet the specified certification criteria accurately.
The system generates a report on supplier certifications for regulatory compliance purposes.
Given the user requests a compliance report, when the user selects the report criteria for supplier certifications, then the system should generate and export an accurate report that lists all suppliers and their current certifications in a user-friendly format.
User Reviews and Feedback System
-
User Story
-
As a user of EcoTrackify, I want to read and write reviews about suppliers’ sustainability efforts so that I can share my experiences and help fellow businesses make better sourcing choices.
-
Description
-
The User Reviews and Feedback System requirement will enable users to submit and read reviews regarding suppliers' sustainability practices. This feature will cultivate a community-centric approach within the EcoTrackify platform, allowing transparency and accountability. Users will be able to rate suppliers based on their experiences related to sustainability efforts, providing insights that extend beyond quantitative metrics. Reviews will be moderated for relevance and appropriateness, and stakeholders can respond to feedback, creating an interactive dialogue. Ultimately, this system will enhance the decision-making process for users and encourage suppliers to improve their sustainability practices based on community feedback.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User submits a review for a supplier after using their services for sustainability-related products.
Given I am a registered user on EcoTrackify, when I submit a review rating on a supplier's profile, then the review should be stored in the system and made visible to other users on the supplier's dashboard within 24 hours.
User views existing reviews for a supplier on their profile page.
Given I am on a supplier's profile page, when I navigate to the 'Reviews' section, then I should be able to see at least 5 most recent reviews along with the corresponding user ratings.
A user tries to submit a review that does not meet the moderation criteria.
Given I have entered a review that contains inappropriate language, when I attempt to submit the review, then I should receive an error message indicating the review does not meet community standards and should be revised before resubmission.
Stakeholders respond to user feedback on their suppliers.
Given I am a stakeholder of a supplier who has received a review, when I navigate to the 'Responses' section of that review, then I should have the option to reply and my response should be visible under the corresponding review immediately after submission.
A user searches for suppliers based on sustainability ratings and reviews.
Given I am on the Sustainability Ratings Hub, when I enter a keyword related to a supplier's sustainability practice in the search bar, then the system should display a list of suppliers that match the keyword along with their average ratings and number of user reviews.
User filters reviews based on helpfulness and date.
Given I am on a supplier’s reviews page, when I apply the filter for 'Most Helpful' or 'Newest', then the reviews should reorder according to the selected filter, and the system should indicate the active filter applied on the page.
Users receive notifications for new reviews on suppliers they are following.
Given I am following specific suppliers, when a new review is posted for any of them, then I should receive a notification within the EcoTrackify platform, prompting me to view the new review.
Dashboard Customization Options
-
User Story
-
As a user of EcoTrackify, I want to customize my sustainability dashboard to focus on metrics that are most relevant to my business so that I can monitor the information that matters most effectively.
-
Description
-
The Dashboard Customization Options requirement allows users to personalize their sustainability ratings dashboard according to their specific interests and priorities. Users will have the ability to select which metrics are displayed, rearrange widgets, and create tailored views that focus on particular suppliers or sustainability factors. This personalization will enhance user experience by allowing individuals to prioritize the information most relevant to their organization's sustainability goals. Additionally, customizable notifications can alert users about significant changes in supplier ratings or new supplier entries that meet their customized criteria, ensuring they remain engaged and informed.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User customizes their sustainability ratings dashboard by selecting specific metrics such as carbon footprint, waste production, and supplier certifications relevant to their business needs.
Given a user is on the dashboard customization page, when they select specific metrics and save their settings, then those metrics should appear on their dashboard as per their selection.
User rearranges widgets on their sustainability ratings dashboard to prioritize the metrics that matter most to their organization.
Given a user is viewing their customized dashboard, when they drag and drop widgets to rearrange them, then the widgets should save in the new order upon refreshing the page.
User creates a tailored view focusing on specific suppliers by filtering the sustainability ratings dashboard.
Given a user is on the sustainability ratings dashboard, when they apply filters for specific suppliers, then only those suppliers' ratings and relevant information should be displayed on the dashboard.
User wants to receive alerts about changes in supplier ratings based on their customized notification settings.
Given a user has set up custom notification preferences for supplier rating changes, when a supplier's rating changes or a new supplier that meets their criteria is added, then the user should receive a notification via their selected method (email, in-app, etc.).
User accesses their sustainability ratings dashboard on a mobile device to ensure functionality on different platforms.
Given a user accesses the sustainability ratings dashboard from a mobile device, when the dashboard loads, then all selected metrics and arrangements should be present and function properly with responsive design.
User reviews the dashboard customization options available to them and understands how to utilize each feature effectively.
Given a user is on the dashboard customization page, when they click on the help icon, then a detailed guide outlining the customization options and their uses should be displayed.
Automated Compliance Alerts
-
User Story
-
As a compliance officer, I want to receive automated alerts about supplier compliance changes so that I can take timely action to manage potential risks in our supply chain.
-
Description
-
The Automated Compliance Alerts requirement will enable the system to send real-time notifications to users when a supplier's sustainability practices change or when new regulations could impact supplier compliance. This feature will analyze supplier data continuously and cross-reference it with regulatory changes in sustainability to proactively inform users. Alerts will be customizable based on user-defined thresholds for sustainability ratings or compliance standards, such as upcoming certification renewals. This timely communication will help users maintain compliance and reduce the risk of working with suppliers that may not meet evolving standards.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives an automated compliance alert when a supplier's sustainability rating falls below a predefined threshold.
Given a user has set a sustainability rating threshold, when a supplier's rating changes to below that threshold, then the user should receive an alert notification via their preferred communication channel.
User can customize and save alert preferences for different suppliers based on specific compliance standards.
Given a user accesses the alert preferences section, when the user configures and saves their alert settings for a supplier, then those preferences should be stored and applied whenever relevant compliance changes occur for that supplier.
User receives instant notification when a new regulation affecting supplier compliance is published.
Given a new regulation is published that could impact supplier compliance, when the system detects this change, then all users with affected suppliers should receive an instant alert informing them of the new regulation and its implications.
User can review the history of compliance alerts received for each supplier.
Given a user wants to analyze past supplier performance, when they access the compliance alerts history section, then they should see a chronological list of all alerts received for each supplier along with timestamps and details.
User is able to set multiple thresholds for different sustainability aspects (e.g. waste production, carbon footprint).
Given a user is customizing alerts, when they input different threshold values for various sustainability aspects in the settings, then these thresholds should be saved and used for generating alerts specific to each sustainability aspect.
Eco-Compliance Tracker
An integrated tool that monitors and flags supplier compliance with environmental regulations and sustainability standards. This feature provides users with peace of mind by ensuring that the suppliers they engage with meet necessary regulatory requirements, reducing legal risks and enhancing overall supply chain transparency.
Requirements
Supplier Compliance Monitoring
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability manager, I want to automatically monitor supplier compliance with environmental regulations so that I can ensure that all suppliers meet necessary standards and reduce potential legal risks.
-
Description
-
The Supplier Compliance Monitoring requirement involves creating a robust system that automatically tracks the compliance status of all suppliers engaged by a business with respect to environmental regulations and sustainability standards. This system utilizes real-time data inputs and integrates with existing databases to continuously monitor and assess supplier activities. It should enable notifications and alerts when a supplier fails to meet compliance standards, thus allowing businesses to take timely action to address non-compliance issues. The requirement enhances supply chain transparency and reduces legal risks associated with non-compliance, ensuring a proactive approach to sustainability efforts within the supply chain.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Supplier Compliance Status Monitoring during Supplier Audits
Given that an audit is being conducted on a supplier, when the compliance monitoring system is activated, then it should display the real-time compliance status of the supplier against environmental regulations and sustainability standards, including any flagged non-compliance issues.
Automated Notifications for Non-Compliance
Given that a supplier has fallen out of compliance with specified environmental regulations, when the compliance monitoring system processes supplier data, then it should automatically generate and send notifications to relevant stakeholders within one hour of identifying the non-compliance.
Continuous Data Integration for Compliance Tracking
Given that the supplier compliance monitoring system is in use, when there are updates to the supplier data from integrated databases, then the system should continuously refresh the compliance status in real-time without manual intervention.
Historical Compliance Reporting for Suppliers
Given that the supplier compliance monitoring feature is implemented, when a user requests a compliance report for a specific supplier, then the system should generate a detailed report showing historical compliance status and trends over the past year.
User Role-Based Access to Compliance Information
Given that multiple users within a business utilize the EcoTrackify platform, when a user logs in to the system, then they should only have access to compliance information of suppliers according to their assigned role, ensuring data security and privacy.
Dashboards Displaying Supplier Compliance Overview
Given that the user is utilizing the EcoTrackify platform, when they access the supplier compliance dashboard, then it should visually represent the compliance statuses of all engaged suppliers through graphs and alerts for easy interpretation.
Supplier Remediation Tracking Process
Given that a supplier has been flagged for non-compliance, when the compliance monitoring system logs remedial actions taken by the supplier, then it should track and update the status of these actions in real-time until compliance is restored.
Automated Alert System
-
User Story
-
As a compliance officer, I want to receive instant notifications when my suppliers are non-compliant so that I can promptly address these issues before they escalate.
-
Description
-
The Automated Alert System requirement specifies the development of a feature that sends instant notifications to users when compliance related issues are detected within their supplier network. This includes alerts for non-compliance, compliance expirations, or changes in regulations that affect supplier obligations. The alerts should be customizable based on the user’s preferences for frequency and method of notification (e.g., email or in-app notification). This functionality will ensure users can quickly address issues and maintain adherence to sustainability standards, promoting a culture of accountability throughout the supply chain.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives a notification when a supplier's compliance status changes due to a detected non-compliance issue.
Given a supplier with established compliance standards, When a non-compliance issue is detected, Then an instant notification is sent to the user via their preferred method (email or in-app) within 5 minutes.
User configures their notification preferences for compliance alerts.
Given the user is on the notification settings page, When they select frequency options and notification methods, Then the changes are saved successfully and confirmed with a success message.
User is alerted 30 days prior to a supplier's compliance expiration date.
Given a supplier with an upcoming compliance expiration that is 30 days away, When the alert system scans the compliance data, Then a notification is sent to the user via their selected method.
User is notified of regulatory changes that affect supplier obligations.
Given that a regulatory change is published, When the system identifies that this change impacts one of the user's suppliers, Then a notification is sent to the user alerting them of the change within 1 hour.
User can view and history of all compliance alerts received for their supplier network.
Given the user accesses the alert history page, When they filter alerts by supplier and date range, Then the system displays an accurate list of all relevant compliance alerts.
Compliance Documentation Repository
-
User Story
-
As a procurement officer, I want to have easy access to all compliance documentation for my suppliers so that I can verify their adherence to environmental standards efficiently.
-
Description
-
The Compliance Documentation Repository requirement involves the creation of a centralized digital repository for all compliance-related documents from suppliers, including certifications, audits, and sustainability reports. This repository will allow users to store, access, and manage documentation easily, facilitating better tracking and validation of supplier compliance. Integration with the EcoTrackify platform will ensure that users can retrieve documents with a simple search function, thus streamlining the compliance management process and providing a comprehensive view of supplier documentation. This repository enhances transparency, aids in audits, and supports informed decision-making.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User needs to upload compliance documents from a supplier to the Compliance Documentation Repository during a quarterly review.
Given a user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they upload a compliance document, then the document is successfully saved in the repository and can be retrieved by searching the supplier's name.
A user wants to retrieve a specific sustainability report from the Compliance Documentation Repository for an upcoming audit.
Given a user is in the EcoTrackify platform, when they enter the supplier's name into the search function, then the system displays the relevant compliance documents including the sustainability report.
A supplier has updated their compliance documentation, and the user needs to ensure the new documents are reflected in the repository.
Given a user accesses the Compliance Documentation Repository, when they check the latest upload section, then all uploaded documents including updates from suppliers are visible and accurately timestamped.
Users need to check the compliance status of multiple suppliers before making procurement decisions.
Given the user is in the compliance tracking dashboard, when they view the compliance status report, then all suppliers' compliance statuses are clearly displayed, indicating which meet, are pending, or fail compliance requirements.
An audit is being conducted and the compliance team needs to quickly access all relevant documentation for a specific supplier.
Given an auditor is logged into EcoTrackify, when they enter the supplier's name in the compliance documentation search, then all related compliance documents including certifications and audits are easily retrieved within 30 seconds.
Regular compliance checks need to be scheduled for each supplier to ensure ongoing adherence to regulations.
Given a user needs to set compliance check reminders, when they establish a reminder, then the system sends automated notifications to the user and relevant stakeholders two days prior to each scheduled check.
The user's compliance team needs to review the repository structure and ensure proper categorization of documents for easy access.
Given the user accesses the Compliance Documentation Repository, then the repository structure should allow for filtering by document type, supplier name, and upload date, ensuring that all categories are user-friendly and intuitive.
Regulation Update Integration
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want the platform to automatically update me on new environmental regulations so that I can ensure my suppliers remain compliant at all times.
-
Description
-
The Regulation Update Integration requirement focuses on implementing a feature that automatically updates the platform with the latest environmental regulations that affect supplier compliance. This includes sourcing regulatory updates from governmental and non-governmental organizations and providing users with notifications when changes occur. This integration will ensure that the compliance tracking process is up-to-date with the current legal landscape, reducing the likelihood of compliance failures due to outdated information. This requirement is critical for maintaining ongoing regulatory compliance and supporting users in their sustainability efforts.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives an automatic update notification when a new environmental regulation is published by a governmental organization that impacts supplier compliance.
Given an active user profile with notification settings enabled, when a new regulatory update is released, then the user should receive an in-app notification and an email alert within 24 hours.
The EcoTrackify platform successfully sources and displays the latest regulatory updates in an easily accessible format within the Eco-Compliance Tracker feature.
Given that new regulatory updates are available, when the user accesses the Eco-Compliance Tracker dashboard, then the most recent updates should be displayed prominently, along with relevant compliance metrics for each supplier.
A user queries the Eco-Compliance Tracker for a specific supplier’s compliance status regarding the latest regulations.
Given that a supplier is selected on the Eco-Compliance Tracker, when the user requests the compliance report, then the system should present a detailed report showing the supplier's adherence to the latest regulations, including any non-compliance flags.
The system automatically archives outdated regulatory updates after a specified time frame to maintain relevant information for users.
Given that a regulatory update has not changed for over six months, when the system conducts a maintenance check, then outdated updates should be archived and marked as 'historical' in the database.
A user has opted to receive regulatory change alerts via a messaging system outside of emails (e.g., SMS, Slack).
Given that the user has set up their preferred messaging option, when a new regulatory update occurs, then the user should receive the alert via the selected messaging system within 24 hours.
The EcoTrackify system includes a feedback mechanism for users to report issues or provide suggestions regarding regulatory interpretations and notifications.
Given that the feedback option is available, when a user submits feedback about a regulatory update notification, then the system should log the feedback and provide a confirmation receipt to the user.
Users can filter regulatory updates based on the geographical relevance to their suppliers' operations (e.g., local, regional, international).
Given that multiple regulatory updates are displayed, when the user applies filters for geographical relevance, then only the applicable regulations for the specified areas should be shown.
Supplier Sustainability Scorecard
-
User Story
-
As a supplier relationship manager, I want to view a sustainability scorecard for each of my suppliers so that I can assess their performance and make informed decisions about partnership opportunities.
-
Description
-
The Supplier Sustainability Scorecard requirement encompasses the creation of a visual dashboard that rates and displays each supplier’s performance related to sustainability metrics and compliance levels. The scorecard will aggregate data from compliance monitoring, documentation, and regulatory updates to provide an overall score for each supplier. Users can filter and compare suppliers based on their scores, helping businesses make informed decisions when selecting partners. This feature promotes transparency, encourages suppliers to improve their sustainability efforts, and fosters competition within the supply chain.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Supplier Sustainability Scorecard Display for Performance Evaluation
Given multiple suppliers with varying sustainability metrics, When the user accesses the Supplier Sustainability Scorecard, Then the scorecard should visually display each supplier’s sustainability score and compliance level prominently on a unified dashboard.
Filtering Suppliers by Sustainability Scores
Given the user is on the Supplier Sustainability Scorecard dashboard, When the user applies filters for sustainability scores, Then only suppliers that meet the specified criteria should be displayed, ensuring accurate comparisons can be made.
Automated Data Updates for Supplier Scores
Given a supplier has submitted new compliance documentation, When the system processes the new documentation, Then the Supplier Sustainability Scorecard should automatically update the supplier's score within 24 hours.
Comparative Analysis of Supplier Sustainability
Given the user has selected multiple suppliers for comparison, When the user views the comparative analysis panel, Then the scorecard should provide a clear comparison of the selected suppliers based on their sustainability scores and metrics.
User Notifications for Supplier Compliance Changes
Given a supplier's compliance status changes, When this change is processed, Then an automated notification should be sent to the user alerting them of the update to the supplier's sustainability score on the scorecard.
Accessibility of Regulatory Resources through Scorecard
Given the user is reviewing the Supplier Sustainability Scorecard, When they seek to understand compliance metrics, Then relevant regulatory resources and documentation should be accessible directly from the scorecard interface.
User Role Management
-
User Story
-
As an administrator, I want to create specific roles and permissions for my team members so that I can control access to compliance data and enhance security within the platform.
-
Description
-
The User Role Management requirement establishes a system for defining and managing user roles and permissions within the Eco-Compliance Tracker. This includes creating custom roles for different user types, such as administrators, compliance officers, and procurement officers, and specifying what actions each role can perform within the platform. This requirement is essential for ensuring that sensitive compliance data is only accessible to authorized personnel and for streamlining the user experience by tailoring features and interfaces to relevant user roles. This will enhance security, improve user engagement, and promote efficient collaboration among team members.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Admin creates a new role for compliance officers with specific permissions for viewing supplier compliance data.
Given an admin is logged in, when they create a new role called 'Compliance Officer' and assign permissions to view supplier compliance data, then the role should be successfully created and listed in the user roles section.
Procurement officers need to access a dashboard that displays performance metrics of suppliers regarding compliance.
Given a procurement officer is logged in, when they access the dashboard, then they should see performance metrics related to all suppliers’ compliance status and history.
Compliance officers attempt to view sensitive compliance reports to validate supplier behaviors.
Given a compliance officer's role has been assigned, when they try to access sensitive compliance reports, then they should be able to view the reports without receiving any access denied messages.
Admin removes permissions from a user role and ensures compliance officers cannot modify supplier compliance data.
Given an admin modifies the 'Compliance Officer' role to remove permissions for modifying supplier compliance data, when a compliance officer tries to make changes, then they should receive a notification that they do not have the necessary permissions.
System notifies users when a role is created, updated, or deleted, ensuring all stakeholders are informed.
Given a role is created, updated, or deleted, when the action occurs, then all relevant stakeholders should receive an email notification informing them of the changes made to the user roles.
Admin can assign multiple roles to a single user to increase flexibility in operations.
Given an admin is logged in, when they edit a user profile to assign multiple roles such as 'Compliance Officer' and 'Procurement Officer', then the roles should be correctly applied to the user, allowing access to combined permissions.
Compliance officers access a history log of all actions taken on supplier compliance records.
Given a compliance officer is logged in, when they access the audit log feature, then they should see a complete history of all actions taken on supplier compliance records, including dates, times, and user details.
Green Procurement Toolkit
A suite of resources and templates designed to assist users in implementing sustainable procurement practices. This feature empowers businesses to adopt green purchasing strategies by offering guidelines, checklists, and best practices, ultimately fostering a culture of sustainability within the organization.
Requirements
Sustainable Procurement Guidelines
-
User Story
-
As a procurement manager, I want to access sustainable procurement guidelines so that I can make informed purchasing decisions that align with our company's sustainability goals.
-
Description
-
Develop comprehensive guidelines that outline best practices for sustainable purchasing processes within organizations. These guidelines should include criteria for evaluating suppliers based on their environmental practices, methods for assessing product lifecycle impacts, and strategies for integrating sustainability into procurement decisions. The goal is to ensure that users can make informed purchasing decisions that align with their sustainability objectives, reduce environmental impacts, and promote responsible sourcing.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Sustainable Procurement Guidelines are used by a procurement manager during the supplier selection process to evaluate potential vendors for a new project.
Given a list of potential suppliers, When the procurement manager applies the sustainable procurement guidelines, Then the manager can rank suppliers based on their environmental practices and sustainability certifications.
A company conducts a training session for its employees using the Sustainable Procurement Guidelines to promote green purchasing strategies.
Given the Sustainable Procurement Guidelines are available in a user-friendly format, When employees participate in the training, Then at least 80% of attendees can accurately explain three key principles of sustainable procurement.
An organization performs an audit on its procurement practices to evaluate compliance with the Sustainable Procurement Guidelines.
Given the audit report template is aligned with the Sustainable Procurement Guidelines, When the audit is conducted, Then it should identify at least three areas of improvement related to sustainable sourcing.
A small business implements Sustainable Procurement Guidelines while sourcing products for an upcoming project.
Given the Sustainable Procurement Guidelines are consulted during the sourcing process, When the business finalizes purchases, Then all selected suppliers should meet at least 75% of the specified sustainability criteria in the guidelines.
The Sustainable Procurement Guidelines are integrated into EcoTrackify's platform for users to access and utilize during procurement activities.
Given the integration of the Sustainable Procurement Guidelines in the EcoTrackify interface, When users navigate to the guidelines section, Then users can download, view, and save the guidelines without errors.
Customizable Procurement Checklists
-
User Story
-
As a purchasing officer, I want customizable procurement checklists to help me track sustainable purchasing efforts so that I can ensure we follow best practices and meet our sustainability targets.
-
Description
-
Create customizable checklists for users to assess their procurement practices and ensure alignment with sustainability goals. These checklists should include categories such as supplier assessment, product sustainability ratings, and waste reduction initiatives. Users should be able to modify and integrate these checklists into their procurement workflows to track progress and improve their sustainable purchasing efforts systematically.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User creates a new customizable procurement checklist with specific sustainability categories and options.
Given the user is on the Green Procurement Toolkit page, when they select 'Create New Checklist', then they should be able to choose from predefined categories such as 'Supplier Assessment', 'Product Sustainability Ratings', and 'Waste Reduction Initiatives', and successfully save the checklist with their selections.
User modifies an existing procurement checklist to include additional criteria aligned with their sustainability goals.
Given the user has accessed an existing checklist, when they click 'Edit Checklist', then they should be able to add new criteria, modify existing items, and save the updated checklist without errors.
User integrates an updated checklist into their procurement workflow for tracking progress on sustainable purchasing practices.
Given the user has an updated checklist, when they link it to their procurement processes, then they should see it reflected in their procurement dashboard and be able to track their progress using the checklist metrics.
User deletes a previously created procurement checklist that is no longer relevant.
Given the user is viewing their list of checklists, when they select a checklist and click 'Delete', then the checklist should be removed from the system and no longer accessible.
User exports a customizable procurement checklist to share with their sustainability team.
Given the user has a checklist open, when they select 'Export', then they should be able to download the checklist in a CSV format that includes all current criteria and user inputs.
User accesses a library of best practices and templates for sustainable procurement.
Given the user is on the Green Procurement Toolkit, when they navigate to the 'Best Practices' section, then they should see a list of downloadable resources and templates available for their use.
Green Supplier Database
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability officer, I want a green supplier database so that I can easily find and engage with suppliers who prioritize environmental responsibility in their practices.
-
Description
-
Develop a green supplier database that lists suppliers recognized for their sustainable practices. This database should offer filtering options based on product categories, certifications, and sustainability criteria. Users will benefit from having access to vetted suppliers, simplifying the procurement process while ensuring that they are sourcing from environmentally responsible companies.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User searches for suppliers based on specific environmental certifications to ensure alignment with their sustainability goals.
Given the user is on the Green Supplier Database page, When the user filters suppliers by certification type, Then the database should display only the suppliers that meet the selected certification criteria.
User navigates through product categories to find sustainable suppliers for a specific product they wish to purchase.
Given the user is on the Green Supplier Database page, When the user selects a product category filter, Then the system should display suppliers categorized under the selected product category.
User assesses suppliers' sustainability practices based on specific criteria set by their organization.
Given the user has accessed the detailed view of suppliers, When the user views the sustainability criteria for a supplier, Then the system should display the supplier's sustainability performance metrics clearly and comprehensively.
User exports the list of vetted suppliers for their procurement team to review.
Given the user has applied filters to the supplier list, When the user clicks on the 'Export' button, Then an Excel file containing the filtered supplier list should be downloaded correctly with all relevant information.
User receives notifications about new suppliers added to the Green Supplier Database that meet their interests.
Given the user has subscribed to notifications for specific criteria, When new suppliers meeting the subscription criteria are added, Then the system should send an email notification to the user's registered email address.
User evaluates the effectiveness of implementing the Green Supplier Database in improving sustainable procurement practices.
Given the user has been using the Green Supplier Database for a defined period, When the user generates a sustainability impact report, Then the report should show metrics indicating improved procurement practices, such as reduced carbon footprint or increased purchase from vetted suppliers.
Integration with Existing Systems
-
User Story
-
As an operations manager, I want EcoTrackify to integrate with our existing procurement system so that I can streamline our processes and gain better insights into our sustainability impact.
-
Description
-
Implement functionality to allow EcoTrackify to integrate seamlessly with existing procurement and accounting systems used by clients. This integration will enable automatic data synchronization, reducing manual entry and errors, while providing comprehensive insights into sustainability-related expenditures and supplier impacts.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User initiates the integration process with an existing procurement system to capture supplier data automatically.
Given the user's authenticated session, when the user accesses the integration settings and selects a procurement system, then the integration process should initiate without errors and provide confirmation of successful connection on the dashboard.
User syncs data between EcoTrackify and their accounting system for the first time to ensure all historical data is aligned.
Given that the accounting system is selected and connected, when the user selects 'sync data', then all historical transactions and relevant data should be transferred accurately, and the user should receive a summary report of the sync operation.
The system automatically updates the sustainability metrics dashboard based on synchronized procurement data every 24 hours.
Given that the integration is active, when the sync interval of 24 hours elapses, then the dashboard should reflect updated sustainability metrics, including any changes to supplier impacts and expenditure.
User receives an error notification if the integration with an existing system fails due to incorrect credentials.
Given the user has entered incorrect credentials for integration, when the user attempts to save the integration settings, then an error notification should be displayed indicating the failure and suggesting corrective action.
User verifies that the data integrity between EcoTrackify and the integrated systems is maintained.
Given that data synchronization has occurred, when the user compares selected data points from EcoTrackify and the integrated system, then the values should match within a defined tolerance threshold (e.g., within 5%).
User triggers an integration update to refresh the mapping of fields between EcoTrackify and the integrated systems.
Given that the user identifies changes in the field mapping from their procurement system, when the user requests an update through the integration settings, then the system should allow for the remapping and confirm the successful update.
The platform provides user-friendly guidelines for troubleshooting common integration issues.
Given a user encounters an issue during integration, when accessing the help section related to integrations, then the user should find a comprehensive set of troubleshooting guidelines that address common errors and steps for resolution.
Automated Compliance Notifications
-
User Story
-
As a compliance officer, I want automated compliance notifications so that I can stay updated on sustainability regulations and ensure our procurement practices are compliant with applicable laws.
-
Description
-
Introduce automated compliance notifications that keep users informed about relevant regulations and sustainability compliance deadlines. These notifications should be customizable, allowing users to set alerts based on specific procurement practices and industry requirements, ensuring that organizations remain compliant with sustainability standards.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Users receive timely compliance notifications for sustainability regulations specific to their industry.
Given a user has set up their compliance preferences, when a relevant regulation deadline approaches, then the user receives an automatic notification via email or in-app alert.
Users can customize their notification preferences based on specific sustainability criteria.
Given a user accesses the notification settings, when they select preferred criteria for alerts, then those preferences are saved and reflected in future notifications.
Users can view the history of compliance notifications received.
Given the user logs into their dashboard, when they navigate to the notifications history section, then they should see a chronological list of all compliance notifications received, including timestamps and details.
Users receive reminders for multiple upcoming compliance deadlines.
Given a user has set notifications for multiple sustainability regulations, when those deadlines are within the configured reminder period, then the system sends individual alerts for each upcoming deadline.
The compliance notifications adapt to changes in regulations.
Given a relevant regulation has been updated or introduced in the user's industry, when this change occurs, then the user receives an immediate notification about the revision along with any new compliance requirements.
Users can test their notification settings to ensure they function correctly.
Given a user is in the notification settings menu, when they trigger a test alert, then they should receive a confirmation message and an actual test notification within their chosen channel.
Users can easily access help and support for managing their notifications.
Given a user is on the notification settings page, when they click on the help icon, then they should see a pop-up with FAQs and contact options for support regarding notification inquiries.
User Training and Support Materials
-
User Story
-
As an employee responsible for procurement, I want access to training materials on the Green Procurement Toolkit so that I can understand how to implement sustainable procurement practices effectively.
-
Description
-
Create a suite of user training and support materials, including tutorials, webinars, and documentation, specifically focused on utilizing the Green Procurement Toolkit effectively. These materials will empower users to fully leverage the tools and resources available to drive sustainable procurement practices within their organizations.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User accesses the Green Procurement Toolkit and initiates a training session using the provided tutorials.
Given the user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they navigate to the Green Procurement Toolkit section and select a tutorial, then the tutorial should load successfully without errors, and the user should be able to navigate between sections of the tutorial seamlessly.
A user participates in a live webinar focused on sustainable procurement practices using the toolkit.
Given the user has registered for a live webinar, when the webinar starts, then the user should receive a notification via email and be able to join the session without any technical issues, with the webinar recorded for later access.
A user accesses the documentation for the Green Procurement Toolkit and searches for best practices on sustainable procurement.
Given the user is on the documentation page, when they use the search function to look for 'best practices', then the search results should display relevant documentation within 3 seconds, with links to at least five applicable best practice resources.
A user wants to provide feedback on the training materials after completing the tutorial.
Given the user has completed a tutorial, when they submit feedback through the provided form, then the feedback should be successfully recorded in the system, and the user should receive a confirmation message within 10 seconds.
A team member uses the resources from the Green Procurement Toolkit to prepare a presentation on sustainable practices to share with colleagues.
Given the user has accessed the toolkit resources, when they compile selected documents into a presentation, then the presentation should be saved correctly in a downloadable format, with all elements visible and legible.
A user attends a follow-up Q&A session after the initial training on the Green Procurement Toolkit.
Given the user attended the initial training, when they join the Q&A session, then they should be able to ask questions in real-time and receive responses from the facilitator without significant delays.
Supplier Collaboration Portal
An interactive platform enabling users to collaborate with their suppliers on sustainability initiatives. This feature facilitates communication, joint projects, and knowledge sharing, making it easier for businesses to work together towards common sustainability goals and strengthen their supply chain relationships.
Requirements
Real-time Collaboration Tools
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability manager, I want to communicate in real-time with my suppliers so that we can quickly align on our sustainability initiatives and address any issues as they arise.
-
Description
-
The Supplier Collaboration Portal requires real-time collaboration tools that enable users to instantly communicate with suppliers via chat, video, and shared documents. This feature enhances the speed and efficiency of collaboration, allowing businesses to quickly address issues, share important updates, and coordinate sustainability initiatives. By integrating real-time communication, users can foster stronger relationships with suppliers and ensure that sustainability efforts are aligned, improving the overall effectiveness of joint projects and initiatives.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Enable real-time chat functionality for instant communication with suppliers in the portal.
Given a user is logged into the Supplier Collaboration Portal, when they initiate a chat with a supplier, then they should be able to send and receive messages in real-time without any noticeable delay.
Facilitate video calls within the Supplier Collaboration Portal for discussing sustainability initiatives.
Given a user is on the Supplier Collaboration Portal, when they schedule a video call with a supplier, then both parties should be able to access the video call link and communicate effectively with video and audio quality being clear and stable.
Provide the ability to share documents seamlessly during collaboration sessions with suppliers.
Given a user is in a collaboration session with a supplier, when they upload a document for sharing, then the supplier should be able to access, view, and download the document without errors or delays.
Ensure notifications are sent for new messages and documents shared in real-time.
Given a user is engaged in a chat session, when a new message is received, then a notification should pop up on the user's screen in real-time, ensuring they do not miss important communications.
Implement a shared calendar feature for scheduling joint initiatives with suppliers.
Given a user is collaborating with a supplier, when they propose a date for a joint initiative in the shared calendar, then the supplier should receive an invitation notification and be able to respond to the proposed date.
Enable users to track the history of communications and shared documents within a project.
Given a user is collaborating with a supplier, when they access the project overview, then they should see a complete history of messages and documents shared within that project, dated and organized for easy reference.
Allow users to set reminders for follow-up tasks related to supplier initiatives.
Given a user has a follow-up task assigned in the collaboration portal, when the task due date approaches, then the user should receive a reminder notification through the portal and via email.
Joint Project Management
-
User Story
-
As a project leader, I want to manage joint sustainability projects with my suppliers so that we can track progress and ensure accountability in our collaborative efforts.
-
Description
-
The Supplier Collaboration Portal should include functionality for joint project management, allowing businesses and their suppliers to co-create sustainability projects. This feature will provide tools for project planning, task assignment, progress tracking, and milestone setting, enabling users to work collaboratively on initiatives such as waste reduction or energy efficiency programs. By clearly outlining roles and responsibilities, this feature aims to streamline efforts and ensure accountability, ultimately driving sustainability goals more effectively.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Users access the Supplier Collaboration Portal to initiate a joint sustainability project with a selected supplier.
Given a user has logged into the Supplier Collaboration Portal, When they select a supplier and create a new project, Then the project should be successfully created and visible to both the user and the supplier in their respective dashboards.
Users need to assign tasks to their supplier within a joint project for waste reduction.
Given a user is in the project management interface of a joint project, When they create tasks and assign them to the supplier, Then the tasks should be listed in the supplier's task list and show correct deadlines and descriptions.
A user wants to track the progress of a sustainability project in real-time.
Given a user is viewing a joint project dashboard, When they look at the progress tracking section, Then it should display an accurate percentage of completion, current milestones, and completed tasks for all participants.
A user wants to set milestones for a joint energy efficiency initiative with their supplier.
Given a user is managing a project, When they add a new milestone and provide a due date, Then the milestone should be saved and visible in the project timeline for both the user and supplier.
Users want to collaborate with their supplier by sharing documents related to a joint project.
Given a user is in a joint project space, When they upload a document, Then the document should be accessible to both the user and the supplier, with appropriate version control enabled.
Users seek to receive notifications when their supplier updates the project status.
Given a user is part of a joint project, When the supplier updates the project status, Then the user should receive a real-time notification via the portal and email if enabled.
Users need to evaluate the overall impact of joint projects on sustainability goals.
Given a user has completed a joint project, When they view the project summary, Then the summary should include statistics on carbon footprint reduction, waste management, and overall performance in relation to predefined sustainability goals.
Knowledge Sharing Repository
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability officer, I want a dedicated space to share and access sustainability resources with my suppliers so that we can continuously improve our practices and learn from each other.
-
Description
-
A knowledge sharing repository is necessary for the Supplier Collaboration Portal, allowing users to upload, store, and share documents, best practices, and resources related to sustainability efforts. This feature will facilitate continuous learning and improvement by enabling users and suppliers to access helpful information at any time. By creating a centralized database for sustainability knowledge, users can build a culture of collaboration and innovation, ensuring that both parties benefit from shared insights and experiences.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User uploads a document to the Knowledge Sharing Repository to share best practices on resource efficiency with suppliers.
Given a logged-in user, when they upload a document to the repository, then the document should be successfully stored and accessible to all authorized suppliers.
A supplier accesses the Knowledge Sharing Repository to retrieve documents related to waste reduction initiatives.
Given a logged-in supplier, when they search for documents related to waste reduction, then they should retrieve all relevant documents uploaded by users in the repository.
Users collaborate on a joint sustainability project by sharing resources and documents through the Knowledge Sharing Repository.
Given multiple users collaborating on a project, when they upload and update documents in the repository, then all changes should be reflected in real-time for all collaborators.
A user adds a best practice document and categorizes it within the Knowledge Sharing Repository.
Given a user adding a new document, when they select a category for the document, then it should be categorized correctly and visible under that category for other users.
Users provide feedback on shared documents in the Knowledge Sharing Repository to enhance collaboration.
Given a user viewing a document, when they provide feedback, then the feedback should be recorded and visible to all users with access to that document.
The system generates an analytics report on document usage in the Knowledge Sharing Repository to assess engagement.
Given the administrator accessing the analytics section, when they generate the report, then it should show the number of times each document has been accessed and feedback received.
A user searches for a specific sustainability resource in the Knowledge Sharing Repository using keywords.
Given a user searching for a resource, when they enter relevant keywords, then the system should return a list of documents that match those keywords accurately.
Automated Compliance Alerts
-
User Story
-
As a compliance manager, I want to receive automated alerts about sustainability regulations so that we can stay compliant and avoid penalties as new requirements arise.
-
Description
-
The Supplier Collaboration Portal needs an automated compliance alert system that notifies users about regulatory deadlines, reporting requirements, and sustainability metrics. This feature will help businesses maintain compliance with regulations related to sustainability, reducing the risk of penalties or reputational damage. By providing timely alerts, users can stay informed about important dates and requirements, ensuring that both their internal efforts and supplier practices align with legal obligations.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Automated compliance alerts are triggered for upcoming regulatory deadlines pertaining to sustainability reporting requirements.
Given a user has registered compliance deadlines in the system, When the deadline is within 30 days, Then an automated alert should be sent to the user's dashboard and email.
Users are notified about changes in sustainability regulations affecting their reporting practices.
Given a user has opted into notifications for regulatory updates, When a change is published regarding sustainability regulations, Then the user should receive an immediate notification via email and in the portal.
Users receive alerts for missing sustainability reporting submissions.
Given the system tracks submission deadlines, When a user fails to submit their sustainability report on the due date, Then an alert should be sent to the user reminding them of the overdue submission.
Compliance alerts are customizable based on user preferences and roles within the organization.
Given a user has access to customize notification settings, When the user alters their alert preferences, Then the system should save these settings and apply them to future compliance alerts.
The automated compliance alert system provides users with a summary of upcoming compliance actions.
Given the user accesses the compliance section of the Supplier Collaboration Portal, When the user views upcoming deadlines, Then a summary of all pending compliance actions should be displayed clearly.
Users can receive cumulative alerts for multiple compliance deadlines in a single notification.
Given the user has multiple impending compliance deadlines, When the deadlines are within the alert trigger period, Then a cumulative alert should be consolidated into a single notification sent to the user.
Automated alerts function correctly across different time zones for international users.
Given a user is located in a different time zone, When a compliance deadline occurs, Then the notification should be sent considering the user’s local time zone to ensure timely alerts.
Performance Metrics Dashboard
-
User Story
-
As a data analyst, I want to view real-time metrics on our sustainability efforts and those of our suppliers so that we can make informed decisions about our collaborative initiatives and drive better environmental performance.
-
Description
-
A performance metrics dashboard should be integrated into the Supplier Collaboration Portal, providing users with visual representations of sustainability metrics from both their businesses and suppliers. This dashboard will allow users to analyze data such as carbon emissions, waste reduction efforts, and energy usage in real-time. By having this information readily available, users can assess the performance of their suppliers and identify areas for improvement or further collaboration.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Performance data visualization for suppliers' carbon emissions
Given a user accesses the Performance Metrics Dashboard, when they select the carbon emissions metric, then a visual representation of both their own and their suppliers' carbon emissions for the last 12 months should be displayed clearly and accurately.
Real-time waste reduction metrics tracking
Given a user is on the Performance Metrics Dashboard, when they choose the waste reduction metric, then real-time data showing waste reduction efforts from both their own business and their suppliers should be displayed within a loading time of 3 seconds.
Energy usage analytics for supply chain improvement
Given that a user opens the Performance Metrics Dashboard, when they navigate to the energy usage section, then the dashboard should provide a clear, comparative analysis of energy usage between the user’s business and its suppliers, with actionable insights highlighted.
Customizable metric selection for dashboard personalization
Given a user is in the Performance Metrics Dashboard setup, when they choose which metrics to display from a comprehensive list, then those selected metrics should be saved and presented on the dashboard upon the next login.
Collaboration feature for joint sustainability projects
Given that a user views the performance metrics, when they identify areas for improvement, then a collaboration button should appear, enabling them to invite suppliers to join sustainability projects seamlessly.
Automated compliance alerts based on dashboard insights
Given the dashboard displays relevant sustainability metrics, when a threshold is breached, then an automated alert should be sent to the user and relevant stakeholders to address compliance issues within 24 hours.
Thought Leader Insights
Access to expert insights and articles related to sustainable sourcing and supply chain practices. This feature keeps users informed about the latest trends and best practices, enabling them to make knowledgeable decisions regarding their suppliers and enhance their sustainability efforts.
Requirements
Content Categorization
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability manager, I want to browse articles by categories so that I can quickly find relevant insights that apply to my specific needs in sustainable sourcing and supply chain management.
-
Description
-
The Thought Leader Insights feature must categorize articles and insights based on various themes such as sustainable sourcing, supply chain efficiency, and regulatory compliance. This categorization will facilitate easier navigation and searching for users seeking specific information, enhancing their ability to make informed decisions. The system should automatically tag content as it is uploaded, ensuring that all insights are appropriately categorized and easily accessible through a user-friendly interface.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User uploads a new article to the Thought Leader Insights feature, and the system categorizes it based on pre-defined themes like sustainable sourcing or regulatory compliance.
Given a user uploads an article, When the article is submitted, Then the system should automatically categorize it under relevant themes and tag it appropriately within 5 seconds of upload.
A user accesses the Thought Leader Insights feature to find content related to sustainable sourcing.
Given the user searches for 'sustainable sourcing', When the search is executed, Then the system should display only articles that are tagged with 'sustainable sourcing' in the results within 3 seconds.
A user browses the categorized content available in the Thought Leader Insights section of EcoTrackify.
Given a user navigates to the Insights section, When they select the 'Supply Chain Efficiency' category, Then the system should show only articles categorized under 'Supply Chain Efficiency' in a user-friendly list format.
A user encounters an article that has been incorrectly categorized within the Thought Leader Insights feature.
Given a user identifies an incorrectly tagged article, When the user submits a request for re-categorization, Then the system should allow the user to select appropriate tags and submit it for review within 2 minutes.
Admin users review categorized articles in the backend to refine the categorization rules for future content.
Given the admin accesses the content management dashboard, When they request a report on categorization accuracy, Then the system should generate a report showing the percentage of correctly tagged articles versus incorrectly tagged ones within that category.
A user wants to filter articles based on multiple themes to get more targeted insights.
Given the user applies multiple filters in the Insights search, When they execute the search, Then the system should return only those articles that match all selected filters with a response time of less than 5 seconds.
The system processes a bulk upload of articles and applies categorization tags automatically.
Given an administrator uploads a CSV file containing multiple articles, When the upload is complete, Then the system should accurately categorize at least 95% of the articles within 10 seconds of upload.
Personalized Recommendations
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to receive personalized article recommendations so that I can stay informed about trends that matter most to my business and sustainability efforts.
-
Description
-
The platform should implement an algorithm that provides personalized article recommendations based on user behavior, preferences, and previously viewed content. This feature will ensure that users receive insights most relevant to their sustainability goals and interests, thereby increasing engagement and the likelihood that they will utilize the information in practice. The recommendation engine should continuously learn from user interactions to improve accuracy over time.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Personalized recommendations for a user after they log into EcoTrackify and view articles related to sustainable sourcing.
Given the user has logged into EcoTrackify and accessed the articles section, when they spend more than 5 minutes reading articles on sustainable sourcing, then the user should receive 3 personalized article recommendations that relate to sustainable sourcing practices based on their reading history.
Continuous improvement of the recommendation algorithm based on user interactions over time.
Given that the user has consistently engaged with articles over a period of 3 weeks, when the user logs in, then the system should present updated recommendations that reflect changes in their reading behavior, improving the relevance score of recommended articles by at least 20% compared to previous recommendations.
A first-time user's experience interacting with the personalized article recommendations feature.
Given the user is accessing EcoTrackify for the first time, when they complete the onboarding questionnaire regarding their sustainability interests, then they should receive 5 initial article recommendations tailored to their specified preferences immediately upon completion.
User feedback collection on the relevance of recommended articles.
Given a user has interacted with at least 3 recommended articles, when they are prompted to provide feedback, then they should have the option to rate the relevance of each article from 1 to 5 stars, and an average rating should be calculated and stored for future algorithm training.
Interaction analysis of users with personalized recommendations to enhance future suggestions.
Given the user has interacted with 10 or more recommended articles in the past month, when the similar article feature is analyzed, then at least 75% of the articles recommended should be clicked on or read for the recommendation engine to be considered effective in providing relevant content.
Cross-platform recommendation consistency for users accessing EcoTrackify on different devices.
Given a user has accessed EcoTrackify on both mobile and desktop devices, when they view the recommended articles on either device, then the list of recommended articles should remain consistent, ensuring that any new recommendations are synchronized across platforms within a maximum of 5 minutes.
Impact assessment of personalized recommendations on user engagement metrics.
Given the user has been using EcoTrackify for a month, when analyzing user engagement metrics, then there should be at least a 30% increase in the time spent on articles and a 25% increase in the frequency of article shares on social media compared to the month prior to implementing personalized recommendations.
Expert Q&A Sessions
-
User Story
-
As a reader of the insights, I want to participate in live Q&A sessions with experts so that I can directly address my sustainability concerns and gather valuable advice tailored to my situation.
-
Description
-
Integrate live Q&A sessions with sustainability experts or thought leaders into the platform. Users should have the ability to register for and attend these sessions, allowing them to engage directly with experts, ask questions, and gain deeper insights into specific sustainability challenges. This feature not only enriches user knowledge but also creates a sense of community and collaboration amongst users focused on sustainability.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User Registration for Expert Q&A Sessions
Given a user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they navigate to the Expert Q&A section and choose a session to attend, then they should be able to successfully register for the session and receive a confirmation email.
Live Q&A Session Attendance
Given a registered user wishes to attend a live Q&A session, when the session begins, then the user should be able to join the session via a link in their confirmation email without any technical issues.
User Engagement During Sessions
Given a user is attending a live Q&A session, when the expert opens the floor for questions, then the user should be able to submit at least one question via a chat feature during that session.
Expert Responses to User Questions
Given that users have submitted questions during a live Q&A, when the expert addresses user questions, then at least 70% of submitted questions should be answered during the session.
Post-Session Feedback Collection
After the live Q&A session concludes, when the user receives a feedback form, then at least 80% of attendees should submit feedback regarding their experience.
Integration with User Profiles
Given a user has attended a live Q&A session, when they view their profile, then the session attended should be recorded in their account history for future reference.
Access to Session Recordings
Given a live Q&A session has concluded, when a user accesses the Expert Q&A section, then they should be able to view a recorded version of the session within 24 hours of its conclusion.
Interactive Webinars
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to attend interactive webinars about sustainable practices so that I can learn from experts and interact with other businesses facing similar challenges.
-
Description
-
The Thought Leader Insights feature will host interactive webinars on topics related to sustainability practices and trends. Users should be able to register for these webinars, participate in polls, and ask questions in real time, fostering an engaging and informative environment. Recording and archiving of these webinars should also be available for users who cannot attend live sessions, ensuring access to valuable content at any time.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User Registration for Webinars
Given a registered user on EcoTrackify, when they navigate to the 'Webinars' section, then they should be able to register for any upcoming webinar and receive a confirmation email.
Real-time Polling Participation
Given a user is attending a live webinar, when the host launches a poll, then the user should be able to vote and see the poll results displayed in real-time.
Submitting Questions During Live Sessions
Given a user is attending a live webinar, when they submit a question through the designated Q&A feature, then that question should be visible to the host and included in the session's discussion.
Accessing Archived Webinars
Given a user who has missed a live webinar, when they navigate to the 'Archived Webinars' section, then they should be able to access the recording of past webinars and view associated materials.
User Feedback Collection Post-Webinar
Given a user has attended a webinar, when the session ends, then they should receive a feedback survey to rate the session and provide comments about their experience.
Webinar Calendar Synchronization
Given a user has registered for webinars, when they choose to sync their webinar schedule with their personal calendar, then the upcoming webinars should be added to their calendar with appropriate reminders.
Automatic Notifications for Upcoming Webinars
Given a user has registered for webinars, when an upcoming webinar is scheduled, then they should receive an automatic notification 24 hours prior to the session start time.
Dynamic Content Updates
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability officer, I want to receive notifications about new articles and insights so that I can stay updated on the latest trends in sustainability practices and implement changes in my company accordingly.
-
Description
-
Implement a system for regularly updating the content within Thought Leader Insights to reflect the latest trends and developments in sustainability. This feature will involve sourcing fresh articles and expert commentary to keep users informed and engaged. Automatic notifications should be sent to users whenever new content is added to ensure they are made aware of the latest insights quickly and efficiently.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives a notification when a new article is published in Thought Leader Insights.
Given that a new article is published in Thought Leader Insights, when the user checks their notifications, then they should see a notification indicating that new content is available.
The content within Thought Leader Insights is updated automatically every two weeks.
Given that the current content update cycle is two weeks, when the scheduled update occurs, then new articles and insights should be available to all users without manual intervention.
Users can filter the articles by category, author, and publication date.
Given that a user accesses the Thought Leader Insights section, when they apply filters for category, author, or publication date, then the articles displayed should correctly reflect the selected filters.
Users have access to a summary of each article before accessing the full content.
Given that a user views the article list in Thought Leader Insights, when they hover over an article title, then a summary of that article should be displayed.
The system must track user engagement with the articles.
Given that a user reads an article in Thought Leader Insights, when the article is closed, then the system should log the engagement metrics such as time spent and whether the article was shared.
Expert articles are sourced from reputable sustainability experts and organizations.
Given that the content update occurs, when new articles are compiled, then each article must mention the source clearly and include expert credentials.
Performance Analytics Dashboard
A data-driven dashboard that tracks and analyzes the sustainability performance of engaged suppliers. This feature allows users to visualize supplier contributions to sustainability goals, enabling ongoing assessments and improvements in supply chain sustainability strategies.
Requirements
Supplier Performance Metrics
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability manager, I want to see the performance metrics of each supplier so that I can identify high-impact partners and make informed decisions for sourcing materials that align with our sustainability goals.
-
Description
-
The Supplier Performance Metrics requirement outlines the need for a comprehensive set of KPIs (Key Performance Indicators) that evaluate suppliers' contributions to sustainability goals. This functionality will aggregate data such as carbon emissions, waste reduction efforts, and resource efficiency from various suppliers into a unified view. By employing visual representations, such as charts and graphs, users can easily gauge each supplier's impact on overall sustainability objectives. This requirement is pivotal for facilitating informed decision-making and fostering accountability among suppliers, allowing EcoTrackify users to optimize their sourcing strategies and drive collective sustainability efforts throughout the supply chain.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Supplier Performance Analysis for Carbon Emissions Reporting
Given that a user accesses the Performance Analytics Dashboard, when they select a specific supplier, then the dashboard should display the supplier's carbon emissions metrics over the last year in a bar graph format with color-coded indicators for compliance levels.
Waste Reduction Contributions Summary
Given that a user is on the Performance Analytics Dashboard, when they navigate to the waste reduction section for a supplier, then the dashboard should show a line chart illustrating the supplier's waste reduction efforts month over month, along with a percentage decrease from the baseline.
Resource Efficiency Metrics Visualization
Given that a user wants to assess a supplier's resource usage efficiency, when they click on the resource efficiency tab in the Performance Analytics Dashboard, then the user should see a pie chart displaying the supplier's resource usage categorized by type, along with key performance indicators (KPIs) that reflect their efficiency.
Comparative Analysis of Multiple Suppliers
Given that a user is evaluating multiple suppliers on the Performance Analytics Dashboard, when they select two or more suppliers for comparison, then the dashboard should present a side-by-side comparison chart showing key sustainability metrics such as carbon emissions, waste reduction, and resource efficiency.
Supplier Accountability Notifications
Given that a supplier's performance metrics fall below the set sustainability threshold, when the user accesses the Performance Analytics Dashboard, then the user should receive an automated notification outlining the specific areas of non-compliance and the action required to improve their metrics.
Exporting Supplier Performance Reports
Given a user wants to share supplier performance data, when they export the performance metrics from the dashboard, then the exported report should be generated in PDF format, including all visualizations and data tables displayed on the dashboard, ensuring clarity and readability.
User-Friendly Interface for Sustainability Goals Tracking
Given that a new user is configuring their Performance Analytics Dashboard, when they access the initial setup wizard, then the user should be guided through a step-by-step configuration process that allows them to customize the KPIs relevant to their sustainability goals easily.
Customizable Dashboard Filters
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to customize the filters on my performance dashboard so that I can focus on the specific data that is most relevant to our sustainability initiatives.
-
Description
-
The Customizable Dashboard Filters requirement allows users to tailor their analytics dashboard by applying filters to view specific metrics based on supplier categories, geographic regions, or sustainability topics. This feature enhances the user experience by enabling personalized data insights tailored to different business needs and environmental priorities. By using filters, users can drill down into particular aspects of supplier performance, ensuring that their analysis is relevant to ongoing sustainability initiatives. This adaptability is crucial for improving the efficiency of sustainability tracking, supporting precise reporting, and enabling targeted approaches to supplier engagement and performance management.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User wants to filter supplier performance metrics by geographic region to assess sustainability contributions more granularly.
Given the user is on the Performance Analytics Dashboard, when the user selects a specific geographic region from the filter options, then the dashboard updates to display only metrics relevant to suppliers within that region.
User aims to analyze supplier contributions based on specific sustainability topics, such as waste reduction or energy efficiency.
Given the user is viewing the dashboard, when the user applies a filter for 'Waste Reduction', then the displayed data should only include supplier metrics related to waste management initiatives and results.
User needs to reset all applied filters to return to viewing the overall supplier performance metrics.
Given the user has applied multiple filters on the dashboard, when the user clicks on the 'Reset Filters' button, then all filters should be removed and the dashboard should revert to displaying all supplier performance data without any restrictions.
A user wants to save their customized filter settings for future use.
Given the user has applied multiple filters to the dashboard, when the user clicks the 'Save Settings' option and provides a name for the filter set, then the system should save the configured filters and allow the user to access them later from a 'Saved Filters' menu.
User is interested in comparing the sustainability performance of multiple supplier categories simultaneously.
Given the user is on the dashboard, when the user selects multiple supplier categories from the filter options, then the dashboard should display a comparative analysis of metrics for all selected categories side by side.
User wants to ensure that the dashboard correctly displays the number of suppliers filtered based on the selected criteria.
Given the user has applied one or more filters on the dashboard, when the filtered results are displayed, then the dashboard should provide a dynamic count of the number of suppliers that meet the selected filter criteria at the top of the analytics view.
User wishes to apply filters in multiple dimensions, such as supplier category and sustainability topic, for detailed insights.
Given the user selects criteria from both 'Supplier Category' and 'Sustainability Topic', when the user clicks 'Apply Filters', then the dashboard should update to display metrics that match both selected criteria simultaneously.
Automated Reporting for Suppliers
-
User Story
-
As a procurement officer, I want to receive automated sustainability reports from our suppliers so that I can keep track of their environmental compliance and performance without having to request updates manually.
-
Description
-
The Automated Reporting for Suppliers requirement details the need for an automated system that generates sustainability performance reports for each supplier on a scheduled basis. This feature will streamline the communication process between EcoTrackify users and their suppliers, allowing for consistent updates on sustainability progress without the need for manual input. The reports will include key metrics, insights, and recommendations based on supplier data. This requirement is essential for maintaining transparency in sustainability efforts, fulfilling compliance needs, and encouraging suppliers to improve their sustainability practices based on received feedback.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Automated Reporting Generation for Scheduled Supplier Updates
Given a configured schedule for reporting, when the reporting time elapses, then an automated sustainability performance report should be generated for each supplier without manual intervention.
Contents of the Sustainability Performance Report
Given that a report has been generated, when the report is reviewed, then it must contain the key metrics, insights, and recommendations as specified in the requirement.
Delivery Mechanism for Reports
Given that the sustainability performance report has been generated, when the report is executed, then it should be delivered to the designated stakeholders via email and be accessible in the EcoTrackify dashboard.
Error Handling in Report Generation
Given that there may be connectivity or data issues, when an automated report generation fails, then a system-generated alert must notify the user of the failure and recommend corrective actions.
Customization of Report Frequency
Given the user’s needs, when a user configures the frequency of report generation, then the system should allow setting options for daily, weekly, or monthly reporting intervals.
User Feedback on Reports
Given that users receive their sustainability performance reports, when they provide feedback through the platform on the usability and clarity of the reports, then the system should log this feedback for continuous improvement of the reporting process.
Integration with User’s Existing Systems
Given that the EcoTrackify platform is integrated with existing user systems, when an automated report is generated, then it should reflect real-time data from the integrated systems without discrepancies.
Metric Prioritization
Allow users to select and prioritize the sustainability metrics that are most important to their initiatives—be it carbon emissions, energy consumption, or waste production. This feature empowers users to focus on the data they care about most, enhancing their engagement and enabling better tracking of their specific sustainability goals.
Requirements
User Metric Selection
-
User Story
-
As a business sustainability manager, I want to select and prioritize the sustainability metrics that are most important to my initiatives so that I can focus my efforts on tracking the data that aligns with our environmental goals.
-
Description
-
This requirement allows users to select from a variety of sustainability metrics such as carbon emissions, energy consumption, and waste production. Users can prioritize which metrics are most relevant for their sustainability initiatives. The feature enhances user engagement by providing a tailored experience focused on the metrics that matter most to them. By integrating this capability into EcoTrackify, users will be able to align their data tracking efforts with their organizational sustainability goals more effectively, leading to better decision-making and greater accountability in managing their environmental impact.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User selects preferred sustainability metrics upon initial setup of EcoTrackify.
Given that the user is on the initial setup screen, when they are presented with a list of sustainability metrics, then they should be able to select at least three metrics to prioritize, and a confirmation message should appear indicating successful selection.
User adjusts their selected metrics in their dashboard settings.
Given that the user is on their dashboard settings page, when they choose to modify their metric selections, then the previous selections should be displayed, and the user should be able to add or remove metrics, with changes reflected immediately upon saving.
User wants to view analytics specific to their selected metrics.
Given that the user has selected their preferred metrics, when they navigate to the analytics section, then the data displayed should only include the selected metrics, and visualization options (like graphs or charts) should update accordingly.
User receives compliance notifications based on selected sustainability metrics.
Given that the user has chosen specific sustainability metrics related to compliance requirements, when a compliance deadline is approaching, then the user should receive a notification detailing the required actions linked to their selected metrics.
User accesses help documentation regarding metric selection.
Given that the user is on the metric selection page, when they click on the help icon, then a pop-up should provide detailed guidance on how to select and prioritize metrics, along with examples of best practices.
User invites team members to view and contribute to metric selection.
Given that the user is on the metric selection page, when they choose to invite team members, then an invitation should be sent via email, and the metric selection should be collaboratively editable by invited members.
Custom Dashboard Creation
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability analyst, I want to create a custom dashboard so that I can visualize the sustainability metrics that are most relevant to my organization in a way that is easy to understand and act upon.
-
Description
-
This requirement allows users to create custom dashboards that display their prioritized sustainability metrics in a visually appealing and easily digestible format. Users can choose widgets, graphs, and charts to represent their selected data, making it easier to visualize progress and performance over time. This feature enhances usability and provides a personalized experience, enabling users to monitor their sustainability initiatives at a glance. Integration with existing data feeds and dynamic updates are crucial for ensuring users understand their environmental impact in real-time, driving more informed actions.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User creates a custom dashboard to track carbon emissions after logging into the EcoTrackify platform.
Given the user is on the dashboard creation page, when they select carbon emissions as a key metric, then the system should add a carbon emissions widget to the dashboard.
User customizes their dashboard to include multiple sustainability metrics such as energy consumption and waste production.
Given the user has selected multiple metrics, when they finalize their dashboard, then all selected widgets (carbon emissions, energy consumption, and waste production) should display relevant data accurately.
User accesses their custom dashboard to view real-time updates on their selected metrics.
Given the user is on their custom dashboard, when new data is fed into the system, then the widgets should refresh automatically to display the most current metrics without a manual refresh.
User wants to change the layout of their custom dashboard by rearranging widgets.
Given the user is in edit mode for their dashboard, when they drag and drop a widget to a new position, then the widget should instantly update its position without losing any customization settings.
User deletes a widget from their custom dashboard that they no longer wish to track.
Given the user has a widget they want to remove, when they select the delete option, then the widget should be removed from the dashboard and not display in future sessions.
User generates a report based on the metrics displayed on their custom dashboard.
Given the user has selected data metrics, when they click on the report generation button, then a downloadable report should be created with the latest data from the selected widgets.
Automated Reporting Functionality
-
User Story
-
As a compliance officer, I want to receive automated reports on our sustainability metrics so that I can ensure we meet regulatory standards and track our progress effectively over time.
-
Description
-
This requirement introduces automated reporting tools that allow users to generate reports based on their selected sustainability metrics and performance. Users can schedule reports to be generated daily, weekly, or monthly, highlighting key insights, trends, and areas for improvement. This feature saves users time and helps ensure compliance with reporting requirements, allowing organizations to maintain transparency about their sustainability efforts. By providing automated insights, users can focus on strategizing improvements rather than manually compiling data.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User schedules a weekly report for their selected sustainability metrics after choosing their priority metrics via the Metric Prioritization feature.
Given the user has selected priority metrics and scheduled a weekly report,When the report is generated,Then it should include the latest data for the selected metrics and insights regarding trends and areas for improvement.
A user edits the frequency of their automated reports from weekly to monthly and saves the changes.
Given the user has access to the report settings,When the user changes the report frequency to monthly and saves,Then the system should confirm the change and the report should reflect the new frequency in the user’s dashboard.
User receives an automated report via email based on their specified schedule and metrics.
Given the user has scheduled reports for specific metrics,When the scheduled time arrives,Then the user should receive an email containing the report with relevant data and insights.
Admin reviews the automated reporting functionality to ensure compliance with industry standards and requirements.
Given the admin has access to reporting configurations,When the admin checks the reporting settings,Then all reports should meet compliance standards for transparency and content accuracy.
Users view their past automated reports to analyze progress over time towards sustainability goals.
Given the user navigates to the reporting history section,When they access their past reports,Then they should be able to view and compare previous reports for insights and trends.
Users can set up alerts for their automated reports that notify them if reports fail to generate on schedule.
Given the user has set up alerts,When a report fails to generate as scheduled,Then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the failure and suggesting actions.
Integration with External Data Sources
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability coordinator, I want to integrate our energy and waste data from external sources into EcoTrackify so that I can have a complete view of our sustainability metrics without the hassle of manual data entry.
-
Description
-
This requirement allows for integration with various external data sources such as energy providers, waste management services, and carbon footprint calculators. Users can import data directly into EcoTrackify, enhancing the accuracy and comprehensiveness of their sustainability tracking efforts. This connectivity ensures that users have a holistic view of their sustainability performance across different domains, enabling better decision-making and comprehensive analysis of their initiatives. The integration should be seamless and user-friendly, minimizing the need for manual data entry.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User imports energy consumption data from their energy provider into EcoTrackify.
Given the user has a valid API key and access credentials from their energy provider, When the user selects 'Import Energy Data' in the EcoTrackify dashboard, Then the system should successfully fetch and display the energy consumption data within five minutes without errors.
User seamlessly integrates waste management service data into EcoTrackify.
Given the user has linked their waste management service account, When the user initiates data import for waste production metrics, Then the system should import the data accurately, reflecting the latest metrics for the current month with a confirmation message.
User utilizes carbon footprint calculators to enhance sustainability reports.
Given the user accesses the carbon footprint calculator integration option, When the user inputs their relevant data and submits for analysis, Then the system should generate a comparative sustainability report that integrates data from the calculator with previously imported metrics without any discrepancies.
Users receive notifications when external data integration fails.
Given that an external data source fails to connect or return data, When the user attempts to refresh data from that source, Then the system should notify the user via an alert message detailing the reason for the failure and suggested actions within two minutes.
User edits and prioritizes the imported metrics in the dashboard.
Given that the user has successfully imported their sustainability metrics, When the user selects the 'Edit Metrics' option in the dashboard, Then the system should allow the user to reorder and prioritize metrics according to their preferences and save these changes.
User connects multiple external data sources simultaneously.
Given the user has valid credentials for multiple external data sources, When the user selects 'Connect More Data Sources', Then the system should allow the user to authenticate and connect to at least three external data sources concurrently without performance degradation.
Goal-Setting and Tracking System
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability director, I want to set specific sustainability goals and track our progress so that I can ensure we are making tangible advancements toward our environmental targets.
-
Description
-
This requirement enables users to set specific sustainability goals based on their selected metrics and track progress towards these goals over time. Users can define measurable targets, and the system will provide real-time updates and notifications on their progress. This feature empowers organizations to stay accountable, adjust strategies as needed, and celebrate milestones in their sustainability journey. By aligning goal-setting with metric prioritization, users can ensure that their efforts are directly contributing to their defined sustainability objectives.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User sets a carbon emissions reduction goal for their organization.
Given that the user has access to the goal-setting feature, when they input a specific percentage reduction target and save it, then the goal should be recorded in the system and displayed on their dashboard with a progress tracking feature.
User receives real-time updates on their recycling waste reduction goal.
Given that the user has set a waste reduction goal, when the system tracks daily waste production data, then the user should receive automated notifications showing progress towards their goal at least once a week.
User adjusts their energy consumption goal due to new company policy.
Given that the user has previously set an energy consumption goal, when they change the target value via the goal-setting interface, then the system should update the goal and reflect the new target on the dashboard without data loss.
User surpasses their sustainability goal and wants to celebrate the milestone.
Given that the user has achieved their defined sustainability goal, when they check their dashboard, then a celebratory notification and milestone recognition should be displayed, encouraging further engagement.
User wants to track their progress on multiple sustainability goals simultaneously.
Given that the user has multiple goals set, when they view their dashboard, then the system should display all active goals with corresponding progress bars for each metric in a clear and organized manner.
User receives compliance notifications related to their sustainability goals.
Given that the user has set specific regulatory compliance goals, when deadlines approach, then the system should send timely email notifications to remind the user of upcoming compliance requirements related to their goals.
Compliance Notification Alerts
-
User Story
-
As a compliance manager, I want to receive alerts about changes in sustainability regulations so that I can ensure our company remains compliant with all relevant laws and standards.
-
Description
-
This requirement is for a system that provides automated compliance notifications to users whenever new regulations or changes to existing sustainability laws impact their selected metrics. By keeping users informed about relevant compliance issues, this feature aids in proactive risk management and ensures that organizations remain aligned with legal requirements. Integration with current regulatory databases will enable the system to provide timely alerts, allowing users to adjust their strategies accordingly and maintain compliance without falling behind.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives compliance notification alerts based on their selected sustainability metrics when new regulations are published or existing regulations are updated.
Given a user has selected metrics for compliance notifications, when a new regulation is published or an existing one is updated, then the user should receive an immediate alert via email and in-app notification specifying the relevant compliance change related to their selected metrics.
User can customize which compliance metrics they would like to receive notifications for within the EcoTrackify platform.
Given a user is in the settings section of their profile, when they select specific compliance metrics from a list, then those metrics should be saved, and the system should only send notifications regarding those selected metrics moving forward.
Users are notified of upcoming deadlines or actions required due to changes in regulatory compliance by the system.
Given a new compliance update is relevant to the user's selected metrics, when the update includes actionable steps for the user, then the system should notify the user at least two weeks in advance of any upcoming deadlines that require their action.
Users can view a history of compliance notification alerts received in their EcoTrackify dashboard.
Given a user accesses their compliance dashboard, when they navigate to the compliance notifications section, then they should be able to see a clear and organized history of all alerts received, including dates and details of each notification.
Users have the option to toggle notifications on or off for each selected compliance metric.
Given a user accesses their compliance settings, when they choose to disable notifications for a specific selected metric, then the system should stop sending alerts related to that metric and log the change in the user’s preferences.
Users are kept informed of the impact of compliance changes on their current sustainability strategies through alerts.
Given a user receives a compliance notification, when the system analyzes the changes in regulations, then the user should receive additional context on how these changes affect their current sustainability strategies and necessary adjustments, included within the notification.
User experiences timely responses and updates to compliance alerts in their EcoTrackify platform.
Given a user has enabled notifications, when a regulation change occurs, then the compliance alerts should be sent out within 24 hours of the regulatory change being published to ensure timely information delivery.
Custom Widget Library
A library of customizable widgets that users can choose from to create a personalized dashboard. These widgets can display various data types, such as graphs, charts, or real-time status updates about sustainability efforts, making it easy for users to visualize their progress in a way that suits their unique needs.
Requirements
Custom Widget Configuration
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to customize my dashboard with widgets that display my specific sustainability metrics so that I can easily monitor and visualize my company's progress towards our sustainability goals in a way that makes sense to me.
-
Description
-
The Custom Widget Configuration requirement allows users to personalize their dashboard by selecting from a library of widgets. Users can adjust settings such as size, data type, and display preferences for each widget. This capability enhances user engagement by enabling the display of relevant information, thus improving the overall user experience and fostering better tracking of sustainability metrics in a visual format tailored to individual needs.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User selects a widget from the Custom Widget Library and adds it to their dashboard for the first time.
Given the user is on the widget selection page, when they select a widget and click 'Add to Dashboard', then the widget should appear on the user's dashboard with the default settings.
User customizes the size of a selected widget after adding it to their dashboard.
Given the widget is already on the dashboard, when the user selects the 'Resize' option, then the widget should allow the user to select from preset sizes (small, medium, large) and reflect those changes immediately on the dashboard.
User changes the data type displayed in a widget to track a different sustainability metric.
Given the widget is displaying a specific metric, when the user selects a different metric from the widget settings, then the widget should update to display the new metric with the appropriate graphical representation.
User wants to save their customized dashboard configuration for future sessions.
Given the user has made changes to their widgets, when they click the 'Save Configuration' button, then the system should save the current dashboard layout and settings for future access.
User attempts to remove a widget from their dashboard.
Given the user wants to remove a widget, when they click the 'Remove' button on the widget, then the widget should be removed from the dashboard without requiring a page refresh.
User accesses their dashboard from a mobile device and verifies widget functionality.
Given the user is viewing the dashboard on a mobile device, when they interact with any widget, then all widgets should maintain functionality and display data responsively without layout issues.
User receives a notification after configuring their widgets.
Given the user has completed adding and customizing widgets on their dashboard, when they save the configuration, then the user should receive a confirmation notification indicating successful setup of their dashboard.
Real-time Data Integration
-
User Story
-
As an operations manager, I want my dashboard widgets to pull real-time data from my existing systems so that I can make informed decisions quickly based on the latest metrics available for my sustainability efforts.
-
Description
-
This requirement ensures that widgets within the Custom Widget Library can pull real-time data from various external systems or databases. By integrating current data, the widgets will provide accurate and up-to-date visualizations of key performance indicators such as carbon footprint and resource usage. This enhances decision-making and ensures businesses are acting on the most relevant information available.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Real-time data integration for carbon footprint monitoring widget.
Given the Custom Widget Library is accessed, when a user selects the carbon footprint monitoring widget, then the widget should display real-time carbon footprint data pulled from the connected external database within 5 seconds.
Real-time data integration for resource usage tracking widget.
Given the Custom Widget Library is accessed, when a user selects the resource usage tracking widget, then the widget should show the latest resource usage statistics updated every minute.
User customization of widget display preferences.
Given the user has selected a widget from the Custom Widget Library, when they customize the display options (e.g., graph type, color scheme), then the widget should reflect the changes immediately without requiring a page refresh.
Integration with multiple external systems for data retrieval.
Given a user has configured multiple data sources in the settings, when they select a widget that pulls data, then the widget should successfully aggregate data from all configured sources.
Verification of data source connectivity for widgets.
Given the user has added a new external data source, when they check the connection status in the widget settings, then the system should confirm if the data source is successfully connected or not.
Validation of real-time updates in dashboard widgets.
Given the dashboard is displaying widgets, when there is a change in the external data source, then the widgets should refresh automatically to show the updated data within 10 seconds.
User-Friendly Widget Selection Interface
-
User Story
-
As a team member responsible for reporting, I want a simple and efficient way to select and add widgets to my dashboard so that I can quickly set up my data visualizations without needing technical support.
-
Description
-
This requirement outlines the creation of an intuitive interface for users to easily browse and select widgets from the library. The interface should include search and filter capabilities, allowing users to find suitable widgets based on various criteria, such as type of data or visualization. A user-friendly interface will streamline the process of customizing dashboards and enhance overall user satisfaction.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User browses the widget library to find suitable widgets to visualize their carbon footprint data on their dashboard.
Given the user is on the widget selection interface, when the user searches for 'carbon footprint', then the system displays relevant widgets specifically designed to track carbon footprint data.
User filters widgets based on the type of visualization they prefer to use for their dashboard.
Given the user is on the widget selection interface, when the user selects a filter option for 'charts', then the system displays only widgets that utilize chart visualizations.
User adds a selected widget to their custom dashboard from the widget library.
Given the user has selected a widget from the library, when the user clicks the 'Add to Dashboard' button, then the system confirms the addition and updates the user's dashboard to display the new widget.
User searches for widgets by tags to quickly find relevant options.
Given the user is on the widget selection interface, when the user enters a tag in the search bar, then the system displays all widgets associated with that tag.
User clears all filters to return to the full list of available widgets.
Given the user has applied filters to the widget library, when the user clicks the 'Clear Filters' button, then the system resets the filter selections and displays all available widgets in the library.
User receives a notification if an added widget is incompatible with their current dashboard configuration.
Given the user has added a widget that requires specific data parameters, when the widget is incompatible with existing dashboard settings, then the system alerts the user with an informative message indicating the issue.
Widget Export & Sharing Functionality
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability coordinator, I want to export my dashboard data and visualizations so that I can share actionable insights with my team and stakeholders effectively.
-
Description
-
This requirement will incorporate the ability for users to export their custom dashboard configurations and widget data as reports. Users can share these reports with stakeholders or team members, promoting transparency and collaboration regarding sustainability efforts. The export formats should include popular formats like PDF and Excel, enhancing ease of sharing and analysis.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User exports their customized dashboard, selecting multiple widget types to compile a report for team review during a monthly sustainability meeting.
Given the user is logged in and on the dashboard, when they click on the 'Export' button and choose 'PDF', then the complete dashboard with all selected widgets should export successfully without errors and be formatted correctly for print.
User shares an exported report with stakeholders via email directly from the EcoTrackify platform after creating a sustainable performance report.
Given the user has generated a report in 'Excel' format, when they select the 'Share via Email' option and enter recipient email addresses, then the email should be sent with the attachment successfully, and recipients should receive the email within 5 minutes.
User customizes the dashboard and wants to export the data only from selected widgets for a specific analysis outside of EcoTrackify.
Given the user has multiple widgets on their dashboard, when they select specific widgets to be included in the export and choose 'CSV' format, then the exported file should contain data only from the selected widgets and be correctly structured for analysis.
A user needs to validate that the exported reports maintain data integrity and accuracy after retrieval from email.
Given the user has successfully exported a report and shared it via email, when they download the report from the received email, then the data within the report should match the user’s dashboard data without any discrepancies.
A user attempts to export their dashboard through the EcoTrackify platform but experiences an unsupported export format error.
Given the user is trying to export data in an unsupported format, when they select the 'Export' option, then the system should display an error message indicating the selected format is not supported and offer alternative formats.
User wants to ensure that all stakeholders view the report correctly regardless of their software preferences.
Given the user exports a report in multiple formats (PDF, Excel, CSV), when stakeholders open the report in their respective applications, then there should be no formatting issues, and the data should be displayed accurately across all supported formats.
Widget Performance Optimization
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want my dashboard widgets to load quickly and respond seamlessly to my interactions so that I have a smooth experience when tracking my sustainability data.
-
Description
-
This requirement focuses on ensuring that all widgets within the Custom Widget Library are optimized for performance. This includes minimizing loading times, ensuring smooth interactions, and maintaining high responsiveness, even when displaying large datasets. Optimizing performance will enhance the user experience and ensure that users can interact with their dashboards without delays or frustrations.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Performance testing for large dataset in a bar chart widget.
Given a bar chart widget displaying more than 10,000 data points, when the user opens the dashboard, then the widget should load within 3 seconds and allow interaction without noticeable delays.
Load time validation for multiple widgets on a dashboard.
Given a customized dashboard with 5 active widgets, when the user accesses the dashboard, then all widgets must load and display their data within 5 seconds.
User interaction with the line graph widget during data updates.
Given a line graph widget showing real-time sustainability data, when new data is received every minute, then the widget should update without freezing and maintain a refresh rate of less than 2 seconds.
Responsive behavior of widgets on different screen sizes.
Given a dashboard accessed from a mobile device, when the user is viewing the widget library, then all widgets must be fully functional and responsive, adjusting correctly to the screen size without loss of data visibility.
Handling of network interruptions while using widgets.
Given that a user is interacting with a widget, when a network interruption occurs, then the widget should display an error message and attempt to reconnect automatically within 10 seconds without losing user input or data state.
Testing the performance of real-time data visualizations on a dashboard.
Given a dashboard that includes at least one real-time data visualizing widget, when the dashboard is open for 5 minutes, then the widget should demonstrate smooth transitions and maintain performance without lag or buffering.
Accessibility Compliance for Widgets
-
User Story
-
As a user with visual impairments, I want the dashboard widgets to be accessible and usable through assistive technologies so that I can track sustainability metrics without barriers.
-
Description
-
This requirement mandates that all widgets in the Custom Widget Library meet accessibility standards to ensure they are usable by all individuals, including those with disabilities. This includes features like text-to-speech functionality, keyboard navigation support, and color contrast adjustments. Ensuring accessibility compliance promotes inclusivity and aligns with the values of sustainability and responsibility.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User navigates to the Custom Widget Library to select and customize widgets for their sustainability dashboard.
Given a user with visual impairments, when they navigate through the widget selection using keyboard shortcuts, then all widgets must be fully accessible and functional without the use of a mouse.
A user configures a color contrast setting for widgets in their dashboard to enhance visibility.
Given a user with color vision deficiency, when they apply the color contrast adjustments to the widgets, then all visual elements must meet WCAG AA contrast ratios for color accessibility.
User initiates text-to-speech functionality on a selected widget to receive updates about their carbon footprint.
Given a user with visual impairments, when they activate the text-to-speech function on a widget, then the widget must accurately read all displayed data aloud without errors or omissions.
A user practices keyboard navigation to verify if all widgets in the library are operable without a mouse.
Given a user who relies on keyboard navigation, when they attempt to access all features of the widgets using a keyboard, then every widget must respond correctly to keyboard commands without any functionality being inaccessible.
A user wants to verify the compliance of widgets with accessibility standards before adding them to their dashboard.
Given a user reviewing widget accessibility features, when they check the widget details, then all widgets must display clear accessibility compliance indicators based on established standards, such as WCAG 2.1.
A user attempts to provide feedback on accessibility issues encountered while using a widget.
Given a user experiencing accessibility challenges with a widget, when they submit feedback through the designated channel, then the feedback must be successfully received and acknowledged by the system.
User tests the responsiveness of widgets across different devices using assistive technology.
Given a user utilizing assistive technology on mobile or tablet devices, when they resize their screen or change orientations, then all widgets must maintain accessibility features and display content correctly without distortion.
Theme Personalization
This feature enables users to personalize the visual aesthetic of their dashboards by selecting themes, colors, and layouts that reflect their brand identity or personal preferences. A visually appealing and tailored interface improves the overall user experience, making the dashboard more enjoyable to use.
Requirements
Custom Theme Selection
-
User Story
-
As a business user, I want to select a theme for my dashboard so that it aligns with my brand identity and provides a more enjoyable user experience.
-
Description
-
This requirement allows users to select from a variety of pre-defined themes that align with their brand identity. Users can choose from different color palettes, font styles, and layouts that best suit their preferences. By providing this level of personalization, EcoTrackify enhances user engagement and satisfaction, allowing businesses to create an environment that reflects their unique branding while improving usability and aesthetic appeal.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User selects a pre-defined theme from the dashboard settings to personalize their interface.
Given the user is on the dashboard settings page, when they select the 'Theme' option, then they should see a list of available pre-defined themes including color palettes, font styles, and layouts.
User applies a selected theme and observes changes on their dashboard.
Given the user has selected a theme, when they click the 'Apply' button, then the dashboard should immediately reflect the new visual changes as per the chosen theme.
User saves their personalized theme choice for future sessions.
Given that the user has selected and applied a theme, when they click the 'Save' button, then their theme choice should be stored in their user profile settings and applied automatically on their next login.
User switches themes multiple times and verifies the consistency of theme application.
Given the user has multiple themes available, when they switch between themes, then the dashboard should fully refresh to reflect the newly selected theme each time without any errors.
User attempts to apply an unsupported theme format.
Given the user attempts to select a theme that is unsupported, when they click the 'Apply' button, then an error message should be displayed informing them that the theme cannot be applied.
Color Customization Options
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to customize the colors of my dashboard components so that it better reflects my company’s branding and personal preferences.
-
Description
-
This requirement enables users to customize the colors of different elements on their dashboards, such as backgrounds, charts, and text. This functionality increases the visual appeal of the user interface and allows users to make their dashboards visually distinct. It caters to individual preferences and brand colors, promoting a sense of ownership and connection to the platform.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User selects a custom color for the dashboard background in their profile settings.
Given a user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they navigate to the dashboard customization settings, then they should be able to select a color from the color palette for their dashboard background, and it should reflect immediately upon selection.
User changes the color of the chart elements on their dashboard to match their brand colors.
Given a user has accessed the dashboard customization options, when they select a specific chart type and choose a color from the color palette, then the chart elements should update to the selected color without requiring a page refresh.
User wants to revert to the default color scheme after making customizations.
Given a user has customized their dashboard colors, when they click on the 'Reset to Default' button in the customization settings, then all colors should revert back to the original default settings immediately.
User saves their personalized color settings for future sessions.
Given a user has selected custom colors for their dashboard, when they click the 'Save Settings' button, then their selected colors should be preserved and displayed upon their next login session.
User wants to apply a predefined theme that includes specific colors for all dashboard elements.
Given a user is in the customization settings, when they choose a predefined theme from the available options, then all dashboard elements should update to reflect the colors specified in that theme immediately.
User applies color customization to text elements within their dashboard.
Given a user is in the customization settings and has selected a text element, when they choose a text color from the color palette, then the text color should update instantly in the dashboard view.
User verifies that color changes comply with accessibility standards.
Given a user has customized the colors of the dashboard, when they run an accessibility check, then all color combinations must comply with WCAG AA standards for contrast ratios and visibility.
Layout Personalization Features
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to rearrange the widgets on my dashboard so that I can focus on the most important data and improve my efficiency in managing sustainability efforts.
-
Description
-
This requirement involves enabling users to rearrange the layout of their dashboard elements, such as widgets or graphs, according to their preferences. By supporting drag-and-drop functionality, users can prioritize the information that is most relevant to them, leading to improved workflow and productivity. This flexibility enhances user experience by allowing the dashboard to be tailored to each user's specific needs and habits.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User wants to rearrange the placement of widgets on their EcoTrackify dashboard to prioritize the most important data at the top for quick access.
Given the dashboard is displayed, when the user drags a widget from its current position and drops it into the desired location, then the widget should be repositioned accordingly without loss of data or functionality.
A user accesses the EcoTrackify platform for the first time and wants to customize their dashboard layout to better fit their preferences and workflow.
Given the user is on the dashboard upon first login, when they select a widget and drag it to a new position, then the changes should be saved automatically upon release, and the new layout should persist upon next login.
A user is utilizing the EcoTrackify dashboard while collaborating with a team and wants to share their customized layout with others in real-time.
Given the user has customized the dashboard, when they click the 'Share Layout' button, then the dashboard's current layout should be accessible by other team members in real-time, showing the same widget arrangement immediately.
A user rearranged the dashboard elements through drag-and-drop but accidentally positioned a widget in an undesired location and wants to undo the last action.
Given the user has rearranged widgets on their dashboard, when they click the 'Undo' button, then the last widget movement should revert to its previous location without affecting any other widgets.
A user frequently changes their layout preferences and wants to restore a previously saved dashboard configuration easily.
Given the user has a history of saved dashboard layouts, when they select a previously saved configuration from the 'Layouts' menu, then the dashboard should revert to that layout exactly as it was saved, including the arrangement of all widgets and their data.
A user wants to confirm that their dashboard layout changes are correctly applied across different devices, such as a desktop and a mobile application.
Given the user has made layout customizations on one device, when they log in to the EcoTrackify platform on a different device, then the dashboard layout should appear exactly the same as it was configured on the original device, demonstrating effective synchronization.
Preview Theme Changes
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to preview my dashboard changes before applying them so that I can ensure I am happy with the visual outcome.
-
Description
-
This requirement allows users to preview theme changes in real-time before applying them to their dashboard. By implementing a preview functionality, users can see how their chosen themes or customizations will look without committing to the changes. This feature helps users make informed decisions about their dashboard's appearance, ultimately enhancing user satisfaction and reducing the likelihood of dissatisfaction after applying changes.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User selects a theme and wants to visualize the changes on their dashboard before applying them.
Given the user has selected a new theme, when they click on the 'Preview' button, then the dashboard should visually reflect the selected theme changes in real-time without any delay.
User customizes colors within a selected theme and needs to see the adjustments made live on their dashboard.
Given the user has changed specific colors in the theme settings, when they make a color selection, then the dashboard should update to reflect these changes immediately in the preview area.
User wants to revert to the original theme after previewing a new theme.
Given the user is in the theme preview mode, when they click on the 'Revert' button, then the dashboard should return to its original theme without any artifacts or errors.
User is using a mobile device to preview theme changes and requires consistent functionality across platforms.
Given the user accesses the dashboard on a mobile device, when they select a new theme and click 'Preview', then the changes should appear correctly formatted and functional just as they would on a desktop.
User has multiple customizations and wants to ensure that each component updates correctly during the preview.
Given the user has applied multiple theme customizations, when they activate the preview, then all elements of the dashboard (colors, layout, fonts) should be accurately represented according to the selected theme.
User desires to compare two different themes side by side before making a decision.
Given the user wishes to compare two themes, when they select the 'Compare' option, then both themes should be displayed simultaneously on the dashboard for review.
User expects a confirmation message once they apply the theme changes successfully.
Given the user has previewed and confirmed a theme, when they click 'Apply', then a confirmation message stating 'Theme changes applied successfully' should be displayed on the screen.
Save and Restore Themes
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to save my dashboard theme settings so that I can easily switch between different styles based on my needs.
-
Description
-
This requirement provides users with the ability to save their customized themes and return to them later if needed. Users can create multiple theme profiles, which allows them to switch between different aesthetics depending on the occasion or preference. This functionality ensures flexibility and encourages users to explore different design options without the fear of losing their preferred choices.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User saves a newly created theme after customizing it on their dashboard.
Given the user is on the theme customization page, when they select colors, fonts, and layout options, and click the 'Save Theme' button, then the theme should be saved successfully and a confirmation message should be displayed.
User restores a previously saved theme from their theme profiles.
Given the user has multiple saved themes, when they navigate to the theme profiles section and select a theme to restore, then the dashboard should update with the selected theme's appearance immediately, reflecting all previous customizations.
User edits an existing saved theme and updates its attributes.
Given the user is on the theme customization page with an existing saved theme loaded, when they modify any attribute (color, font, layout) and click 'Update Theme', then the changes should be saved to the existing theme and a confirmation message displayed to the user.
User attempts to save a theme without providing any customization details.
Given the user is on the theme customization page, when they click the 'Save Theme' button without making any changes, then a warning message should be displayed indicating that they need to customize the theme before saving.
User deletes a saved theme they no longer want to use.
Given the user is viewing their list of saved themes, when they select a theme and click the 'Delete' button, then the theme should be removed from their profiles, and a confirmation message should indicate successful deletion.
User switches between different themes in real-time.
Given the user has multiple themes saved, when they select a different theme from the dropdown menu, then the dashboard should refresh and display the new theme instantly without any lag or delay.
Goal Tracking Widgets
Special customizable widgets that specifically focus on tracking user-defined sustainability goals. Users can input their targets, monitor progress, and receive alerts when they approach or achieve their objectives, providing a clear incentive to stay on track and remain engaged with their sustainability efforts.
Requirements
Customizable Goal Input
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to customize my sustainability goals so that I can track metrics that are relevant to my organization's specific environmental targets and drive accountability within my team.
-
Description
-
This requirement allows users to create and customize sustainability goals tailored to their specific business needs. Users can define parameters such as target metrics (e.g., CO2 emissions reduction, waste minimization), deadlines, and units of measurement. The flexibility of goal creation enhances user engagement by making it relevant to their operational context, encouraging commitment to sustainability efforts and enabling more personalized progress tracking.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User successfully customizes a sustainability goal with specific parameters through the EcoTrackify platform.
Given the user is logged into EcoTrackify, When they navigate to the 'Customize Goals' section and input target metrics (e.g., CO2 emissions reduction, waste minimization), deadlines, and units of measurement, Then the system should save the goal and display it in the user's dashboard.
User receives an alert when their specified sustainability goal is nearing its deadline.
Given the user has set a sustainability goal with a deadline within a week, When the system checks goal deadlines daily, Then the user should receive an email notification and an in-platform alert indicating the approaching deadline.
User views the progress of their sustainability goals on their dashboard.
Given the user has input sustainability goals in the system, When they access their dashboard, Then they should see visual indicators (e.g., progress bars) that accurately reflect the current status of each goal and the percentage of completion.
User can edit an existing sustainability goal they have previously set.
Given the user is on the 'My Goals' page, When they select an existing goal and choose to 'Edit', Then they should be able to modify any parameters (target metrics, deadlines, units of measurement) and save the changes successfully.
User is able to delete a sustainability goal they no longer want to track.
Given the user is on the 'My Goals' page, When they select a goal and choose the 'Delete' option, Then the system should prompt for confirmation and, upon confirming, remove the goal from their dashboard, ensuring it no longer appears in their tracking.
User accesses help documentation for customizing goals.
Given the user is on the 'Customize Goals' page, When they click on the 'Help' link, Then they should be redirected to the relevant help section that provides instructions and tips for setting up sustainability goals.
User shares their sustainability goals with their team members within the EcoTrackify platform.
Given the user has set sustainability goals, When they select the 'Share' option and enter team member emails, Then the selected team members should receive an invitation to view the goals and progress shared by the user.
Progress Monitoring Dashboard
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability manager, I want to monitor my progress on sustainability goals through a visual dashboard so that I can easily identify areas for improvement and celebrate our achievements with the team.
-
Description
-
This requirement encompasses the development of a dashboard feature that visually represents user-defined sustainability goals and their progress over time. The dashboard will provide real-time data visualization techniques like graphs and charts to track key performance indicators against set goals. This feature enhances usability, enabling users to quickly ascertain their achievement level and make informed decisions to improve their sustainability initiatives.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User interacts with the Progress Monitoring Dashboard to input and configure their sustainability goals.
Given a user accesses the Progress Monitoring Dashboard, when they input their sustainability goals and save them, then the goals should be accurately reflected in the dashboard with corresponding visual indicators.
User views the Progress Monitoring Dashboard to assess their current status against sustainability goals over a defined period.
Given a user has input sustainability goals, when they view the Progress Monitoring Dashboard, then they should see real-time graphs and charts displaying their progress against each goal, with data updated every hour.
User receives notifications when they approach or achieve their sustainability goals through the dashboard interface.
Given a user sets goals with specific targets, when their progress reaches 80% of the target, then the system should automatically send a notification alerting the user of their upcoming goal achievement.
Client wants to visualize their sustainability performance trend over different time frames on the dashboard.
Given a user selects a time frame (daily, weekly, monthly) on the Progress Monitoring Dashboard, when they choose to view their performance trends, then the dashboard should provide accurate historical data visualizations for the selected time frame.
User requires interactive features on the Progress Monitoring Dashboard to customize their viewing experience.
Given a user accesses the Progress Monitoring Dashboard, when they adjust the visibility settings for specific parameters or KPIs, then the interface should update instantly to reflect only the selected metrics for individual analysis.
User needs to understand how their carbon footprint and resource consumption compare against set goals on the dashboard.
Given a user has defined their sustainability goals, when they access the dashboard, then they should see a comparison chart that clearly indicates their current performance versus their goals for both carbon footprint and resource usage.
User wants to export their sustainability progress data from the dashboard for reporting purposes.
Given a user is viewing the Progress Monitoring Dashboard, when they select the 'Export' option, then the system should generate a report in CSV format containing all relevant data for their sustainability goals and progress.
Automated Goal Alerts
-
User Story
-
As an environmental compliance officer, I want to receive automated alerts about my goal progress so that I can stay informed and adjust my strategy if we are nearing deadlines or milestones.
-
Description
-
This requirement involves setting up automated alerts that notify users when they are approaching their sustainability goals or have achieved them. Notifications can be configured directly within the platform and via email, providing users with timely reminders to help maintain momentum in their sustainability efforts. This feature fosters accountability and encourages continuous improvement by keeping sustainability at the forefront of users' operations.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User configures a sustainability goal and sets alerts for approaching milestones within the EcoTrackify platform.
Given a user has set a sustainability goal with specified milestones, when the user approaches any milestone, then the system sends an automated alert via the user’s chosen notification method (in-app and/or email).
User achieves a predefined sustainability goal and needs to be notified about the achievement.
Given a user has defined a sustainability goal, when the goal is achieved, then the system sends a congratulatory automated alert to the user, confirming the successful achievement via both in-app notification and email.
User wants to modify their goal alerts settings after initially configuring them.
Given a user wants to update their goal alert settings, when the user accesses the alert configuration page, then they should be able to successfully change the notification methods and receive a confirmation of the updates made.
User does not receive alerts after goals are set, indicating a potential system malfunction.
Given a user has set up alerts for their sustainability goals, when they approach those goals or achieve them, then the system should ensure that alerts are sent without failure, and if not, an error log is generated for troubleshooting.
User needs to review a history of alerts related to their sustainability goals for accountability purposes.
Given a user wants to review their past alerts, when they access the alert history section, then the system displays a chronological list of all alerts sent out regarding their sustainability goals, including dates and types of notifications.
Multiple users within the same organization set individual sustainability goals with alerts.
Given multiple users in an organization configure their own sustainability goals with alerts, when any user achieves or approaches their goal, then all relevant users in the organization should receive a notification if they choose to subscribe to organizational alerts.
User integrates EcoTrackify with their existing digital communication tools for goal alerts.
Given a user has integrated EcoTrackify with digital communication tools (like Slack or Microsoft Teams), when a sustainability goal milestone is reached, then the system sends alerts to the specified communication channel seamlessly.
Integration with Existing Analytics Tools
-
User Story
-
As a data analyst, I want to integrate EcoTrackify with our existing analytics tools so that we can analyze sustainability performance alongside other business metrics for more comprehensive reporting.
-
Description
-
This requirement promotes integration capabilities with existing enterprise analytics tools, enabling the seamless import and export of data related to sustainability goals. This allows users to leverage their current data analytics investments and enhances the ability to analyze sustainability performance in conjunction with other operational metrics. The integration streamlines workflows and provides further insights into the effectiveness of sustainability initiatives.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Integration of EcoTrackify with Google Analytics for real-time data analysis.
Given the user has authenticated both EcoTrackify and Google Analytics, when the user selects data points to import from Google Analytics to EcoTrackify, then the selected data points should be imported successfully and reflected accurately on the EcoTrackify dashboard within 5 minutes.
User exports sustainability goal progress data from EcoTrackify to an existing business intelligence tool.
Given the user has set up a valid API connection between EcoTrackify and the business intelligence tool, when the user initiates an export of sustainability goal progress data, then the export should complete successfully, and the data should match exactly with the data shown in EcoTrackify prior to the export.
Alerts mechanism triggers when a user-defined threshold is reached in sustainability goals.
Given a user has set a threshold for a sustainability goal, when the progress tracking widget in EcoTrackify updates and surpasses the defined threshold, then the user should receive an alert notification via email and in-app notification within 2 minutes of the threshold being exceeded.
Data synchronization between EcoTrackify and existing ERP system for seamless reporting.
Given the user requests synchronization between EcoTrackify and their ERP system, when the synchronization process is executed, then all data related to sustainability goals should be up-to-date and accurate in both systems, confirming with a status message upon completion.
Reporting functionality uses integrated data from external analytics tools for comprehensive insights.
Given the user accesses the reporting feature in EcoTrackify, when they select to include data from integrated analytics tools, then the report generated should display an accurate reflection of both EcoTrackify data and external analytics data in a combined format, with updates occurring within 10 minutes of data sync.
User customizes dashboard widgets to visualize specific sustainability targets.
Given the user is on their dashboard, when the user customizes a widget to display a specific sustainability target, then the widget should update in real time and display relevant data that accurately reflects the target criteria set by the user.
Multiple users collaborate on setting and tracking shared sustainability goals.
Given two or more users have access to a shared project in EcoTrackify, when they communicate and set a shared sustainability goal, then all users should see the updated goal status and progress in real-time across their respective dashboards.
Community Goal Sharing
-
User Story
-
As a member of a sustainability-focused community, I want to share my sustainability goals and achievements so that I can inspire others and learn from their experiences, creating a network of accountability.
-
Description
-
This requirement empowers users to share their sustainability goals and achievements within a community feature of EcoTrackify. Users can opt to share their progress with other businesses and collaborate on common goals, fostering a community of accountability and support. This feature can amplify motivation and create a network of businesses striving for sustainability, enhancing collective efforts towards environmental responsibility.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User shares their sustainability goal within the EcoTrackify community dashboard.
Given a user is logged into their EcoTrackify account, when they navigate to the community dashboard and select the option to share their goal, then their sustainability goal should be visible to other users in the community.
User receives notifications for community engagement on their shared goals.
Given a user has shared their sustainability goal, when another user engages with that goal by liking or commenting, then the original user should receive a notification about that engagement within 5 minutes.
User collaborates with others on a common sustainability goal through the community feature.
Given multiple users have shared a common sustainability goal, when one of the users updates the goal progress, then all other users should see the updated progress in real-time on their dashboards.
User can view the number of community members participating in shared goals.
Given a user is viewing a shared sustainability goal, when they access the goal details, then they should see the number of users participating in that goal displayed clearly.
User gets suggestions for potential collaborations based on shared goals in the community.
Given a user is active in the community feature, when they review their profile, then they should receive suggestions for users with similar sustainability goals that they can collaborate with.
User can provide feedback on shared goals within the community.
Given a user has visibility on a shared sustainability goal, when they click on the feedback option, then they should be able to submit constructive feedback that the original user can view later.
User can opt out of sharing their goals at any time.
Given a user has previously shared a sustainability goal, when they select the option to opt-out of sharing, then their goal should no longer be visible to the community and they should receive a confirmation message that the opt-out was successful.
Achievement Badges
-
User Story
-
As an employee, I want to earn achievement badges for reaching sustainability milestones so that I feel recognized for my efforts and can share my accomplishments with colleagues and clients.
-
Description
-
This requirement facilitates the creation of a gamification component where users can earn badges for achieving specific sustainability milestones. These digital badges serve to recognize and reward efforts in sustainability, enhancing user engagement and providing public recognition for companies striving to achieve their goals. This feature not only motivates individual users but also promotes a culture of environmental responsibility within organizations.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User earns an Achievement Badge after reaching their defined sustainability target by the end of the quarter, prompting them to share their success on their profile.
Given a user has defined a sustainability target in EcoTrackify, When they achieve that target, Then an Achievement Badge is automatically awarded and displayed on their profile.
A team lead wants to monitor team members' progress towards sustainability targets and track when badges are earned to encourage recognition within the team.
Given a team lead has access to the team's sustainability goals, When a team member earns an Achievement Badge, Then the team lead receives a notification of the badge earned by that team member.
Admin wants to customize the types of Achievement Badges that can be earned based on specific sustainability milestones achieved by their organization.
Given an admin is in the badge configuration module, When they create a new badge associated with a specific milestone, Then the new badge is successfully saved and can be assigned to users when the milestone is achieved.
A user wishes to view all the Achievement Badges they have earned in a dedicated section of their dashboard.
Given a user selects the 'Badges' section in their dashboard, When the badges page loads, Then all earned Achievement Badges are displayed with descriptions and dates of achievement.
Users should receive automated notifications when they are close to achieving a badge milestone, encouraging them to stay engaged with their goals.
Given a user is within 10% of achieving a set sustainability target, When the threshold is crossed, Then an automated notification is sent to the user informing them of their progress towards earning a badge.
A user wishes to remove an Achievement Badge from their profile due to a revision of sustainability goals or targets.
Given a user navigates to their profile and clicks on 'Manage Badges', When they choose to remove an Achievement Badge, Then the badge is successfully removed from their profile and no longer displayed.
A user wants to share their Achievement Badges on social media to promote their sustainability efforts and engage the community.
Given a user is viewing their earned badges, When they click on 'Share on Social Media', Then a preformatted post is generated that includes the earned badges and a link to EcoTrackify, allowing the user to share it easily.
Interactive Data Elements
Integrating interactive data elements that allow users to drill down into specific metrics by clicking on them, revealing more detailed insights and trends over time. This feature enhances understanding and provides a deeper analysis of sustainability data, empowering users to make data-driven decisions.
Requirements
Interactive Metric Drill-Down
-
User Story
-
As an operations manager, I want to click on different sustainability metrics to see more detailed insights so that I can analyze trends and make informed decisions to improve our company's sustainability efforts.
-
Description
-
Implement interactive elements that allow users to click on various sustainability metrics to reveal detailed insights. This feature enables users to explore deeper layers of data, such as historical performance, comparative metrics, and specific contributing factors related to their carbon footprint, waste production, and resource usage. Such detailed analysis empowers businesses to identify trends over time, support better decision-making, and track progress towards sustainability goals more effectively. The integration will be smooth, ensuring that users can access information without disrupting their workflow, ultimately enhancing the overall user experience and value derived from the platform.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User interaction with carbon footprint metric.
Given a user is on the dashboard, when they click on the carbon footprint metric, then the system displays a detailed view of historical data, including trends and contributing factors.
Analysis of waste production over time.
Given a user is analyzing their sustainability data, when they click on the waste production metric, then the system provides detailed insights, including comparisons with previous periods and specific waste sources.
Comparative metrics for resource usage.
Given a user selects the resource usage metric, when they initiate a drill-down, then the application presents a comparative analysis with industry standards and benchmarks.
Ease of interaction with metrics.
Given a user interacts with any sustainability metric, when they hover over interactive elements, then tooltips provide immediate contextual information for better understanding.
User-friendly navigation experience.
Given a user is exploring different metrics, when they navigate through details, then the transition between levels of data is smooth with no loading delays.
Notification of insights post interaction.
Given a user has clicked on a metric, when the detailed insights are displayed, then the system sends a notification highlighting key observations and recommendations for action.
Integration with existing systems.
Given that the user has set up integrations with other platforms, when they access the interaction features, then the data reflects real-time updates from integrated systems without manual refresh.
Customizable Dashboards
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability officer, I want to customize my dashboard with specific sustainability metrics so that I can focus on the data most relevant to my responsibilities and make informed decisions easily.
-
Description
-
Create customizable dashboard features that allow users to personalize their view of key sustainability metrics and data visualizations. Users will have the ability to choose which metrics to display, arrange them according to preference, and apply various visualization types (graphs, charts, etc.) to best represent their data. This functionality will accommodate different user roles and analytical needs, enabling businesses to focus on the metrics that matter most to them. By providing this level of customization, users can streamline their oversight activities, making data interpretation more intuitive and relevant to their operational goals.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User Customization of Dashboard Layout
Given a logged-in user with permission to customize dashboards, when they access the dashboard settings, then they should be able to drag and drop dashboard elements to rearrange them and save the new layout for their subsequent visits.
Selection of Key Metrics for Display
Given a user on the dashboard page, when they click on the 'Customize' button, then they should see a list of available metrics and be able to select or deselect them, ensuring those selected are displayed on their dashboard.
Choice of Visualization Types
Given a user who has selected metrics for their dashboard, when they click on the 'Edit' option for a specific metric, they should be presented with various visualization types (e.g., bar chart, line graph, pie chart) to choose from and apply to that metric.
User Role-Based Customization Access
Given different user roles within the EcoTrackify platform, when a user attempts to customize their dashboard, then they should only see customization options relevant to their role's permissions and restrictions.
Saving Custom Dashboard Settings
Given a user has customized their dashboard layout and selected specific metrics, when they click the 'Save' button, then the system should successfully store these settings and apply them the next time the user logs in.
Automated Insights Notifications
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability analyst, I want to receive automated notifications when there are significant changes in my sustainability metrics so that I can respond quickly to any issues and ensure compliance with our sustainability goals.
-
Description
-
Develop a system for automated notifications that alert users to significant changes or anomalies in their sustainability data. These notifications will use predefined thresholds and algorithmic analysis to identify when metrics exceed or fall below normal operational ranges or when new trends emerge. This feature is crucial for proactive management, ensuring that users do not miss important shifts in their sustainability performance. By integrating these notifications with users' existing communication channels (emails, in-app alerts), the platform keeps users informed and engaged with their sustainability initiatives continuously.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives a notification via email when their carbon footprint metric exceeds the predefined threshold of 300 tons per year.
Given the user's carbon footprint is tracked in the system, when it exceeds 300 tons per year, then an automated notification is sent to the user's registered email address within 5 minutes of detection.
User sees in-app alerts for significant changes in waste production data exceeding normal operational ranges.
Given the waste production metrics are monitored, when a 20% increase is detected compared to the previous month, then an in-app alert is displayed to the user within the dashboard indicating this significant change.
User sets custom thresholds for notifications and receives alerts based on these settings.
Given the user has set a custom threshold for resource usage at 5000 units, when the resource usage exceeds this threshold, then the system sends an email alert to the user within 5 minutes of the threshold breach.
User receives notifications for emerging trends in sustainability data based on algorithmic analysis.
Given the system analyzes sustainability data continuously, when a new trend indicating a consistent increase or decrease in metric values is detected, then the user is notified via their selected communication channel (email/in-app) with a detailed report within 10 minutes.
User can review historical notification logs to track past alerts and responses.
Given the user accesses the notification history section, when they request to view logs of past notifications, then the system displays a chronological list of alerts with timestamps and metrics related to each notification.
User receives alerts via multiple channels for the same notification to ensure critical information is not missed.
Given the user has opted in for both email and in-app notifications, when a significant change is detected in any sustainability metric, then the system sends alerts through both channels within 5 minutes of detection.
User can customize the frequency and types of notifications received.
Given the user accesses notification settings, when they customize their preferences for notification frequency (immediate, daily, weekly) and types (threshold alerts, trend alerts), then these settings are applied and notifications are sent accordingly.
Comparative Analysis Tools
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to compare our sustainability metrics against industry standards so that I can identify where we stand and what areas need improvement to achieve our sustainability targets.
-
Description
-
Incorporate comparative analysis tools that allow users to benchmark their sustainability metrics against industry standards or historical company data. This feature will enable users to gain context for their performance, identify areas for improvement, and set realistic targets based on comparative insights. Users can select various parameters for comparison and receive visual representations that highlight differences and trends. This will foster a culture of continuous improvement within organizations, as they can gauge their progress relative to peers or past performances.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User navigates to the comparative analysis tool on EcoTrackify's dashboard to benchmark their carbon footprint against industry standards for the last quarter and can view detailed insights.
Given the user is on the comparative analysis tool page, when they select 'Carbon Footprint' and set the date range to 'Last Quarter', then the system must display a comparative graph showing the user's data against industry averages for the same period.
User wants to compare their waste production metrics with their historical company data to track improvements over the last year.
Given the user accesses the comparative analysis tools, when they choose 'Waste Production' and view the data for the 'Last Year', then the application must present a comparison chart illustrating month-by-month waste production against the previous year.
A user seeks to identify areas of improvement by comparing their energy usage with both industry standards and historical company performance.
Given the user lands on the comparative analysis section, when they select 'Energy Usage' and opt to compare both current and past data against the selected industry benchmark, then the platform must generate a side-by-side visual report highlighting performance differences and areas needing attention.
User selects specific parameters such as region and industry to benchmark multiple sustainability metrics at once.
Given the user is in the comparative analysis tool, when they select custom parameters including 'Region' and 'Industry' for multiple sustainability metrics, then the system should generate a comprehensive dashboard that allows side-by-side analysis of selected metrics, complete with visuals for easy interpretation.
User wants to set new sustainability targets based on insights gained from the comparative analysis tools.
Given the user has reviewed their comparative analysis metrics, when they establish new targets based on the insights, then the system must allow the user to enter and save these targets, with a corresponding confirmation message indicating successful updates.
User refreshes the comparative analysis data to view the latest metrics and analyses any changes post-refresh.
Given the user is on the comparative analysis page, when they click the 'Refresh Data' button, then the system must update all displayed metrics to reflect the most current data from the last analysis cycle without losing any selected parameters.
User is interested in downloading a report of their comparative analysis findings for presentation purposes.
Given the user is on the comparative analysis results page, when they select the 'Download Report' option, then the system must generate and provide a downloadable PDF report containing all comparative analysis data and visual representations formatted for presentation purposes.
User Training and Resource Guides
-
User Story
-
As a new user, I want access to training materials and resource guides so that I can learn how to effectively use EcoTrackify and leverage its functionalities to enhance our sustainability reporting.
-
Description
-
Provide comprehensive training materials and resource guides tailored to different user roles within the EcoTrackify platform. These resources will offer onboarding support for new users and detailed instructions on utilizing all features effectively, ensuring users can maximize the value from the platform. The training will include video tutorials, FAQs, and detailed documentation covering each feature, particularly focusing on interactive elements and data analysis capabilities. By offering these resources, users will have better foundational knowledge, leading to increased user satisfaction and efficient utilization of the platform.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User accesses the training materials for the first time after signing up for EcoTrackify.
Given a new user has logged into EcoTrackify, when they navigate to the 'Training Resources' section, then they should see a comprehensive list of materials including video tutorials, FAQs, and feature documentation without any missing links.
User watches a video tutorial on using interactive data elements within EcoTrackify.
Given a user is on the training resources page and selects a video tutorial, when they complete viewing the video, then they should receive a prompt to take a quick assessment to test their understanding of interactive data elements.
User refers to the FAQ section to resolve a query about data analysis capabilities of EcoTrackify.
Given a user has questions about data analysis, when they search the FAQ section using relevant keywords, then they should receive accurate answers that address their queries as per the documentation provided.
Customer support team's efficiency in assisting users with training inquiries after the resources are launched.
Given user requests related to training materials, when the support team responds, then 90% of inquiries should be resolved within 24 hours and follow-up satisfaction ratings should average at least 4 out of 5 stars.
An existing user utilizes the detailed documentation for a specific feature of EcoTrackify.
Given an existing user is on a specific feature page, when they click on the documentation link, then they should be able to view detailed instructions and tips that help them effectively use the feature, with no part of the documentation leading to confusion or errors.
User seeks additional support after reviewing the training materials.
Given a user has completed the training resources, when they submit feedback or requests for further support, then they should receive a response within 48 hours, along with additional guidance or resources tailored to their needs.
A user evaluates their learning progress based on the resources accessed.
Given a user has accessed multiple training materials, when they check their training dashboard, then they should see a summary of the materials they have completed and their assessed scores for any quizzes taken, reflecting a clear learning path.
Mobile Access and Functionality
-
User Story
-
As a field supervisor, I want to access EcoTrackify on my mobile device so that I can monitor our sustainability metrics in real-time while on-site, ensuring I can make informed decisions quickly.
-
Description
-
Develop a mobile-friendly version of EcoTrackify that allows users to access their sustainability data and analytics on-the-go. This feature is essential for today’s fast-paced work environments, enabling users to monitor metrics, receive alerts, and explore data insights from mobile devices at any time. The mobile version should maintain the core functionalities of the web application while optimizing user experience for smaller screens. By facilitating mobile access, users can stay engaged with their sustainability initiatives beyond the office, ensuring real-time data access and decision-making capabilities.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User accesses EcoTrackify mobile application while on a business trip to review sustainability metrics and adjust operations based on real-time data.
Given the user is logged into the EcoTrackify mobile application, when they navigate to the sustainability metrics dashboard, then they should see a summary of carbon footprint, waste production, and resource usage displayed optimally for mobile screens with no horizontal scrolling required.
A user receives a compliance notification alert on their mobile device while attending a conference, prompting them to take action regarding a sustainability report due soon.
Given the user has enabled mobile notifications, when a compliance alert is triggered, then the user should receive a push notification detailing the action required and a direct link to the relevant section of the mobile app.
While commuting, a user wants to drill down into specific waste production metrics to understand where improvements can be made for their business operations.
Given the user is viewing the waste production metric on their mobile dashboard, when they tap on the metric, then they should be able to see detailed insights, trends over time, and suggestions for improvement displayed on the mobile interface.
A user attempts to log into EcoTrackify on their mobile device to check resource usage data before a meeting with stakeholders.
Given the user has valid credentials, when they enter their username and password into the mobile application, then they should gain access to their account within 5 seconds without any errors or crashes occurring.
During a site visit, a user needs access to historical carbon footprint data to present to prospective clients, requiring smooth functionality of the mobile app.
Given the user navigates to the historical data section on the mobile app, when they select a specific date range, then the app should display the carbon footprint data for that period quickly and clearly without any data loss or misrepresentation.
A user with limited internet connectivity desires to view previously downloaded sustainability data on the EcoTrackify mobile app during a factory tour.
Given the user is offline and has previously synced their data to the mobile app, when they navigate to the sustainability metrics, then all previously downloaded data should be accessible without requiring an internet connection.
Collaboration Features
Tools that facilitate collaboration among team members by allowing users to share their customized dashboards and metrics with colleagues or stakeholders. This fosters a communal approach to sustainability initiatives and encourages collective engagement in tracking and achieving sustainability targets.
Requirements
Dashboard Sharing
-
User Story
-
As a team leader, I want to share my customized sustainability dashboard with my colleagues so that we can collaboratively track our progress and align our sustainability initiatives effectively.
-
Description
-
The Dashboard Sharing feature allows users to share their customized sustainability dashboards with team members and stakeholders, fostering collaboration and transparency. Users can select specific metrics, set permissions for visibility, and generate secure links for easy access. This functionality encourages collective engagement toward sustainability goals, making it easier to track progress and accountability. The feature integrates seamlessly with existing dashboard functionalities, enabling users to instantly distribute insights and performance metrics without disrupting their workflow.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User shares a customized dashboard with team members to track sustainability metrics during a project planning meeting.
Given that the user has a customizable dashboard, When the user selects the 'Share' option and enters multiple email addresses, Then an email invitation with a secure link to the dashboard should be sent to each recipient and they should be able to access the dashboard based on the set permissions.
Team members review shared metrics on the dashboard during a weekly sustainability check-in.
Given that a dashboard has been shared with the team, When team members access the dashboard using the shared link, Then they should see the relevant metrics with the appropriate visibility permissions as configured by the user.
A user wants to revoke access to a previously shared dashboard link.
Given that the user has previously shared a dashboard link, When the user selects the option to revoke access, Then the previously shared link should be invalidated and users who attempt to access it should receive a notification that access has been removed.
User sets specific permissions for visibility on their shared dashboard.
Given that the user is configuring sharing options, When the user selects specific team members and sets their permissions to 'View Only', Then those team members should not be able to edit the dashboard but should be able to see the selected metrics.
User receives notification when a new team member is added to the shared dashboard.
Given that a user has shared a dashboard with selected team members, When the user adds a new member to the sharing list and saves changes, Then all existing members should receive a notification alerting them of the addition.
Stakeholders want to evaluate the shared dashboard during a quarterly review meeting.
Given that the dashboard is shared with stakeholders, When stakeholders access the dashboard link during the meeting, Then they should be able to view real-time data updates reflecting the most recent metrics without any delays.
User wants to track who accessed the shared dashboard and their interaction history.
Given that the user has shared the dashboard, When the user checks the dashboard's access log, Then the log should display the names, timestamps, and actions (viewed, edited) of all users who accessed the dashboard.
Commenting and Feedback
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to leave comments on shared dashboards so that I can provide feedback and discuss sustainability metrics with my peers in a collaborative manner.
-
Description
-
The Commenting and Feedback feature enables users to leave comments and feedback directly on shared dashboards and metrics. This functionality fosters communication and encourages collaboration among team members. Users can discuss specific metrics, suggest improvements, or raise questions directly in context, streamlining interactions and decision-making processes related to sustainability goals. The integration with notifications ensures that users are alerted to new comments and can respond in real-time, enhancing teamwork.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User leaves a comment on a shared dashboard for the first time.
Given a user has access to a shared dashboard, when they enter a comment and submit it, then the comment should be displayed under the dashboard with the username and timestamp.
User receives notifications for new comments on shared dashboards they have accessed.
Given a user has accessed a shared dashboard, when another user leaves a comment on that dashboard, then the accessing user receives a notification alerting them of the new comment.
Multiple users collaborate and comment on a shared metric dashboard concurrently.
Given multiple users are viewing the same dashboard, when they all submit comments at the same time, then all comments should appear in real-time without needing to refresh the page.
User edits a previously submitted comment on a shared dashboard.
Given a user has submitted a comment, when they edit that comment and submit it again, then the updated comment should replace the old comment and be displayed with an updated timestamp.
User attempts to leave a comment but the character limit is exceeded.
Given a user is composing a comment, when the character count exceeds the defined limit, then an error message should appear, and they cannot submit the comment until it is within the limit.
Users filter comments based on specific criteria such as date or user.
Given a user is viewing the comments on a shared dashboard, when they apply filters to sort comments based on date or user, then the comments should be displayed according to the selected filter criteria.
User deletes their own comment from a shared dashboard.
Given a user has submitted a comment, when they initiate a delete action, then the comment should be removed from the dashboard, and the user should receive a confirmation of deletion.
Public Dashboard Option
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability manager, I want to make my dashboard public so that we can demonstrate our sustainability efforts to stakeholders and the broader community.
-
Description
-
The Public Dashboard Option allows users to make their sustainability dashboards viewable to the public or external stakeholders. This feature is essential for organizations looking to showcase their commitment to sustainability and share best practices with the community. Once enabled, users can generate a public link, and set visibility options for various stakeholders. This transparency can enhance a company’s reputation and foster trust among customers and partners.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User enables the Public Dashboard Option to showcase their sustainability efforts to stakeholders.
Given the user has access to the Public Dashboard Option, when they enable the feature and generate a public link, then the dashboard should be accessible via the public link for all external stakeholders without requiring any authentication.
User sets visibility options for specific stakeholders after enabling the Public Dashboard Option.
Given the user has enabled the Public Dashboard Option, when they customize visibility settings for stakeholders, then the settings should restrict access based on the specified parameters, ensuring only designated stakeholders can view the dashboard.
User shares the generated public dashboard link through various communication channels.
Given the user has created a public dashboard link, when they share the link via email or social media, then recipients should be able to access the dashboard without any error messages or restrictions.
User views analytics on the engagement with the public dashboard.
Given the Public Dashboard Option is enabled and the dashboard is live, when the user accesses the analytics section, then they should see data reflecting the number of views and interactions with their public dashboard.
User disables the Public Dashboard Option and verifies access restrictions.
Given the user has previously enabled the Public Dashboard Option, when they disable this option, then the public link should no longer be accessible, and any attempts to view the dashboard should result in an error message.
User customizes the layout and content of the public dashboard before sharing it.
Given the user is preparing their dashboard for public viewing, when they customize the layout and metrics displayed, then the public view should reflect these changes accurately when accessed through the public link.
User receives an automated notification regarding compliance with public dashboard sharing guidelines.
Given the user has shared their public dashboard, when they access the notifications section, then they should receive an automated notification confirming their compliance with any relevant sustainability reporting guidelines.
Real-time Collaboration
-
User Story
-
As a project member, I want to collaborate in real-time on our sustainability dashboards so that we can make decisions quickly and efficiently during team discussions.
-
Description
-
The Real-time Collaboration feature provides users with the ability to collaborate on dashboards in real-time, similar to collaborative document editing. Multiple users can view and edit dashboards simultaneously, facilitating immediate feedback and agile adjustments in response to current data. This feature enhances teamwork and ensures that all stakeholders have the latest information at their fingertips, enabling quicker decision-making regarding sustainability initiatives.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Real-time dashboard collaboration among team members during a sustainability project meeting.
Given multiple users have access to a shared dashboard, When user A makes changes to a metric, Then all users should see the updated metric in real-time without the need to refresh the page.
Multiple users editing a dashboard simultaneously to analyze waste production data for compliance reporting.
Given that two team members are editing the same dashboard, When one user adds a new waste metric, Then the other user should receive a notification indicating that changes have been made, and they should view the updated dashboard automatically.
Users working together on customizing sustainability targets using shared dashboards over a video conference.
Given that users are collaborating online, When user B changes the target value on the dashboard, Then the change should be recorded in the revision history with a timestamp and the name of the user who made the change.
Team members reviewing real-time carbon footprint data collaboratively, aiming to set new sustainability goals.
Given that several users are viewing the carbon footprint dashboard, When user C adds a comment on a specific metric, Then all users should be able to see this comment instantaneously alongside the relevant data point on the dashboard.
Engaging stakeholders in real-time dashboards to review progress on sustainability behaviors over the past quarter.
Given stakeholders are invited to view a shared sustainability dashboard, When they access the dashboard, Then they should have read-only access to all metrics, with the ability to ask questions in a chat panel, which should remain visible to all viewers during the session.
Users accessing the dashboard from mobile devices while collaborating on sustainability initiatives during an outdoor event.
Given users are logged into the EcoTrackify mobile application, When they update the dashboard while in the field, Then the updates should reflect on all other users' dashboards with less than a three-second delay.
Role-Based Access Control
-
User Story
-
As an admin, I want to set access permissions for users based on their roles so that I can ensure our data is protected and that team members have appropriate access levels.
-
Description
-
The Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) feature allows administrators to define permissions and access levels for different users based on their roles within the organization. This feature ensures that sensitive data is protected and that team members only have access to the information they need. By implementing RBAC, EcoTrackify enhances security, providing a tailored experience for users depending on their responsibilities while maintaining collaboration functionality.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Administrators need to set role-based permissions for users in different roles within the organization to ensure appropriate access to sensitive sustainability data.
Given an administrator is logged in, when they access the RBAC settings, then they should be able to create, edit, or delete user roles and assign access levels for each role without errors.
Team members must access the system according to their role and see only the data and functionalities permitted to them.
Given a user has the 'Viewer' role, when they log into EcoTrackify, then they should see only the metrics and dashboards shared with them and not have access to administrative settings.
An organization wants to share their sustainability dashboard with external stakeholders while maintaining controlled access to sensitive data.
Given an administrator has set up user roles, when they share a customized dashboard with a stakeholder, then the stakeholder should only see the data relevant to them as specified by their role without accessing internal metrics.
The system should provide notifications to administrators when role permissions are changed to maintain oversight and accountability.
Given an administrator changes user role permissions, then a notification should be sent to the admin via email confirming the role update with details of changes made.
Administrators need to ensure that role changes are logged and auditable for compliance and security purposes.
Given an administrator makes changes to user roles, when they access the audit log, then they should see a record of all changes made, including who made the change and when.
Employees need to request access to additional data that is restricted based on their current role for their sustainability initiatives.
Given an employee wants additional access, when they submit an access request through the system, then an alert should be sent to the administrator for approval, and the employee should receive confirmation of the request submission.
Mobile-Responsive Views
Dashboard customization options that ensure a seamless experience across devices. Users can easily adjust and view their personalized dashboards on mobile devices, enabling them to monitor their sustainability metrics anytime and anywhere, enhancing flexibility and accessibility.
Requirements
Adaptive Layout Management
-
User Story
-
As a mobile user, I want my dashboard to adapt to my device's screen size so that I can easily access my sustainability metrics from anywhere without a cumbersome experience.
-
Description
-
The Adaptive Layout Management requirement enables users to customize their dashboard views for mobile devices, ensuring that all data points and visual elements adjust seamlessly based on screen size. This functionality enhances user experience by providing easy navigation, ensuring that users can access their sustainability metrics without clutter or overlap. By implementing responsive design principles, the system will automatically reorganize information on the dashboard in a user-friendly manner. This requirement integrates into EcoTrackify's existing dashboard framework and is critical for users who require accessibility and flexibility in monitoring sustainability efforts on-the-go.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User accesses the EcoTrackify dashboard from a mobile device to view carbon footprint metrics while traveling.
Given the user is on a mobile device, when they access the EcoTrackify dashboard, then the layout should adjust to fit the screen size without horizontal scrolling, and all key metrics should remain visible and legible.
User customizes their dashboard on a mobile device to display waste production data.
Given the user has selected custom widgets for waste production, when they save these changes, then the dashboard should reflect the selected widgets appropriately without any overlap or functional loss on mobile view.
User receives an automated notification about regulatory compliance metrics on their mobile device.
Given the user checks their mobile device, when they receive a notification, then the notification should display the relevant compliance metrics in an easily readable and accessible format on the dashboard.
User switches between different dashboard views while navigating the EcoTrackify mobile interface.
Given the user switches between views (e.g., daily, weekly, monthly), when they do so, then the dashboard must seamlessly transition without lag, and all data points should be accurately displayed according to the selected time frame.
User utilizes a touch screen to add new metrics to their mobile dashboard.
Given the user is on the mobile dashboard, when they use touch gestures to add new metrics, then these metrics should be added smoothly with appropriate animations, and the layout should adjust dynamically to maintain organization.
User attempts to view the EcoTrackify dashboard in landscape orientation on their mobile device.
Given the user is viewing the dashboard in landscape mode, when the device is rotated, then the dashboard should reformat without distortion, maintaining usability and readability across all displayed elements.
Offline Data Access
-
User Story
-
As a busy manager, I want to access my sustainability reports offline so that I can review important data anytime, even without an internet connection.
-
Description
-
The Offline Data Access requirement allows users to download and view their sustainability metrics and reports even when not connected to the internet. This feature enables business leaders and sustainability managers to remain informed and make critical decisions without reliance on continuous internet access. The implementation will ensure that users can sync their data before going offline, making it available in a secure and easily navigable format. This requirement is vital for enhancing user experience, particularly for those in areas with unstable connectivity or during travel.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User downloads their sustainability metrics report while their mobile device is offline to review during a business trip in an area with poor internet connectivity.
Given the user has synced their data before going offline, When they attempt to open the downloaded sustainability metrics report, Then the report should display accurately with all relevant data available without any errors or missing information.
A user syncs their data to prepare for offline access at a conference with limited internet access, ensuring all metrics are current.
Given the user is connected to the internet, When they initiate the data sync process, Then all sustainability metrics should download completely and the indicator should show 'sync successful' without errors.
Business leaders need to present sustainability metrics in a meeting without reliable internet access, requiring offline data availability.
Given the user opens the EcoTrackify app in offline mode, When they navigate to the offline data section, Then all data presented should be accurate, formatted correctly, and reflect the latest synced data before going offline.
A user tries to access an offline report while on a flight, where no internet connection is available.
Given the user has previously downloaded the offline report, When they access the app in airplane mode, Then the app should open without errors and the report should be fully viewable with all charts and figures intact.
After using the offline report feature, a user switches back to online mode and wants to sync any changes made to their metrics during offline use.
Given the user is back online, When they navigate to the sync function, Then any updates made while offline should upload successfully and the app should confirm the updated metrics are now current.
Users are in a remote area without reliable access and need to access historical metrics for decision-making processes.
Given the user has previously selected historical data for offline access, When they open the offline metrics section, Then they should be able to view all historical reports without delay or data loss.
Customized Notification Settings
-
User Story
-
As an eco-conscious user, I want to customize my notification settings so that I receive alerts only for the sustainability metrics that are critical to my business.
-
Description
-
The Customized Notification Settings requirement allows users to tailor notifications related to their sustainability metrics and compliance alerts, ensuring that they receive timely updates that matter most to them. Users can set preferences for frequency, type of alerts, and specific metrics to monitor. This feature enhances user engagement and ensures that users remain informed about critical changes in their sustainability targets or compliance status without being overwhelmed by irrelevant information. Integrating this functionality is essential for empowering users to take proactive actions in their sustainability efforts.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User Configures Notification Preferences for Metrics Monitoring
Given a user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they access the Customized Notification Settings feature, then they should be able to set preferences for frequency (daily, weekly, monthly) and select specific metrics to monitor (carbon footprint, waste production, resource usage), and save these preferences successfully.
User Receives Timely Alerts for Compliance Status Changes
Given a user has configured their notification settings, when a compliance status change occurs, then they should receive an alert via their preferred method (email or in-app notification) within 15 minutes of the change to ensure timely awareness.
User Modifies Notification Preferences After Initial Setup
Given a user has already set up notification preferences, when they return to the Customized Notification Settings, then they should be able to modify their notification frequency and selected metrics and save these changes without errors.
User Receives Alerts Based on Selected Frequency
Given a user has set their notification frequency to weekly, when the week ends, then they should receive a summary alert containing the selected sustainability metrics for that week, ensuring the information is relevant and timely.
User Experiences No Overlap in Notification Types
Given a user has multiple metrics selected for notifications, when any of these metrics trigger an alert, then the user should not receive duplicate notifications for the same event, ensuring they receive only one relevant alert per event.
User Tests Notification Settings with a Preview Feature
Given a user is on the Customized Notification Settings page, when they select the 'Preview' option for their notifications, then they should see a simulation of alerts they would receive based on their current settings without the alerts being sent out actually.
User Receives Help Tooltip for Notification Preferences
Given a user is on the Customized Notification Settings page, when they hover over the help icon, then a tooltip should display context-sensitive help information describing each notification option, assisting them in making informed choices.
Enhanced Data Visualization Tools
-
User Story
-
As a data-driven user, I want to see my sustainability data represented visually so that I can better understand trends and patterns at a glance.
-
Description
-
The Enhanced Data Visualization Tools requirement introduces additional graphical representations of sustainability metrics, allowing users to better interpret and analyze their data through charts, graphs, and infographics. This addition is designed to make complex data more digestible and engaging, facilitating deeper insight into sustainability performance trends. By integrating these tools, EcoTrackify will not only improve user experience but also empower users to make informed decisions based on clear visual data presentations, thus fostering a stronger understanding of sustainability impacts.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
As a user adjusting their dashboard on a mobile device, when I access the Enhanced Data Visualization Tools, I want to see a responsive layout that adapts to my screen size, enabling me to read all information without scrolling excessively.
Given that I am logged into EcoTrackify and have selected Enhanced Data Visualization Tools, when I view the dashboard on my mobile device, then all graphical representations must fit within the mobile screen view without requiring horizontal scrolling.
During a sustainability metrics review, when I select a specific time frame in the Enhanced Data Visualization Tools, I want the charts and graphs to update instantly to reflect only the data from that period, ensuring accurate analysis.
Given I have set a time frame filter in the Enhanced Data Visualization Tools, when I apply this filter, then all visual representations must update to display metrics only for the selected time frame within 2 seconds.
As a user who wants to share sustainability insights with my team, when I click on the export button in the Enhanced Data Visualization Tools, I want to download a report containing the selected visual data in a PDF format for easy sharing.
Given that I have selected specific data to visualize, when I click on the export button, then I must receive a downloadable PDF report containing the chosen charts, graphs, and infographics without any loss of quality or data accuracy.
In a real-time sustainability status meeting, when I present my dashboard using the Enhanced Data Visualization Tools, I want to switch between different visual formats (e.g., pie chart, bar graph) seamlessly, demonstrating the data effectively.
Given that I am utilizing the Enhanced Data Visualization Tools in a presentation, when I switch between different data visualization types, then the transition should occur without lag or loss of data integrity, maintaining clarity in each format.
As a user looking for trends, when I use the Enhanced Data Visualization Tools to track metrics over multiple months, I want to see a trend line that clearly indicates improvements or declines in sustainability performance over time.
Given that I have the temporal data visualized in the Enhanced Data Visualization Tools, when I review the metrics for the last six months, then a trend line must be displayed clearly indicating the direction of sustainability performance (increase or decrease).
When analyzing multiple data sources from EcoTrackify, I want to be able to combine different datasets using the Enhanced Data Visualization Tools to gain a comprehensive understanding of my company’s overall sustainability impact.
Given that I have multiple datasets available in EcoTrackify, when I amalgamate these datasets in the Enhanced Data Visualization Tools, then the consolidating visual representation must highlight correlations and anomalies effectively without data loss.
User Feedback Mechanism
-
User Story
-
As an active user, I want to easily give feedback on my experience with the platform so that I can help improve its functionality and features.
-
Description
-
The User Feedback Mechanism requirement allows users to provide direct feedback on the EcoTrackify platform’s functionalities, enabling continuous improvement based on real user experiences. This will include options for rating features, reporting issues, and suggesting enhancements, which can be aggregated and analyzed for product updates. Implementing this requirement is vital for fostering user engagement and ensuring that the platform evolves in response to the needs of its users, ultimately driving user satisfaction and retention.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Users can provide feedback on the EcoTrackify platform following their experience with the sustainability metrics dashboard.
Given a user has accessed the feedback mechanism, when they rate a feature and submit feedback, then the rating and comments should be recorded in the system and displayed in the admin dashboard for review.
Users need to report issues with the EcoTrackify platform functionalities after encountering problems during their sustainable practices tracking.
Given a user encounters an issue, when they click the 'Report Issue' button, then a form should appear, allowing them to describe the issue and submit it, resulting in a confirmation message that their report has been received.
Users want to suggest enhancements to the EcoTrackify platform to improve their experience and usability.
Given a user accesses the suggestion feature, when they fill out the suggestion form and submit it, then their suggestion should be saved in the system and categorized for future analysis.
The EcoTrackify platform administrators need to analyze user feedback for actionable insights to improve the product.
Given the admin user accesses the feedback analytics dashboard, when they filter feedback by date and feature, then they should see aggregated feedback data and user comments displayed clearly with visual representations like charts.
Users require acknowledgment of their feedback submission to ensure their input is valued and considered.
Given a user submits feedback, when the form is submitted successfully, then the user should receive an automated email confirmation acknowledging their feedback and informing them of the next steps.
The feedback mechanism needs to be accessible to all users, including those using mobile devices.
Given a user is on a mobile device, when they navigate to the feedback section, then the feedback form should be responsive and fully functional, allowing them to submit feedback without layout issues.
Users seek to track the status of their submitted feedback to see if it has been acted upon or resolved.
Given a user navigates to their feedback history, when they view submitted feedback, then they should see the current status of each feedback item (e.g., 'Under Review', 'Implemented', 'Noted').
Integrative API Access
-
User Story
-
As a tech-savvy user, I want the ability to integrate EcoTrackify with other systems through an API so that I can combine my data and streamline my reporting processes.
-
Description
-
The Integrative API Access requirement allows third-party applications to seamlessly integrate with EcoTrackify, enabling users to pull data from other platforms or export their sustainability metrics for reporting purposes. This integration ensures that EcoTrackify can align with users' existing systems, fostering a holistic approach to data management and sustainability reporting. By offering an API, the platform enhances its interoperability and adds value for users seeking comprehensive sustainability analysis across various tools.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
As a user, I want to connect EcoTrackify with my existing ERP system using the API to synchronize my sustainability data.
Given the user has valid API credentials, when they attempt to connect via the API, then the connection should be established successfully, and data synchronization should occur without errors.
As an admin, I want to ensure that the API allows for the retrieval of sustainability metrics so that users can generate reports based on external data.
Given the user sends a request to the API for sustainability metrics, when the request is processed, then the API should return the appropriate metrics in a specified format (e.g., JSON, XML) without any data loss.
As a user, I want to be able to export my sustainability data to a CSV file through the API so that I can share it easily with stakeholders.
Given the user sends an export request through the API, when the process is completed, then a downloadable CSV file containing the requested metrics should be generated and made available for download.
As a third-party developer, I want to integrate EcoTrackify's API into my application so that I can provide additional functionalities to my users.
Given the API documentation is publicly accessible, when the developer uses the API endpoints as described, then the integration should work seamlessly, with all endpoints returning the expected results as detailed in the documentation.
As a user, I want to receive error messages when my API requests are malformed, so that I can correct issues promptly.
Given the user sends a malformed API request, when the system processes the request, then a clear and descriptive error message should be returned, indicating the nature of the error and how to resolve it.
Expert Speaker Series
A curated series of live webinars where industry-leading experts share insights and best practices in sustainability. This feature enhances user experience by providing direct access to knowledge, fostering learning, and empowering users to adopt effective sustainability strategies tailored to their specific needs.
Requirements
Webinar Scheduling System
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability manager, I want to schedule webinars with industry experts so that I can easily engage with valuable content and not miss any opportunities for learning.
-
Description
-
The Webinar Scheduling System enables users to easily schedule and manage live webinars within the EcoTrackify platform. This system will provide a calendar interface allowing users to select dates and times, and send automated invitations to attendees. It will also facilitate the integration of third-party calendar applications, such as Google Calendar or Outlook, for seamless scheduling. This requirement enhances user engagement by streamlining the process of organizing events, ensuring that users can efficiently participate in the Expert Speaker Series without scheduling conflicts. The expected outcome is an effective coordination of webinars leading to higher participation rates and enriched user experience.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User schedules a webinar for the Expert Speaker Series through the EcoTrackify platform.
Given the user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they select a date and time for the webinar and click 'Schedule', then the webinar should be successfully created and listed in the calendar view with the correct details.
User sends invitations to attendees for a scheduled webinar.
Given a webinar is scheduled, when the user enters attendee email addresses and clicks 'Send Invitations', then all attendees should receive a confirmation email with webinar details, and the system should track the number of successful deliveries.
User integrates their EcoTrackify calendar with Google Calendar.
Given the user has connected their Google Calendar, when they schedule a webinar, then the event should automatically sync and appear on their Google Calendar in real-time without any discrepancies.
User views the list of upcoming webinars in the EcoTrackify platform.
Given the user is on the webinar management page, when they click on 'Upcoming Webinars', then they should see a complete list of all webinars scheduled within the next 30 days, displayed with dates, times, and topics.
User edits the details of a scheduled webinar.
Given a webinar is scheduled, when the user accesses the webinar details and modifies the information (such as date, time, title, or description), then the changes should be saved and reflected in the calendar view without errors.
User cancels a scheduled webinar.
Given a scheduled webinar, when the user clicks 'Cancel Webinar' and confirms the action, then the webinar should be removed from the calendar, and all registered attendees should receive a cancellation notice.
User Registration and Authentication
-
User Story
-
As a new user, I want to create an account easily so that I can access exclusive content and participate in webinars tailored to my interests.
-
Description
-
The User Registration and Authentication feature allows new users to sign up and create accounts in EcoTrackify. This includes a secure login system with password recovery options and the ability to log in using social media accounts. This requirement is imperative for managing user accounts efficiently and ensuring that access to the Expert Speaker Series is secure and personalized. By enabling users to create profiles, it also allows for customized content recommendations based on previous webinars and user preferences, thus improving the overall experience and engagement with the platform.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
New User Registration Process
Given a new user accesses the EcoTrackify registration page, when they fill in all required fields (name, email, password) and click the 'Register' button, then a new user account is created, and a confirmation email is sent to the user's provided email address.
Secure User Login
Given a user has registered and has valid login credentials, when they enter their credentials on the login page and click the 'Login' button, then they should successfully be logged in and redirected to their dashboard within the EcoTrackify platform.
Password Recovery Functionality
Given a user has forgotten their password, when they click on the 'Forgot Password?' link, enter their registered email, and submit the request, then they should receive an email with a link to reset their password within 10 minutes.
Social Media Login Integration
Given a user prefers to log in using a social media account, when they click the 'Login with Facebook/Google' button and authorize the application, then they should be logged into their EcoTrackify account seamlessly without manual entry of credentials.
User Profile Customization
Given a user is logged into their EcoTrackify account, when they navigate to their profile settings and update their preferences for content recommendations, then those preferences should be saved, and the user should see relevant content on their dashboard based on those updates.
Multi-Factor Authentication Option
Given a user is logging into their account with multi-factor authentication enabled, when they enter their username and password and are prompted for a verification code sent to their mobile device, then they must successfully enter the code to gain access to their account.
Registration Error Handling
Given a new user on the registration page, when they enter an already registered email and submit the form, then they should see an error message indicating that the email is already in use, preventing them from creating a duplicate account.
Live Q&A Functionality
-
User Story
-
As an attendee of a webinar, I want to be able to ask questions during the session so that I can clarify my understanding and engage with the speaker directly.
-
Description
-
The Live Q&A Functionality allows attendees to submit questions in real-time during webinars. This feature will include a moderation panel for hosts to curate questions and ensure that relevant inquiries are addressed throughout the session. This requirement enhances user interaction and engagement, transforming passive attendees into active participants. The implementation of this feature is essential for fostering a sense of community and facilitating deeper discussions on sustainability practices, making the webinars more impactful for users.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Attendee submits a question during a live webinar on sustainability practices.
Given an active webinar session, when an attendee submits a question via the Q&A interface, then the question should appear in the moderation panel for the host to review.
Host moderates questions during the Q&A session.
Given the moderation panel is populated with submitted questions, when the host selects a question, then the selected question should be displayed to all webinar attendees and marked as 'answered' in the panel.
Attendee receives acknowledgment for submitted question.
Given an attendee submits a question during the webinar, when the question is successfully received, then the attendee should see a confirmation message indicating their question has been submitted.
Moderator filters and prioritizes questions based on relevance.
Given a list of submitted questions in the moderation panel, when the moderator selects the option to filter questions, then the system should display only the questions that align with the webinar's topic.
Real-time updating of the Q&A platform during the webinar.
Given the webinar is ongoing, when a new question is submitted or a question is answered, then the Q&A interface should instantly reflect these changes for all participants without refreshing the page.
Attendee can view previously answered questions during the Q&A.
Given the Q&A session is in progress, when an attendee accesses the Q&A section, then they should be able to see all previously answered questions along with the corresponding answers from the host.
Interactive Q&A Sessions
Real-time interactive question-and-answer sessions following each workshop, allowing users to engage directly with speakers. This creates a more dynamic learning environment, encourages community interaction, and ensures that users can clarify doubts and gain personalized advice relevant to their sustainability challenges.
Requirements
Real-time Engagement
-
User Story
-
As a user of EcoTrackify, I want to engage in real-time Q&A sessions after workshops so that I can clarify my doubts and receive personalized advice on my sustainability challenges.
-
Description
-
The requirement enables users to participate in live Q&A sessions after workshops, allowing them to interact directly with speakers and experts. This feature is designed to enhance the learning experience by enabling real-time feedback and communication. It serves to clarify doubts and provides personalized advice on sustainability challenges, fostering a sense of community and collaboration among participants. Implementing this feature will significantly increase user satisfaction and engagement, making the learning process more dynamic and relevant to individual needs.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User initiates a live Q&A session following a sustainability workshop, seeking clarification on topics covered during the presentation.
Given a user has completed a workshop, when they access the Q&A session, then they should be able to submit questions and receive answers from the speaker in real-time.
Participants are able to see and interact with other attendees' questions during the Q&A session, fostering community engagement.
Given multiple users are participating in the Q&A session, when a user asks a question, then all attendees should be able to view the question and the answers provided by the speaker.
Users receive notifications about upcoming live Q&A sessions after they register for a workshop, ensuring they can prepare their questions in advance.
Given a user registers for a workshop, when the session is scheduled, then the user should receive an automated notification at least 24 hours before the Q&A session begins.
Users can provide feedback after participating in the live Q&A session to assess the effectiveness and usefulness of the session.
Given a user has engaged in the Q&A session, when the session ends, then the user should be presented with a feedback form to rate their experience and provide comments.
Technical support is provided during the live Q&A session to assist users experiencing connectivity or participation issues.
Given a user encounters a technical problem during the Q&A session, when they request assistance, then a support representative should respond and provide help within 2 minutes.
Users can view a recorded version of the Q&A session after it concludes for those who were unable to attend live.
Given a Q&A session has ended, when a user searches for the session in the platform, then they should find a recorded version available for playback within 24 hours after the session ends.
Users can seamlessly transition from the workshop to the Q&A session without having to re-enter their credentials or navigate through multiple screens.
Given a user has logged into the platform before the workshop, when the workshop concludes, then the user should automatically enter the Q&A session without needing to log in again or navigate through additional screens.
Session Recording and Playback
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to be able to access recorded Q&A sessions after workshops so that I can catch up on missed information and learn at my own pace.
-
Description
-
This requirement involves recording all interactive Q&A sessions and making them available for playback to users who could not attend live. The benefit of this feature is twofold: it allows users to revisit valuable discussions and insights at their convenience, and it increases accessibility for those unable to join the live sessions. It is essential for ensuring that all users, regardless of their schedule, have access to valuable content that will help them in their sustainability journeys.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Accessing Recorded Sessions for Review
Given a user is logged into EcoTrackify and has registered for a previous interactive Q&A session, When they navigate to the 'Recorded Sessions' section, Then they should see a list of available recorded Q&A sessions along with their respective dates and topics.
Playback Functionality of Recorded Sessions
Given a user has selected a recorded Q&A session from the 'Recorded Sessions' section, When they click on the playback button, Then the session should start playing without any interruptions and provide options for pause, rewind, and fast forward.
Accessibility Features of Recorded Sessions
Given a user is watching a recorded Q&A session, When they activate accessibility features, Then the session should provide closed captions and a transcript of the Q&A for users with hearing impairments.
Notification for New Recorded Sessions
Given a user has opted in for notifications, When a new recorded Q&A session is available, Then the user should receive an email or in-app notification alerting them to the new content.
Multi-Device Compatibility for Playback
Given a user is accessing EcoTrackify on a mobile device or tablet, When they select a recorded Q&A session, Then the playback should be seamless and should adapt to the device's screen size and resolution.
Tracking User Engagement with Recorded Sessions
Given that users have accessed recorded Q&A sessions, When the admin reviews the analytics dashboard, Then they should see metrics indicating the number of views, average watch time, and user feedback ratings for each session.
User Feedback Integration after Playback
Given a user has finished watching a recorded Q&A session, When they complete the feedback form that appears, Then their responses should be stored in the system and accessible to the admin for review.
Initiate Topic Suggestions
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to suggest topics for future Q&A sessions so that I can ensure that the discussions meet my needs and interest areas.
-
Description
-
The requirement focuses on allowing users to submit and vote on topics they’d like to be covered in future Q&A sessions. This feature empowers users to steer the direction of learning and ensures that the content delivered is aligned with their interests and challenges. By fostering user participation in content creation, this capability not only enhances engagement but also improves user satisfaction and perceived value of the program.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Users can submit topic suggestions for future Q&A sessions effectively through the EcoTrackify platform interface.
Given a user is logged into their EcoTrackify account, when they navigate to the 'Topic Suggestions' section, then they should be able to input a topic and submit it successfully, receiving confirmation of submission.
Users can review and vote on submitted topic suggestions from other users to prioritize their interests.
Given multiple topics have been submitted by users, when the current user views the 'Topic Suggestions' section, then they should see a list of all topics with an option to vote on each, and their vote should be recorded successfully.
The system tracks the number of votes for each topic suggestion and displays them accurately to users.
Given there are multiple topic suggestions with varying votes, when the user views the 'Topic Suggestions' section, then they should see the total number of votes displayed next to each topic in real time.
Users receive notifications about the most voted topics to encourage participation in the voting process.
Given a user has voted on topic suggestions, when a new topic reaches a threshold of votes, then the user should receive a notification via email or in-app alert, informing them of the top-voted topics.
The system prevents users from submitting duplicate topic suggestions to streamline voting.
Given a user attempts to submit a topic suggestion that already exists in the system, when they click submit, then they should receive a notification informing them of the duplicate entry and be prevented from submitting it.
Users can easily find past suggestions and their voting status for transparency.
Given a user navigates to the 'Past Suggestions' section, when they view this section, then all previously submitted topics should be displayed along with their vote counts and whether they have been selected for future sessions.
The platform allows admin users to manage and close topic suggestions after a designated voting period.
Given the voting period has ended, when an admin user checks the 'Topic Suggestions' management dashboard, then they should see an option to close the suggestion period, and all topics should be marked accordingly, preventing further voting.
Notification Alerts for Q&A Sessions
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to receive notifications about upcoming Q&A sessions so that I can ensure I attend and prepare my questions ahead of time.
-
Description
-
This requirement entails implementing a system of notification alerts to inform users about upcoming Q&A sessions, including reminders as the event approaches. Notifications will be sent via email and within the platform, ensuring that users are well-informed and can prepare their questions in advance. This capability supports user engagement by ensuring participation is maximized and no one misses the opportunity to interact with speakers.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Notification alert system triggers for all registered users before Q&A sessions
Given that a user is registered for a Q&A session, when the session is scheduled to occur, then a notification email and in-platform alert should be sent to the user 24 hours before the session.
Follow-up reminders for upcoming Q&A sessions sent to users
Given that a user has received an initial alert about a Q&A session, when the session date is approaching, then a follow-up reminder should be sent 1 hour prior to the session via email and within the platform.
Users can customize their notification preferences for Q&A sessions
Given that a user wants to customize their notification settings, when they access the notification preferences page, then they should be able to select their preferred notification methods (email, in-platform, or both) for Q&A session alerts.
Users receive notifications in different languages as per their preferences
Given that a user has set their language preference, when a Q&A session notification is sent, then the notification should be delivered in the user's selected language.
Tracking engagement metrics from Q&A session notifications
Given that notifications have been sent out for a Q&A session, when the session occurs, then the system should track and report the number of users who clicked the notification link to join the session.
Testing delivery of notifications across different email providers
Given that notifications are sent for Q&A sessions, when the notifications are dispatched, then they must be successfully delivered to users across popular email providers (e.g., Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo) without being marked as spam.
Ensuring notification alerts are mobile-friendly
Given that a user accesses notifications from a mobile device, when they receive a notification for the Q&A session, then the notification should display properly on mobile screen sizes and be easily actionable.
User Feedback Mechanism
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to provide feedback on Q&A sessions so that I can help improve future sessions based on my experience.
-
Description
-
This requirement involves creating a system for users to provide feedback on the Q&A sessions. Users will be able to rate their experience and suggest improvements, which will provide valuable insights into how the sessions can be optimized. Implementing this feedback loop ensures that the platform continually evolves and meets user expectations, enhancing overall satisfaction and effectiveness of the learning experience.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User submits feedback after participating in a Q&A session.
Given a user is logged in and has attended a Q&A session, when they access the feedback form, then they should be able to rate their experience on a scale of 1 to 5 and leave comments for suggestions or improvements.
User can view their past feedback submissions.
Given a user is logged in, when they navigate to the 'Feedback History' section, then they should see a list of all their past feedback submissions with corresponding Q&A session dates and ratings.
Admin can access aggregated feedback data for analysis.
Given an admin is logged in, when they access the 'Feedback Analytics' dashboard, then they should be able to view average ratings, common suggestions, and trends over time from all user feedback submissions.
User receives confirmation after submitting feedback.
Given a user has filled out and submitted the feedback form, when they submit the form, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that their feedback has been successfully recorded.
User can edit their feedback response before final submission.
Given a user is on the feedback form, when they fill out the form and choose to edit their responses, then they should be able to change their rating and comments before submitting it.
Feedback system integrates with the main platform for real-time updates.
Given the feedback system is operational, when a user submits feedback, then the feedback data should be immediately reflected in the admin dashboard and available for review without delay.
Resource Library
An extensive digital library of tools, templates, and recorded sessions from past workshops. Users can access this wealth of information at any time, enabling them to revisit critical content, enhance their understanding, and implement sustainability initiatives effectively, independently.
Requirements
Digital Resource Access
-
User Story
-
As a small business owner, I want to access a digital library of tools and resources related to sustainability so that I can enhance my understanding and implement initiatives effectively without needing external support.
-
Description
-
The Resource Library must provide a centralized digital repository for various sustainability-related tools, templates, and recorded sessions from past workshops. Users should be able to access this library anytime, ensuring they can revisit critical content at their convenience. The platform will feature search functionality, categorization of resources, and tagging to enhance the user experience and enable them to easily find relevant information. This will empower users to enhance their understanding and effectively implement sustainability initiatives independently. The integration of this library within EcoTrackify will support users in their sustainability journeys by facilitating ongoing learning and resource utilization.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User seeks to find specific sustainability templates for their project within the Resource Library.
Given the user accesses the Resource Library, when they input a relevant search term into the search bar, then the system displays a list of matching templates.
User wants to categorize a new resource uploaded to the Resource Library.
Given the user uploads a new resource, when they select categories from the provided list, then the resource is categorized correctly and reflects the selected categories in its metadata.
User requires information on past workshops for further implementation of sustainability initiatives.
Given the user accesses the Resource Library, when they navigate to the section for recorded sessions, then they can see all available sessions listed with titles and descriptions.
User intends to find a specific recorded session from a past workshop based on topic.
Given the user is in the recorded sessions section, when they filter recorded sessions by topic, then only relevant sessions are displayed to the user.
User wants to bookmark important resources for easy access later.
Given the user is viewing a resource in the Resource Library, when they click the 'Bookmark' button, then the resource is saved to their list of bookmarks that is easily accessible from their profile.
User seeks to understand the different types of content available in the Resource Library.
Given the user accesses the Resource Library, when they select the 'Help' option, then a clear explanation of the types of content (tools, templates, recorded sessions) is displayed to the user.
User wishes to tag a resource with relevant keywords for better searchability.
Given that the user is viewing a resource, when they enter tags in the tagging field and save the resource, then the resource is tagged accurately and searchable using those keywords.
Search and Filter Functionality
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability coordinator, I want to quickly search for specific templates or tools in the Resource Library, so that I can find relevant resources without wasting time sifting through unrelated materials.
-
Description
-
The Resource Library must include robust search and filter functionalities enabling users to quickly locate specific resources. Users should be able to filter resources by type (e.g., templates, tools, workshops), date, and relevance to specific sustainability topics (e.g., waste reduction, carbon tracking). This feature will significantly improve user experience, allowing users to efficiently navigate the Resource Library and get the information they need without unnecessary delays. The effective implementation of this requirement is crucial for maximizing user engagement and utility of the resource library.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User searches for a specific template related to waste reduction after attending a sustainability workshop.
Given the user is on the Resource Library page, when they enter 'waste reduction template' in the search bar and press enter, then they should see a list of relevant templates displayed that match the search term.
A user wants to filter resources by type after navigating to the Resource Library.
Given the user is on the Resource Library page, when they select 'tools' from the filter options and apply the filter, then only resources categorized as tools should be visible in the results.
A user wishes to access resources from a specific workshop and filter the results accordingly.
Given the user is on the Resource Library page, when they select the workshop category and choose the date range of the last month, then they should see only resources related to workshops conducted within that date range.
A user needs to find all resources relevant to carbon tracking for their upcoming project.
Given the user is on the Resource Library page, when they enter 'carbon tracking' in the search bar, then a list of resources specifically associated with carbon tracking should be displayed, sorted by relevance.
A user wants to review recently updated resources within the Resource Library.
Given the user is on the Resource Library page, when they select the 'most recent' option in the sorting filter, then the user should see a list of resources sorted by the date they were last updated, with the newest resources listed first.
A user is looking for a specific recording of a past workshop but doesn't remember the exact title.
Given the user is on the Resource Library page, when they type any part of the workshop title into the search bar and press enter, then the system should return results that include any resources containing that part of the title.
User Contribution and Feedback System
-
User Story
-
As a user of EcoTrackify, I want to contribute my templates and provide feedback on existing resources so that I can share my experiences and help others enhance their sustainability initiatives.
-
Description
-
The Resource Library should incorporate a system that allows users to contribute their own resources and provide feedback on existing materials. This will enable users to upload successful templates, case studies, or insights gathered from their sustainability efforts, fostering a community-driven approach. Feedback mechanisms such as ratings and comments will help identify the most useful resources and encourage collaborative improvements. This requirement is vital for continuously enriching the library's content and ensuring that it meets the evolving needs of users.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User uploads a new resource to the Resource Library after a successful sustainability initiative.
Given a user who is logged in, when they navigate to the Resource Library and select 'Upload Resource', then they should be able to submit a resource including title, description, and file upload, and receive a confirmation of successful submission.
User provides feedback on an existing resource in the Resource Library.
Given a user who is viewing a resource, when they select a rating (1 to 5 stars) and submit a comment, then the resource's rating should update immediately, and the comment should be displayed under that resource.
Admin reviews submitted resources and feedback for quality assurance.
Given an admin user logged into the system, when they navigate to the review section of the Resource Library, then they should see all submitted resources along with feedback, and be able to approve or reject each submission, tracking submission status accordingly.
User searches for a specific resource using the search function.
Given a user on the Resource Library page, when they enter a keyword in the search bar and click 'Search', then they should see a list of resources that contain that keyword in their title or description within 3 seconds.
System provides a summary of all user contributions and feedback in the Resource Library.
Given a user with a contribution history, when they visit their profile section, then they should see a detailed summary of all resources they have contributed, including total uploads, current ratings, and feedback received, updated in real-time.
User tries to upload an invalid resource file format.
Given a user trying to upload a resource, when they attempt to upload a file that is not in an accepted format (e.g., .exe file), then they should receive an error message indicating that the upload format is not supported and no changes should be made to the Resource Library.
User accesses the Resource Library on different devices.
Given a user accessing the Resource Library from multiple devices, when they log in from a mobile device or tablet, then they should have full access to upload resources and submit feedback, with interface elements appropriately adjusted for the device's screen size.
Resource Recommendation Engine
-
User Story
-
As a frequent user of the Resource Library, I want to receive personalized resource recommendations based on my previous searches and interests, so that I can discover new tools and templates that will be beneficial to my sustainability projects.
-
Description
-
The Resource Library should feature a recommendation engine that suggests relevant resources to users based on their activity and interests within the platform. This feature will analyze user behavior and leverage machine learning algorithms to provide personalized recommendations for tools and templates that align with their specific sustainability goals. Implementing this requirement will enhance user engagement by presenting tailored content, making sustainability efforts more actionable and relevant to individual users' needs.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
As a user who frequently accesses the Resource Library, I want the recommendation engine to provide personalized suggestions based on my previous searches and resource usage patterns, allowing me to discover relevant tools that align with my sustainability initiatives.
Given I have used the Resource Library multiple times, When I log in, Then I should see a list of recommended resources tailored to my past activity and interests, updated dynamically based on my interactions.
As a user who is just starting to explore sustainability resources, I want the recommendation engine to suggest introductory resources based on my profile and indicated interests, so that I can easily access helpful materials without feeling overwhelmed.
Given I am a new user and have completed my profile indicating my interests, When I visit the Resource Library, Then I should receive tailored recommendations for beginner resources and tools suitable for my sustainability goals.
As a returning user who has not accessed the Resource Library in a while, I want the recommendation engine to include new resources that have been added since my last visit, so that I can stay informed about the latest tools available.
Given I have not logged into the Resource Library for more than 30 days, When I access the library, Then the recommendation engine should highlight new resources added since my last visit.
As a user seeking to maximize my engagement with sustainability tools, I want to have a feature that allows me to provide feedback on recommended resources, enabling the recommendation engine to improve and adapt to my changing interests over time.
Given I access a recommended resource, When I submit feedback regarding its relevance and usefulness, Then the recommendation engine should use this feedback to refine future suggestions for my profile.
As a user focused on a specific sustainability goal, I want the recommendation engine to emphasize resources that align with that goal, ensuring that I receive the most relevant information for my specific needs.
Given I have selected a specific sustainability goal in my profile settings, When I check the recommended resources, Then the list should prioritize tools and templates that directly relate to the selected goal.
As an admin managing the Resource Library, I want to be able to review user engagement metrics with recommended resources, so that I can assess the effectiveness of the recommendation engine and make necessary adjustments.
Given I access the admin dashboard, When I review metrics, Then I should see user engagement data for recommended resources, including clicks, downloads, and feedback ratings, to evaluate the system's performance.
Integration with Training Sessions
-
User Story
-
As a participant in EcoTrackify training sessions, I want to access recordings and related materials directly from the Resource Library so that I can apply what I learned in my sustainability initiatives effectively.
-
Description
-
The Resource Library should enable integration with ongoing training sessions, allowing users to directly access relevant workshop recordings and materials associated with those sessions. This feature will ensure that users can easily revisit training content related to specific topics they attended, enhancing their learning experience. Utilizing this integration will facilitate seamless transitions between learning and application of sustainability initiatives, ultimately driving better outcomes through consistent user access to necessary materials.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User Accessing Relevant Training Materials
Given a user has attended a training session, when they access the Resource Library, then they should see the associated workshop recordings and materials prominently displayed.
Search Functionality for Training Sessions
Given a user is looking for specific training content, when they use the search feature in the Resource Library, then the system should return relevant results based on the keywords used.
User Bookmarking Feature for Future Access
Given a user is reviewing workshop materials, when they bookmark a training session, then the system should save the session to their personalized bookmarks section for easy access later.
Integration with User Calendars
Given a user has a training session scheduled, when they view the relevant materials in the Resource Library, then they should see a reminder that integrates with their calendar tool to ensure they are prepared for upcoming sessions.
Feedback Submission on Training Materials
Given a user has accessed training materials, when they complete a feedback form for the content, then the feedback should be successfully submitted and stored for later review by the training administrators.
Accessibility of Materials for All Users
Given a user with accessibility needs, when they access the training materials, then all content should meet WCAG 2.1 standards to ensure it is usable by people with disabilities.
Tracking User Engagement with Training Materials
Given a user interacts with training materials, when they complete a session or revisit recordings, then the system should log their engagement and generate a report on content usage for administrators.
Customizable Resource Dashboard
-
User Story
-
As a user of the Resource Library, I want to customize my dashboard to quickly access my favorite sustainability resources so that I can streamline my workflow and improve my productivity.
-
Description
-
The Resource Library should provide users with the ability to create a customizable dashboard where they can bookmark their favorite resources and organize them by categories that suit their workflow. This feature will enhance the user experience by allowing individuals to personalize their access to the tools and templates they find most useful. Implementing this requirement will ensure that users can quickly navigate to their preferred resources, ultimately improving their productivity and effectiveness in managing sustainability efforts.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User accesses the Resource Library and wants to bookmark specific resources for faster retrieval in the future.
Given the user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they select a resource, then they should see an option to bookmark it that is clearly visible and accessible.
User wishes to categorize their bookmarked resources to streamline their personal dashboard.
Given the user has bookmarked at least one resource, when they navigate to their dashboard, then they should be able to create, delete, and rename categories for organization.
User wants to retrieve bookmarked resources from their customizable dashboard without difficulty.
Given the user has bookmarked resources, when they access their customizable dashboard, then they should be able to see and access all bookmarked resources organized by their chosen categories.
User intends to share their customized dashboard with a team member to enhance collaborative efforts.
Given the user has created a customizable dashboard, when they choose to share it, then the system should allow them to generate a shareable link and specify permissions for the recipient.
User wants to ensure that their bookmarked resources are saved and retrievable across different sessions.
Given the user has bookmarked resources, when they log out and then log back into EcoTrackify, then all previously bookmarked resources should still be visible on their dashboard.
User is interested in receiving notifications when new resources that match their interests become available.
Given the user has bookmarked resources in specific categories, when new resources are added that fall into those categories, then the user should receive a notification via email or in-app alert.
User wishes to adjust the layout of their customizable dashboard to better suit their navigation preferences.
Given the user is on their customizable dashboard, when they drag and drop bookmarked resources, then the system should allow the user to rearrange the layout and save these preferences for future sessions.
Networking Breakout Rooms
Dedicated virtual rooms for attendees to network, share experiences, and discuss implementation strategies in smaller groups. This feature fosters community building, enhances peer-to-peer learning, and encourages collaboration among users, creating a supportive environment for sustainability efforts.
Requirements
Virtual Breakout Room Creation
-
User Story
-
As an EcoTrackify user, I want to create virtual breakout rooms during networking sessions so that attendees can discuss specific sustainability strategies in smaller, focused groups and foster deeper connections.
-
Description
-
This requirement involves the ability for users to create dedicated virtual breakout rooms within the EcoTrackify platform where attendees can join based on specific interests or sustainability topics. Users can specify room names, topics, and participant limits to facilitate targeted discussions. The breakout rooms should integrate seamlessly with the main event platform, allowing easy transition from larger sessions to smaller tangential discussions. This functionality aims to enhance networking opportunities and improve the relevancy of interactions among attendees, encouraging more meaningful exchanges and collaborations.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Creation of a dedicated virtual breakout room for attendees interested in sustainable energy solutions during a main conference session.
Given a user with the appropriate permissions, when they select the option to create a breakout room, then they must be able to specify a unique room name, select a topic from a predefined list, and set a maximum participant limit, which should be confirmed before room creation.
A user attempts to create a virtual breakout room for discussions on waste management strategies just before the main event begins.
Given that the main event is in progress, when the user tries to create a breakout room, then the system should allow them to create the room, and all attendees should receive a notification about the new room within 1 minute.
An attendee navigates the main event platform to join a specific breakout room on carbon offsetting practices.
Given that the user is logged into the main event platform, when they select a breakout room to join, then they should be redirected to that room seamlessly without losing their session data, and all room details should be displayed clearly (name, topic, participant limit).
Monitoring the capacity of a breakout room dedicated to renewable energy discussions during a live session.
Given that a breakout room has been created with a defined participant limit, when the room reaches its maximum capacity, then additional attendees attempting to join should receive a notification indicating the room is full and they will be redirected to a waiting area or another related room.
Facilitating the sharing of resources and links in a breakout room focused on sustainable agriculture practices after its creation.
Given that the breakout room is active, when a user posts a link or resource in the chat, then all participants should receive the link immediately, and it should be stored for later access in a shared resource section of the room.
Usage of breakout rooms by different user roles (admin, attendee) within the EcoTrackify platform during a sustainability summit.
Given that breakout rooms can be created and joined by users of different roles, when an admin creates a breakout room, then attendees must be able to join it without any permissions error, and admins should have the capability to moderate discussions within those rooms.
Feedback collection after a breakout session on implementation strategies for carbon footprint reduction.
Given a breakout room session has concluded, when users exit the room, then they should be prompted to provide feedback via a simple multi-choice survey regarding the session, and the feedback should be compiled for review by the event organizers.
Participant Moderation Controls
-
User Story
-
As a breakout room moderator, I want to have controls to manage participants effectively so that I can ensure productive discussions and maintain a respectful environment.
-
Description
-
This requirement will add moderation controls that enable the host of the networking breakout room to manage participant engagement effectively. Moderators can mute or remove participants, as well as facilitate discussions by spotlighting speakers or sharing screen content. This enhances the control and flow of conversations, ensures respectful interactions, and improves the overall quality of the discussions. This feature is essential for maintaining a productive environment within breakout sessions, essential for effective peer-to-peer learning and sharing.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Moderation Controls During Breakout Sessions
Given that a host has initiated a breakout room, when they access the moderation controls, then they should be able to mute any participant at any time during the session.
Removing Participants from Breakout Rooms
Given that a host is in a breakout room, when a participant is being disruptive, then the host should have the option to remove that participant from the room permanently or temporarily.
Spotlighting Speakers
Given that a breakout session is in progress, when the host selects a participant to spotlight, then that participant should be displayed prominently to all attendees in the room.
Screen Sharing Controls
Given that a host is in a breakout room, when they choose to share their screen, then participants should be able to see the shared content without technical issues.
Activity Log for Moderation Actions
Given that a host has moderated the breakout room, when they access the moderation history, then they should be able to view a log of all moderation actions taken during that session.
Feedback Collection on Moderation Effectiveness
Given that a breakout session has concluded, when participants receive a feedback request, then they should be able to provide feedback on the moderation effectiveness through a simple survey.
Real-Time Collaboration Tools
-
User Story
-
As a participant in a breakout room, I want to use real-time collaboration tools so that I can work with others on developing sustainability strategies and document our discussions efficiently.
-
Description
-
This requirement includes the implementation of real-time collaboration tools such as shared whiteboards, document co-editing features, and chat messaging within breakout rooms. These tools will allow attendees to brainstorm, share resources, and collaboratively work on sustainability plans in real time, thus enhancing engagement and productivity. By providing these collaborative functionalities, participants can document discussions and strategies directly during their sessions, enriching the value of their interactions and outputs from the event.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Real-time collaboration during a breakout session where attendees brainstorm sustainability strategies using a shared whiteboard.
Given a breakout room with multiple attendees, When users access the shared whiteboard, Then all users can simultaneously write, draw, and edit the content in real time without delays or data loss.
Document co-editing feature allows attendees to collaboratively create a sustainability plan during a session.
Given a document open for co-editing, When any attendee makes changes to the document, Then those changes should be visible to all attendees within 2 seconds, and version control should be accessible to revert any changes if needed.
Participants communicate using chat messaging within the breakout rooms to share resources and ask questions.
Given a breakout room with chat messaging enabled, When a participant sends a message, Then all other participants should receive the message instantly, and the chat should store a history of messages for future reference.
A breakout session where attendees use all collaboration tools together to enhance productivity.
Given a breakout room with whiteboard, document co-editing, and chat features available, When attendees utilize these tools in synchronization, Then the participants report an increase in collaborative output satisfaction above 80% in post-session surveys.
User experience testing of real-time collaboration tools in a simulated breakout room environment.
Given a set of predefined user tasks to be completed in the breakout room, When users complete these tasks within the allocated time, Then at least 90% of users report that the tools were intuitive and effective in facilitating collaboration.
Post-session analytics to track usage and effectiveness of collaboration tools.
Given a completed breakout session, When the usage analytics are generated, Then the report should indicate that at least 75% of attendees actively engaged with at least two of the collaboration tools provided during the session.
Feedback collection from users after using real-time collaboration tools in breakout rooms.
Given that users have completed a breakout session using the collaboration tools, When feedback forms are distributed, Then at least 85% of the responses indicate that the tools met their needs for collaboration and interaction.
Post-Session Feedback Mechanism
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to provide feedback on breakout room sessions after they conclude so that I can help improve the quality of future networking opportunities.
-
Description
-
This requirement will establish a feedback mechanism that allows participants to provide insights and evaluations of their breakout room experiences after each session. It should facilitate the collection of both qualitative and quantitative feedback, which can be used to improve future sessions and monitor engagement trends over time. By integrating this feedback into the platform, EcoTrackify can optimize the networking experience and tailor offerings to user needs, further enhancing community engagement and satisfaction.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Post-Session Feedback Submission Process
Given that the participant has completed their breakout room session, when they access the feedback submission page, then they should be able to select a rating (1-5) for their experience and provide optional qualitative comments in a text box before submitting.
Feedback Collection Mechanism Accuracy
Given that multiple participants submit feedback simultaneously, when the feedback is collected, then all submitted feedback must be accurately recorded in the database without loss or duplication of any entries.
Feedback Analysis and Reporting
Given that feedback has been collected after a breakout session, when an administrator requests a report, then they should receive a summary report displaying average ratings and key themes from qualitative comments within 24 hours after the session ends.
User Notification of Feedback Acknowledgment
Given that a participant has submitted their feedback, when they submit the form, then they should receive a notification confirming their feedback has been successfully recorded and appreciated within the app immediately after submission.
User Experience Evaluation
Given that participants have provided feedback on their experiences, when the feedback is analyzed, then there should be a clear identification of at least three areas for improvement based on user comments within the first week of feedback collection.
Feedback Impact Measurement
Given that feedback is collected after multiple sessions, when the data is analyzed quarterly, then there should be measurable improvements in participant satisfaction ratings in subsequent sessions that show a positive trend over time.
Scheduling and Notification System
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to receive notifications about upcoming breakout sessions I’m interested in so that I can manage my time effectively and ensure I can participate.
-
Description
-
This requirement involves creating a scheduling and notification system for breakout rooms that reminds participants of upcoming sessions and allows users to schedule their availability. It will integrate with user calendars and send timely alerts about session times and topics, improving attendance and engagement rates. By implementing this system, EcoTrackify enhances the overall experience for users by ensuring they are informed and can plan their participation accordingly, leading to better networking outcomes.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Scheduling a Breakout Room Session for Networking.
Given a user accesses the Networking Breakout Rooms feature, when they select a date and time for a session and submit, then the session should be successfully scheduled and appear in their calendar with the correct time and details.
Sending Notifications for Upcoming Breakout Room Sessions.
Given a session is scheduled, when the session is 24 hours away, then the user should receive an email and in-app notification reminding them of the upcoming session along with the session details.
User Availability Coordination for Breakout Sessions.
Given a user wants to join a breakout room, when they enter their availability preferences in the system, then the system should prioritize scheduling sessions during the specified available times and notify the user of any conflicts.
Integration with External Calendars for Breakout Room Notifications.
Given a user has integrated their calendar with the EcoTrackify platform, when a breakout room session is scheduled, then the session should automatically sync to the user's external calendar (Google Calendar, Outlook, etc.).
Cancellation of Scheduled Breakout Room Sessions.
Given a user wishes to cancel a breakout room session, when they confirm the cancellation request, then the system should remove the session from their calendar and send a notification confirming the cancellation.
Multiple User Notifications for Group Breakout Sessions.
Given multiple users are invited to a breakout room session, when the session time approaches, then all invited users should receive reminders via both email and in-app notifications.
Certification Programs
Offer accredited certification programs following completion of certain workshops, enabling users to gain recognition for their commitment to sustainability and enhance their professional credentials. This incentivizes participation and adds value to the user experience by providing tangible outcomes from their learning efforts.
Requirements
Accreditation Framework
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability professional, I want to understand the criteria for obtaining certifications so that I can plan my participation in workshops accordingly and enhance my professional credentials.
-
Description
-
Develop an accreditation framework that defines the criteria and processes for users to earn certifications after participating in specific workshops. This framework will include guidelines for workshop content, assessment methods, and the criteria for certification awarding, ensuring that certifications hold value and credibility in the market. This requirement will enhance the overall user experience by providing clear paths to certification, encouraging user engagement, and promoting workshops that contribute to sustainability efforts.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Users can access the accreditation framework after completing a workshop and are clearly informed about the criteria needed to earn their certification.
Given a user has completed a workshop, when they navigate to the accreditation framework, then they should see clearly defined criteria for certification including content guidelines, assessment methods, and required scores.
Workshop facilitators can submit content for the accreditation framework which will undergo a review process before being approved.
Given a workshop facilitator submits content for accreditation, when the content is reviewed, then the facilitator receives feedback or approval status within five business days based on the defined guidelines.
Users can receive notifications about their eligibility status for certification after completing a workshop.
Given a user has completed a workshop, when they access their profile, then they should see an updated certification eligibility status and any necessary next steps clearly outlined.
The accreditation framework includes a scoring system that accurately reflects users' performance in assessments related to workshops.
Given that an assessment has been completed, when the scores are calculated, then the scoring system must ensure accuracy and generate results in accordance with the defined criteria outlined in the accreditation framework.
Administrators can easily generate reports on workshop participation and certification outcomes to monitor user engagement with the accreditation framework.
Given an administrator accesses the reporting tool, when they select the criteria for the report, then they should be able to generate a comprehensive report on participation and certification outcomes within one click.
Users can appeal their certification status if they feel it has been unfairly denied after the assessment.
Given a user receives notification of their denied certification, when they click on the appeal link, then they should be able to submit their reasons for the appeal, which will be acknowledged within 48 hours.
The framework incorporates an automatic update mechanism to ensure compliance with new sustainability standards or regulations affecting certification requirements.
Given that new sustainability standards are published, when these standards are integrated into the accreditation framework, then users accessing the framework should see updated criteria reflecting these changes within two weeks of the standards being published.
Workshop Tracking System
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to track my completed workshops and see my progress towards certification so that I can stay motivated and plan my learning effectively.
-
Description
-
Create a system that allows users to track their participation in workshops relevant to the certification programs. This system will record workshop attendance, completion status, and associated certification outcomes. By offering a centralized tracking mechanism, users can easily monitor their progress toward certification, which increases motivation and encourages deeper engagement with the educational content provided.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User logs into EcoTrackify and navigates to the Workshop Tracking System to view their workshop participation history.
Given the user is logged in, when they access the Workshop Tracking System, then they should see a list of all workshops attended along with attendance dates and completion status.
User completes a workshop and is required to update their attendance status in the Workshop Tracking System.
Given the user has completed a workshop, when they update their attendance status in the system, then it should reflect as 'completed' and include the date of completion.
User wants to filter their workshop participation by certification program to assess progress toward a specific certification.
Given the user accesses their workshop participation history, when they apply a filter for a specific certification program, then the system should display only the workshops relevant to that certification.
User checks their dashboard in EcoTrackify to see their progression towards certification after attending multiple workshops.
Given the user has attended multiple workshops, when they view their certification status on the dashboard, then it should display the total number of workshops completed and the progress percentage towards certification.
Admin wants to generate a report of user participation in workshops for compliance documentation.
Given the admin accesses the reporting feature, when they generate a report of user participation, then the report should accurately list all users, their attended workshops, and respective completion statuses.
User receives a notification after completing a workshop that summarizes their participation and next steps.
Given the user has completed a workshop, when they receive a notification, then it should contain details of the completed workshop and prompt them on next steps for certification.
User attempts to mark a workshop as completed but encounters an error due to lack of prerequisite attendance.
Given the user tries to mark a workshop as completed without having completed the prerequisite, when they submit the completion, then it should display an error message explaining the prerequisite requirement.
Certification Digital Badges
-
User Story
-
As a certified user, I want to be able to share my certification badge on social media so that I can showcase my commitment to sustainability to my network and potentially attract new clients who value responsible practices.
-
Description
-
Implement a digital badge system that allows users to receive and display badges upon achieving certification. These badges can be shared on social media and professional networking platforms, thus enhancing the visibility of the users' commitment to sustainability. This requirement will not only reward users for their achievements but also promote EcoTrackify’s certification programs, attract new users, and provide a tangible method for users to showcase their credentials.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives a digital badge immediately after successfully completing an accredited certification program on EcoTrackify.
Given a user has completed an accredited certification program, when they navigate to their profile, then they should see the new digital badge displayed prominently.
User shares their earned digital badge on social media platforms such as LinkedIn and Facebook.
Given a user has a digital badge displayed on their profile, when they click the share button for social media, then the badge should be successfully posted with the appropriate metadata and image quality.
User can view their history of earned digital badges within the EcoTrackify platform.
Given a user has earned multiple digital badges, when they navigate to the badges section in their profile, then they should see a complete list of all badges earned with dates and descriptions.
User receives a notification email after earning a digital badge, prompting them to share it.
Given a user has earned a digital badge, when the badge is issued, then the user should receive an email notification with sharing options and details about their achievement.
User can customize the visibility settings of their digital badges on their profile.
Given a user wants to control who can view their badges, when they access the profile settings, then they should be able to set visibility options to public, private, or custom.
User checks the integration of digital badges with professional networking platforms.
Given a user has shared their badge on LinkedIn, when they view their LinkedIn profile, then the badge should be displayed correctly with a link back to EcoTrackify certification details.
Admin can monitor and review the issuance of digital badges across all users in the system.
Given an admin is logged into the EcoTrackify admin panel, when they access the badges report, then they should see a comprehensive list of all digital badges issued, including user details and badge types.
User Feedback Mechanism
-
User Story
-
As a participant in the certification programs, I want to provide feedback on the workshops so that I can contribute to improving the programs for future users.
-
Description
-
Design a user feedback system to collect insights from participants regarding the certification programs and workshops. This mechanism will involve surveys and rating systems that allow users to provide input on the effectiveness of workshops, content quality, and overall satisfaction. Regularly collecting and analyzing user feedback will help refine the certification offerings, ensuring they meet user needs and remain relevant in a changing sustainability landscape.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User submits feedback on a certification program after completion of a workshop.
Given a user has completed a certification workshop, When they access the feedback form, Then they must be able to submit a rating on a scale of 1 to 5 for the workshop content and effectiveness.
User receives confirmation after submitting feedback.
Given a user has successfully submitted their feedback, Then they should receive a confirmation message displayed on the screen indicating that their feedback has been received.
User has the option to provide additional comments along with ratings.
Given a user is submitting their feedback, When they choose to provide additional comments, Then the system should allow a text entry field for users to elaborate on their rating.
Admin accesses collected feedback data for analysis.
Given that multiple users have submitted feedback, When the admin accesses the feedback dashboard, Then they should see summarized data including average ratings and common themes from comments.
Users can view historical feedback results for workshops they attended.
Given a user wants to review feedback from workshops they attended, When they navigate to their profile, Then they should see a section with historical feedback results and ratings for each workshop.
Notifications are sent to users after feedback collection closes for updates.
Given the feedback collection period for a workshop has ended, When the admin finalizes the feedback report, Then all participants should receive a notification email summarizing key insights gathered from user feedback.
Users can edit their feedback within a set timeframe.
Given a user has submitted their feedback, When they access the feedback form within 24 hours, Then they should have the option to edit their previously submitted feedback.
Integration with Learning Management Systems (LMS)
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to access certification workshops through my company’s Learning Management System so that I can easily track my learning and certification progress in one place.
-
Description
-
Incorporate the ability to integrate EcoTrackify’s certification programs with popular Learning Management Systems to facilitate user access to course materials and tracking. This integration will provide users with a seamless learning experience and enable administrators to manage participants and their progress more effectively across multiple platforms. This functionality enhances user convenience and encourages broader adoption of the EcoTrackify certification programs among organizations that already use LMSs.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User Access to Certification Programs via LMS Integration
Given that a user is logged into the EcoTrackify platform, when they select a certification program, then they should be redirected to the LMS where the course materials are available without requiring a separate login.
Tracking User Progress Across Platforms
Given that a user is enrolled in a certification program, when they complete a module in the LMS, then their progress should automatically update in EcoTrackify, reflecting the completion status accurately.
Integration with Multiple LMS Platforms
Given that EcoTrackify supports multiple LMS platforms, when an administrator configures the integration settings, then they should be able to select from at least three different LMSs and connect without errors.
Notification of Course Completion
Given that a user has completed all requirements of a certification program in the LMS, when they finish the last module, then they should receive an automated notification in EcoTrackify confirming completion and outlining the next steps for certification.
User-Friendly Interface for Certification Tracking
Given that users can access their certification progress, when they visit the certification dashboard in EcoTrackify, then they should see a clear and intuitive representation of their progress, including badges earned and modules completed.
Support for Admin Management of User Enrollments
Given that an administrator needs to manage user enrollments in certification programs, when they access the admin panel, then they should have the ability to view, add, or remove users from certification programs seamlessly.
Feedback and Improvement Tracker
A built-in feature that allows users to provide feedback on workshops and suggest topics for future sessions. This ensures that workshops remain relevant and user-focused, subsequently improving the content quality and aligning it with the specific interests and needs of the user community.
Requirements
User Feedback Submission
-
User Story
-
As a user of EcoTrackify, I want to provide feedback on workshops so that I can help improve future sessions and ensure they meet my interests and needs.
-
Description
-
This requirement allows users to submit feedback on workshops directly through the EcoTrackify platform. Users can rate workshops on a scale of 1-5 stars, provide comments, and suggest improvements. The feedback will be collected in a centralized database, enabling the team to analyze user responses and prioritize changes or topics based on user interest and satisfaction. This feature aims to increase user engagement by making them feel heard and valued, resulting in enhanced workshop content and delivery.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User submits feedback for a workshop they attended through the EcoTrackify platform immediately after the session ends.
Given a user has attended a workshop, when they navigate to the workshop feedback section, then they should be able to submit a star rating (1-5) and comments successfully, and receive a confirmation message.
User wants to view their previously submitted feedback on workshops for reference and follow-up.
Given a user is logged into their account, when they access the feedback history section, then they should see a list of all their submitted feedback including ratings and comments for each workshop attended.
Admin reviews user feedback to assess trends in workshop quality and areas for improvement.
Given the admin accesses the feedback analytics dashboard, when they view the aggregated feedback data, then they should see clear visual representations (charts/graphs) of average ratings and common themes in user comments.
User tries to submit feedback without entering any comments or selecting a star rating.
Given a user is on the feedback submission page, when they attempt to submit the form without completing the required fields, then they should receive an error message indicating that both a star rating and comments are required.
Stakeholders want to receive periodic reports on user feedback to guide workshop planning.
Given the feedback collection system is in place, when the reporting function is triggered, then stakeholders should receive a generated report summarizing user ratings and feedback themes for the past month.
User accesses the feedback submission page through a mobile device after attending a workshop.
Given a user is using a mobile device, when they navigate to the feedback submission page after a workshop, then the page should display correctly with all functions accessible and responsive for mobile use.
User submits a suggestion for a future workshop topic within the feedback system.
Given a user is providing feedback, when they include a suggestion for a specific future workshop topic in the comments, then that suggestion should be recorded in the centralized database for review by the content team.
Workshop Topic Suggestion
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to suggest new workshop topics so that I can contribute to the learning opportunities available and ensure they align with my interests.
-
Description
-
This requirement enables users to suggest new topics for future workshops. Users can enter their ideas into a text field, which will be reviewed periodically by the EcoTrackify team. Integrating this feature fosters a collaborative environment where users can influence the educational content provided by the platform. This not only enhances user satisfaction but also ensures that workshop offerings remain relevant to the target audience's evolving needs.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Workshop Topic Suggestion Submission by User
Given a user is logged into their EcoTrackify account, when they navigate to the Feedback and Improvement Tracker and enter a topic in the suggestion text field, then the topic should be saved successfully and acknowledged with a confirmation message.
Review of Submitted Workshop Topics by EcoTrackify Team
Given that there are user-submitted workshop topics, when the EcoTrackify team reviews the submitted topics, then each topic should be categorized as 'Under Review', 'Accepted', or 'Rejected' based on relevance to user needs and market trends.
Notification of Topic Acceptance or Rejection to User
Given that a user has submitted a workshop topic suggestion, when the EcoTrackify team categorizes the submission as 'Accepted' or 'Rejected', then the user should receive a notification email informing them of the status of their suggestion.
User Feedback on Workshop Relevance Post-Session
Given a user has attended a workshop, when they provide feedback through a post-workshop survey, then the feedback should be recorded and should include a rating scale for relevance, alongside any additional comments.
Analysis of Workshop Suggestions Trends Over Time
Given an accumulation of user suggestions for workshop topics, when the EcoTrackify analytics dashboard is accessed, then it should display trends showing the most suggested topics and the frequency of specific themes over the last six months.
Feedback Reporting Dashboard
-
User Story
-
As a member of the EcoTrackify team, I want to access a feedback reporting dashboard so that I can analyze user feedback effectively and make informed decisions for future workshops.
-
Description
-
This requirement involves developing a reporting dashboard for the EcoTrackify team to visualize and analyze the feedback data collected from users. The dashboard will provide insights into ratings, recurring themes in comments, and suggestions made by users, enabling the team to make data-driven decisions regarding workshop improvements. By having this data readily available, the team can efficiently track trends and measure user satisfaction over time.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Dashboard functionality verification for user feedback visualization.
Given that feedback data has been collected, when the EcoTrackify team accesses the Feedback Reporting Dashboard, then all feedback ratings and comments must be displayed accurately and in real-time.
Usability testing for dashboard navigation and intuitiveness.
Given that the Feedback Reporting Dashboard is in use, when a user interacts with the dashboard, then they must be able to navigate between different sections (ratings, themes, suggestions) without external guidance.
Performance assessment of dashboard data retrieval times under load.
Given that multiple users are accessing the dashboard simultaneously, when they request feedback data, then the data should load within 2 seconds for 95% of requests.
Analysis of recurring themes from user comments.
Given that the feedback data includes user comments, when the EcoTrackify team reviews the dashboard, then they must be able to generate a report highlighting the top 5 recurring themes among comments.
Integration of data filtering options for user feedback analysis.
Given that the Dashboard needs to support analysis of feedback, when users access filtering options, then they must be able to filter feedback data by date range and workshop session.
User engagement tracking through feedback activities.
Given that users are providing feedback, when the EcoTrackify team reviews user engagement metrics, then they should see trends showcasing the increase or decrease in feedback submissions over time.
Automated Feedback Notifications
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to receive notifications about my feedback so that I am aware of its impact and feel more connected to the EcoTrackify community.
-
Description
-
This requirement introduces an automated notification system that informs users when their feedback has been received and considered. Users will receive an acknowledgment email after submitting their feedback and monthly updates on how their suggestions have contributed to workshop changes or new topics introduced. This increases engagement and trust in the platform by showing users that their input is valuable and acted upon.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User submits feedback on a workshop through the EcoTrackify platform.
Given a user has filled out and submitted feedback on a workshop, when the submission is successful, then the user receives an acknowledgment email within 5 minutes. This email should include a summary of their feedback and a thank-you note for their contribution.
Monthly feedback updates are sent to users who have previously submitted feedback.
Given a user has submitted feedback over the past month, when the monthly update is generated, then the user should receive an email detailing how their feedback was implemented or considered for future workshops. This email should be sent on the first Monday of each month.
User checks their email after submitting feedback for acknowledgment.
Given a user submits feedback, when they check their email inbox, then they should find an acknowledgment email that confirms receipt of their feedback and outlines the next steps.
Users can verify their feedback status on the EcoTrackify platform.
Given a user is logged into the EcoTrackify platform, when they navigate to the Feedback and Improvement Tracker section, then they can see an overview of their submitted feedback along with the status (received, under review, or implemented).
System reliability for sending feedback acknowledgment emails during peak times.
Given that the EcoTrackify platform experiences high activity volume, when a user submits feedback, then the system should reliably send acknowledgment emails without delay, maintaining a success rate of at least 99% during peak times.
Feedback dashboard displays recent suggestions and changes resulting from user feedback.
Given a user accesses the Feedback and Improvement Tracker dashboard, when they view the updates section, then they should see a list of recent suggestions made by users and corresponding changes implemented in workshops, ensuring that their contributions are visible and appreciated.
Feedback Categorization System
-
User Story
-
As a team member, I want to categorize user feedback by topic so that I can review it more efficiently and address specific areas of concern quickly.
-
Description
-
This requirement entails implementing a categorization system which classifies feedback and suggestions based on predefined topics. It helps streamline the review process for the EcoTrackify team by organizing comments into categories such as 'Content Quality', 'Workshop Frequency', and 'Topic Diversity'. This structured approach will enhance the efficiency with which feedback can be reviewed and acted upon, thereby improving user satisfaction through timely updates and relevant content adjustments.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User provides feedback on a workshop through EcoTrackify's platform.
Given a user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they access the feedback section after a workshop, then they should see a form to submit feedback that includes fields for categorizing their comments (Content Quality, Workshop Frequency, Topic Diversity).
EcoTrackify team reviews feedback submitted by users through the categorization system.
Given that feedback has been submitted and categorized, when the EcoTrackify team accesses the feedback review dashboard, then they should see an organized display of feedback sorted by predefined categories for efficient processing.
User receives confirmation after submitting feedback on workshops.
Given a user submits feedback through EcoTrackify, when the submission is successful, then the user should receive a confirmation message indicating their feedback has been received and categorized successfully.
Feedback categories are consistently applied across all feedback submissions.
Given that feedback is submitted by multiple users, when the EcoTrackify team analyzes feedback data, then they should find that all submitted feedback is correctly categorized without any discrepancies.
Users are able to suggest new topics for upcoming workshops through the feedback system.
Given a user accesses the feedback form, when they enter a suggestion for a new workshop topic, then this suggestion should be categorized under 'Topic Diversity' and saved for future consideration.
Data visualization of categorized feedback for reporting purposes.
Given that feedback has been categorized, when the EcoTrackify team generates a feedback report, then the report should visually represent the number of feedback entries per category as charts or graphs for easy analysis.
Users can view previously submitted feedback and its status.
Given a user wants to check the status of their feedback submission, when they navigate to their feedback history, then they should see a list of their past feedback with its current status (e.g., under review, implemented, etc.).
User Engagement Analytics
-
User Story
-
As a team member, I want to analyze user engagement data regarding workshops and feedback so that I can identify trends and improve future offerings accordingly.
-
Description
-
This requirement seeks to develop analytics features that track user engagement levels with feedback and workshops. By integrating engagement metrics, the EcoTrackify team can identify which workshops consistently receive high feedback and which areas may need improvement. This analytic capability will not only help gauge the effectiveness of the workshops but also assist in refining future sessions based on user engagement data, ensuring workshops are continually aligned with user interests.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User accesses the Feedback and Improvement Tracker after a workshop session to submit their feedback and suggest new workshop topics.
Given the user has attended a workshop, when they access the Feedback and Improvement Tracker, then they should see a feedback form that allows them to rate the workshop and provide comments, and an option to suggest up to three new workshop topics.
Admin reviews user engagement analytics to identify the most popular workshop topics based on user feedback ratings.
Given the admin has logged into the EcoTrackify analytics dashboard, when they view the user engagement metrics, then they should be able to see a list of workshops sorted by average feedback rating and total number of responses for each workshop.
User receives a confirmation of their submitted feedback and suggestions for workshops.
Given the user has submitted their feedback and suggested topics in the Feedback and Improvement Tracker, when they submit the form, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that their feedback was successfully submitted.
Users are able to view historical engagement data to compare feedback trends over time.
Given the user is on the engagement analytics page, when they select a specific workshop, then they should see a graph showing feedback trends over the last 6 months, including average ratings and number of responses.
Admin generates a report on workshop feedback for the quarterly review meeting.
Given the admin is on the reporting section of the analytics dashboard, when they select the option to generate a quarterly feedback report, then they should receive a downloadable report that includes total feedback received, average ratings, and user comments for each workshop held in the past quarter.
User engagement data updates in real-time after a workshop is conducted.
Given the workshop has just concluded, when users submit their feedback, then the overall feedback metrics should update in real-time on the engagement analytics dashboard, reflecting the new data.
Discussion Forums
Facilitated online discussion forums where users can continue conversations about workshop topics, share insights, and post questions. This feature nurtures ongoing collaboration and knowledge sharing among participants, enabling users to maintain engagement with sustainability initiatives long after the workshops conclude.
Requirements
Forum Creation and Management
-
User Story
-
As a workshop participant, I want to create a discussion forum for my workshop topic so that other participants can engage in ongoing discussions and share insights even after the workshop has ended.
-
Description
-
This requirement involves the ability for users to create and manage discussion forums on sustainability-related topics. It will allow users to initiate new threads, categorize discussions, and customize settings for each forum, fostering an organized and user-friendly environment. The forums must support various multimedia formats for posts, including text, images, and videos. This feature will enhance user engagement by facilitating structured discussions and enabling users to share valuable insights and experiences related to sustainability initiatives.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Creating a New Discussion Forum on Sustainability Topics
Given a logged-in user, when they navigate to the 'Create Forum' page and input valid forum details (title, description, and category), then a new forum should be successfully created and displayed in the list of forums.
Managing Forum Settings
Given an existing forum that a user owns, when they access the forum management settings and change the visibility to 'Private', then the forum should only be accessible to invited participants.
Posting Multimedia Content in a Forum Thread
Given a user in an active discussion forum, when they create a new thread and attach an image and a video along with their text post, then the thread should display the multimedia content properly without errors.
Categorizing Discussions in Forums
Given a user creating a new forum, when they select a category from a predefined list of categories, then the new forum should be categorized correctly within that category.
Engaging with Posts in a Forum
Given a user who views a forum thread, when they click the 'Reply' button to respond to a post, then their reply should appear directly under the original post without requiring a page refresh.
Searching for a Forum by Keywords
Given a user on the discussion forums page, when they enter a keyword in the search bar related to sustainability, then the search results should display all forums that contain the keyword in their title or description.
Receiving Notifications for Forum Activity
Given a user subscribed to a forum, when a new post is made in that forum, then the user should receive an email notification within 10 minutes of the post being published.
User Notifications for Forum Activity
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to receive notifications when someone replies to my post in a discussion forum, so that I can stay engaged and contribute to ongoing conversations.
-
Description
-
This requirement will provide users with notifications about activities related to the forums they participate in, such as replies to their posts, new threads created in their favorite forums, and mentions of their username. Notification settings will be customizable, allowing users to choose how they receive updates, including via email and in-app notifications. This feature promotes continued user participation and helps maintain thread engagement, ensuring that conversations remain active and informative.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives a notification when someone replies to their post in the discussion forum.
Given a user has posted a message in the forum, when another user replies to that message, then the original poster receives an in-app notification and an email notification (if opted-in).
User is notified about new threads in their favorite forums.
Given a user has favorited a discussion forum, when a new thread is created in that forum, then the user receives a notification in the app and an email notification (if opted-in).
User receives notifications when they are mentioned in a forum post.
Given a user is mentioned in another user's forum post, when the mention occurs, then the mentioned user receives an immediate in-app notification and an email notification (if opted-in).
User customizes notification settings for forum activity.
Given a user accesses the notification settings, when they select their preferred modes of notification for forum activities, then their choices (in-app, email, both, or none) are saved correctly in the system.
User can turn notifications on or off for specific forums.
Given a user is browsing their favorite forums, when they choose to turn off notifications for a specific forum, then they no longer receive any notifications related to that forum, effective immediately.
User receives a summary notification of all forum activity at a set frequency.
Given a user has opted for summary notifications, when the scheduled time arrives, then the user receives a summary email containing a digest of all activity in their followed forums (replies, mentions, and new threads) within the specified timeframe.
Search and Filter Functionality
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to search for specific topics within the discussion forums so that I can easily find and engage in conversations that are relevant to my sustainability interests.
-
Description
-
This requirement specifies that users should be able to search for specific topics and filter forum discussions based on categories, keywords, or popularity. The search functionality must support real-time results as users type their queries, making it easier to find relevant discussions. This feature enhances the user experience by allowing users to quickly access information of interest and participate in relevant conversations without having to sift through numerous threads.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User searches for a specific sustainability topic in the forum's search bar while accessing the Discussion Forums feature after a workshop.
Given the user is on the Discussion Forums page, when they type 'carbon footprint' into the search bar, then relevant discussion topics related to 'carbon footprint' should appear in real-time.
A user wants to filter forum discussions by category to find posts related to waste management post-workshop.
Given the user is viewing the forums, when they select the 'Waste Management' category from the filter options, then only discussions categorized under 'Waste Management' should be displayed.
A user is looking to find popular topics within the discussion forums related to their recent sustainability workshop attendance.
Given the user accesses the Discussion Forums, when they apply the 'Most Popular' filter, then the discussions should be sorted and displayed in order of popularity.
A user is typing a keyword in the search box, and they expect to see suggestions based on their input.
Given the user starts typing 'renewable' in the search box, then topic suggestions related to 'renewable energy' should appear as autocomplete results.
A user wants to reset the filters applied in the Discussion Forums to view all discussions again.
Given the user has applied filters, when they click on the 'Reset Filters' button, then all discussions should be visible without any filters applied.
A user attempts to search for a term that has no matching discussions in the forum.
Given the user types 'nonexistent topic' in the search bar, when they hit enter, then a message should display stating 'No discussions found for this topic.'
Moderation Tools for Content Management
-
User Story
-
As a forum moderator, I want to have the tools to manage discussions and content so that I can ensure the forums remain constructive and focused on sustainability.
-
Description
-
This requirement outlines the need for moderation tools that allow designated users (e.g., admins or workshop facilitators) to manage forum content. Moderators should be able to edit or delete inappropriate posts, pin important threads, and assess the overall health of discussions. This ensures that forums remain respectful, informative, and focused on sustainability topics. By maintaining content quality, this requirement will foster a constructive community atmosphere.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Moderators access the moderation tools to manage forum content during a live discussion where inappropriate comments are made.
Given a moderator is logged in, when they view a forum post, then they should see options to edit or delete the post, and upon selecting either action, the system confirms the action was successful with a notification.
A moderator pins an important post to highlight key discussions for users in the forum, ensuring it remains visible.
Given a moderator is on the forum, when they select a post to pin, then the system should move the post to the top of the discussion list and display a 'Pinned' label on the post.
Moderators review the overall health of discussions after a workshop concludes to ensure conversations remain respectful and relevant.
Given moderators access the forum analytics, when they review the content moderation reports, then they should see metrics on the number of deleted posts, flagged comments, and user engagement statistics.
A user reports an inappropriate post in the forum, prompting a moderator to review the content.
Given a user reports a post for moderation, when the moderator accesses the report notifications, then they should be able to view the reported post and take action (edit/delete) accordingly with a confirmation of action taken.
Moderators conduct periodic checks on the forum to ensure compliance with community guidelines and address issues proactively.
Given the moderator initiates a compliance check, when they review a set of recent posts, then they should be able to generate a report detailing compliance status, number of posts needing attention, and actions taken on those posts.
Moderators update forum guidelines to reflect new policies or community standards based on user feedback.
Given a moderator is in the settings section, when they update the community guidelines and save the changes, then all users should see the updated guidelines reflected in the forum within 5 minutes.
Moderators delete a spam post from the forum to maintain content quality and community standards.
Given a moderator identifies a spam post, when they select the delete option, then the post should no longer be visible in the forum and the moderator should receive confirmation of successful deletion.
User Profiles and Reputation System
-
User Story
-
As an active forum user, I want my contributions to be recognized with points and a reputation score, so that I feel encouraged to continue engaging with sustainability topics.
-
Description
-
This requirement involves creating user profiles that display individual contributions and a reputation system that acknowledges active participants. Users will accumulate points based on their engagement, such as creating topics, posting comments, and receiving upvotes. This feature encourages community involvement by recognizing and rewarding users for their contributions, fostering a sense of belonging and motivation to participate actively in discussions.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User Profile Creation for Discussion Forums
Given that a user is registered on EcoTrackify, when they access their profile page, then they should see an option to create or edit their user profile including fields for bio, profile picture, and contact information.
Engagement Point Accumulation
Given that a user has participated in a discussion forum by creating a topic or commenting, when their actions are submitted, then the user should receive the corresponding engagement points reflected in their profile within 5 minutes.
Reputation Level Display
Given that a user has accumulated a specified number of engagement points, when they view their user profile, then their reputation level should be displayed according to the thresholds defined (e.g., Bronze, Silver, Gold).
User Feedback on Contributions
Given that other users can upvote or downvote contributions in forums, when a user has received multiple upvotes, then their overall points should increase accordingly and be reflected in the user reputation system.
Report Inappropriate Behavior
Given that a user encounters inappropriate comments or discussions, when they select the report option, then the moderation team should receive a notification of the report within 10 minutes for review.
Enhanced Profile Visibility for Active Users
Given that a user is consistently contributing in discussions, when viewed by other users in the forums, then their profile should display a badge indicating their active participation status.
Notifications for Points Earned
Given that a user has earned points after participating in discussions, when the points are allocated, then the user should receive a notification alerting them to their new point total within the application.
Integration with Existing User Accounts
-
User Story
-
As a user of EcoTrackify, I want to access the discussion forums using my existing account, so that I can easily participate in discussions without having to create a new account.
-
Description
-
This requirement mandates that the discussion forum feature integrates seamlessly with existing user accounts on EcoTrackify. Users should be able to use their existing login credentials to access forums and maintain a unified identity across the platform. This feature simplifies the user experience by allowing easy access and encourages participation without the need for additional account creation.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User logs into EcoTrackify and navigates to the discussion forum page using their existing account credentials.
Given a registered user, when they enter their username and password on the EcoTrackify login page, then they should be successfully authenticated and redirected to the discussion forum page.
A user attempts to access the discussion forums without being logged into their account.
Given a user who is not logged in, when they try to access the discussion forum page, then they should be prompted to log in or create an account to proceed.
A user is already logged in to EcoTrackify and wants to participate in a forum discussion.
Given a logged-in user on the forum page, when they choose a discussion topic, then they should be able to post comments and replies using their existing user profile without needing to create a new account.
A user wants to retrieve their password if they forget it while accessing the forum.
Given a user who has forgotten their password, when they select the 'Forgot Password' option, then they should receive an email with instructions to reset their password.
A new user signs up for EcoTrackify after being informed about the discussion forums.
Given a new user who wants to join EcoTrackify, when they complete the account registration process, then they should have automatic access to the discussion forums using their new login credentials.
The discussion forum accurately reflects the user's profile and activity once logged in.
Given a logged-in user, when they view their profile in the discussion forum, then their username, avatar, and activity history should match their EcoTrackify account profile information.
Quick View Dashboard
A simplified mobile dashboard that provides users with a snapshot of their sustainability metrics at a glance. This feature allows users to quickly assess their carbon footprint, waste reduction progress, and resource usage without navigating through multiple screens, making it ideal for busy professionals who need instant insights.
Requirements
Real-Time Data Integration
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability manager, I want real-time data updates so that I can quickly assess and respond to changes in our sustainability metrics, ensuring that our initiatives are timely and accurate.
-
Description
-
The Real-Time Data Integration requirement ensures that data related to sustainability metrics, including carbon footprint, waste production, and resource usage, is continuously updated and synchronized with external data sources and existing systems. This feature will provide users with the most current and accurate insights without manual inputting or delays. The integration will support various data formats and protocols, allowing for a versatile connection with users’ existing tools such as ERP systems or other sustainability platforms. By implementing this requirement, EcoTrackify will enhance user trust in the analytics presented and improve operational efficiency for users seeking to make data-informed decisions on their sustainability efforts.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Real-time integration of carbon footprint data from an ERP system into EcoTrackify dashboard.
Given the user is logged into the EcoTrackify dashboard, when the ERP system updates carbon footprint data, then the dashboard should reflect the new data within five minutes without any manual input.
Synchronous updates of waste production metrics from an existing sustainability tracking platform.
Given the user has an existing connection set up with the sustainability tracking platform, when there is an update in waste production data, then this new data must appear in EcoTrackify's dashboard instantly upon retrieval from the external source.
User receives a notification when real-time data integration fails.
Given that the user is set to receive notifications, when a data integration fails, then the user should receive an immediate alert via email and in-app notification detailing the failure and necessary steps to resolve it.
Support for multiple data formats during integration.
Given the user has uploaded data in different formats (CSV, JSON, XML), when the data integration process is initiated, then EcoTrackify should successfully import data from all specified formats without errors.
Ensure accuracy of the integrated resource usage metrics.
Given the user has integrated their resource usage data, when the data is displayed on EcoTrackify's dashboard, then it should match the figures from the original data sources with a tolerance of no more than 5% variance.
User can manually trigger data synchronization from the dashboard.
Given the user is on the Quick View Dashboard, when the user clicks the 'Sync Now' button, then EcoTrackify should immediately fetch the latest data from all integrated sources and refresh the dashboard metrics accordingly.
Customizable Widgets
-
User Story
-
As an operations executive, I want to customize my dashboard widgets so that I can prioritize the sustainability metrics that are most relevant to my role and easily access the information I need.
-
Description
-
Customizable Widgets allow users to personalize their Quick View Dashboard by selecting which sustainability metrics they want to display prominently. Users can choose from various widgets representing different data, such as carbon emissions, waste reduction, or resource consumption, and can arrange them in a way that best suits their workflow. This requirement supports both user engagement and functionality, enabling users to focus on the metrics that matter most to them. Through this flexibility, users will gain deeper insights into their sustainability progress and make more informed decisions in their initiatives, enhancing the overall customer experience within the EcoTrackify platform.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User Customizes Dashboard Widgets to Reflect Key Sustainability Metrics
Given the user is on the Quick View Dashboard, when they drag and drop widgets to rearrange them and select specific metrics to display, then the dashboard should update in real-time to reflect their preferences without errors.
Widgets Update With Real-Time Data
Given the user has customized their dashboard widgets, when data is updated in the system (e.g., carbon emissions report received), then the widgets should refresh automatically to display the new data within 30 seconds.
User Saves Customized Dashboard Layout
Given the user has made changes to their dashboard widgets and arrangement, when they click the 'Save' button, then their preferences should be saved successfully and reloaded correctly when they log in next time.
User Receives Guidance on Widget Customization
Given the user accesses the Quick View Dashboard for the first time, when they select the help icon, then they should receive an interactive tutorial explaining how to customize their dashboard and the importance of metrics.
User Deletes a Widget from Dashboard
Given the user views their customized dashboard, when they click the 'remove' icon on any widget, then the widget should disappear from the dashboard immediately, and the layout should adjust accordingly without creating gaps.
User Changes Widget Data Sources
Given the user is customizing their dashboard, when they select to change the data source for a widget, then the system should provide a list of available metrics, and the widget should update to reflect the newly chosen data source upon selection.
User Receives Notifications About Widget Functionality
Given the user has customized their dashboard, when a widget encounters an error (e.g., data source unavailable), then the user should receive a clear notification indicating the issue and suggested actions to resolve it.
Alerts and Notifications
-
User Story
-
As a compliance officer, I want to receive alerts when sustainability metrics exceed set limits so that I can take immediate action to correct our strategy and avoid penalties.
-
Description
-
The Alerts and Notifications requirement aims to establish a system that proactively informs users about significant changes in their sustainability metrics or when they reach important thresholds defined during setup. For example, if a company exceeds their carbon emission targets, an immediate alert would be sent to key stakeholders, enabling them to act quickly. This requirement integrates with the Quick View Dashboard to ensure that users are not only seeing their data but also being notified about pending actions or necessary adjustments to their strategies. By facilitating timely communication, EcoTrackify empowers users to take prompt action to mitigate their environmental impacts and remain compliant with regulations.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives an alert when their carbon emissions exceed designated thresholds set during setup.
Given the user has set a carbon emissions target, when their reported emissions exceed this target, then an immediate alert should be sent to the user via push notification and email.
User is notified about weekly sustainability metric summaries via the Quick View Dashboard.
Given the user has opted in for weekly summaries, when the week concludes, then the user should receive an email and see a notification on the Quick View Dashboard summarizing their sustainability metrics for the week.
User is alerted if their waste production exceeds the limits defined in their settings.
Given the user has configured threshold limits for waste production, when their recorded waste exceeds these limits, then the system must send an alert to the user immediately through the application and email notification.
Admin users can customize alert thresholds for different sustainability metrics.
Given an admin user accesses the settings section, when they adjust the threshold values for carbon emissions, waste, and resource usage, then these new thresholds should be saved and reflected in the notification system immediately after saving.
Users can view the history of received alerts over time.
Given the user is on the Quick View Dashboard, when they select the 'Alert History' option, then they should see a chronological list of all alerts received, including timestamps and summary of metrics.
Users receive reminders for scheduled reviews of their sustainability metrics.
Given the user has set specific dates for reviewing their sustainability strategies, when the date approaches, then an alert should be sent to the user reminding them of the scheduled review.
Push Notifications
Customizable push notifications that alert users about important sustainability milestones, compliance deadlines, and community challenges. This feature ensures users stay engaged and informed about their sustainability efforts, prompting timely actions and reminders to maintain their commitment to eco-friendly practices.
Requirements
Custom Notification Settings
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability manager, I want to customize my push notification settings so that I receive only relevant updates that align with my company's goals, helping me to stay focused on the most important sustainability milestones.
-
Description
-
The Custom Notification Settings requirement allows users to personalize the types of push notifications they receive based on their sustainability goals and interests. This functionality will enable users to select specific categories of updates, such as milestone achievements, compliance reminders, or community events, ensuring that notifications are relevant and engaging. This feature enhances user experience by reducing notification fatigue and allowing greater focus on areas that matter most for each business. The implementation will involve creating an intuitive interface for users to manage their preferences and ensuring backend support for tracking user selections. The expected outcome is increased user engagement and a higher response rate to important sustainability actions.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User Personalizes Notification Preferences During Onboarding
Given a new user signing up for EcoTrackify, when they reach the notification settings step in the onboarding process, then they should be able to select at least three types of notification categories (milestones, compliance deadlines, community events) to receive push notifications about, ensuring these selections are saved successfully.
User Updates Notification Settings After Initial Setup
Given an existing user who wants to update their notification preferences, when they access the notification settings page, then they should be able to modify their selected categories and save changes, with the system confirming the update through a success message.
User Receives Relevant Push Notifications Based on Preferences
Given a user has set their notification preferences to include 'milestone achievements' and 'compliance reminders', when a milestone is reached or a compliance deadline approaches, then the user should receive a push notification relevant to their selected preferences.
System Sends Timely Notifications for Upcoming Compliance Deadlines
Given a user has enabled compliance reminders for their selected category, when a compliance deadline is within 7 days, then the user should receive a push notification reminding them of the impending deadline.
User Deactivates All Notification Preferences
Given a user who wants to stop receiving notifications, when they go to the notification settings page and uncheck all categories, then the user should no longer receive any push notifications related to those categories, confirmed by a notification setting change message.
User Sees Clear Options for Notification Categories
Given a user accessing the notification settings, when they examine the available categories, then they should see a list with clear descriptions for each category to help them make informed selections.
Milestone Alerts
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to receive alerts when I hit sustainability milestones, so that I can celebrate my progress and share it with my team, further motivating them to engage with our sustainability efforts.
-
Description
-
The Milestone Alerts requirement focuses on providing users with timely push notifications when they reach significant sustainability milestones, such as achieving waste reduction targets or completing compliance certifications. This feature will use data analytics to determine milestones based on user inputs and automatically generate alerts sent through the platform. By celebrating these achievements, the feature aims to motivate users and reinforce their commitment to sustainability. The integration with existing user dashboards will allow for seamless tracking of progress over time. Expected outcomes include heightened user motivation and a sense of community as users share their milestones.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives a push notification when they achieve a waste reduction milestone set within their profile.
Given the user has set a waste reduction target and the system has tracked their waste data, When the user achieves the target, Then the system sends a push notification congratulating the user on reaching their waste reduction milestone.
User receives alerts about compliance deadlines based on their current sustainability goals.
Given the user has active compliance goals and deadlines within the system, When a compliance deadline approaches within the designated notification period, Then the user receives a push notification alerting them to the upcoming deadline.
User can customize the settings for receiving milestone alerts in their account preferences.
Given the user is logged into their account, When they navigate to the notification settings, Then they must see options to customize the types of milestone alerts they wish to receive and have the ability to save those settings.
User receives notifications about community challenges related to sustainability milestones.
Given the user is a member of the EcoTrackify community, When a new community challenge is launched that relates to sustainability milestones, Then the user receives a push notification encouraging participation in the challenge.
User's milestone alerts are tracked and displayed on their dashboard for historical reference.
Given the user has reached multiple sustainability milestones, When they access their dashboard, Then they can see a section showing a history of their milestone alerts and achievements.
Notifications about milestones appear in a timely manner to reinforce user engagement.
Given a user has reached a sustainability milestone, When the milestone is achieved, Then the notification is sent within 5 minutes to ensure timely reinforcement of user behavior.
Compliance Deadlines Notifications
-
User Story
-
As a compliance officer, I want to receive notifications about upcoming sustainability compliance deadlines so that I can ensure our organization meets all necessary regulatory requirements without missing important dates.
-
Description
-
The Compliance Deadlines Notifications requirement will alert users of upcoming compliance deadlines relevant to sustainability regulations. This feature ensures that users receive timely reminders about critical dates for reporting and documentation, thus helping them avoid penalties and maintain regulatory adherence. The implementation will involve integrating with regulatory databases and utilizing a calendar system to track relevant deadlines based on each user's industry and location. The expected benefit is improved compliance management and reduced risk for users, enhancing their overall sustainability performance.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives a notification for an upcoming compliance deadline 7 days prior to the due date based on their industry and location settings in the EcoTrackify platform.
Given the user has correct industry and location settings, when the compliance deadline is 7 days away, then the user should receive a push notification alerting them to the upcoming compliance deadline.
User views and confirms receipt of the compliance deadline notification through the EcoTrackify mobile app.
Given the push notification for compliance deadline is received, when the user opens the EcoTrackify app, then they should see the notification listed on their notifications dashboard with the compliance deadline details.
User is able to customize the timing and frequency of compliance deadline notifications in their account settings.
Given the user accesses their account settings, when they select notification preferences for compliance deadlines, then they can choose to receive notifications at intervals of their choice (e.g., 30, 15, and 7 days prior).
User receives a notification for a compliance deadline that was updated based on changes in regulatory databases.
Given the user has subscribed to updates for compliance deadlines, when a compliance deadline is changed in the regulatory database, then the user should receive a push notification informing them of the updated compliance deadline.
User can see a summary of all upcoming compliance deadlines in their EcoTrackify dashboard.
Given the user accesses the compliance section of their dashboard, when they view the compliance deadlines, then they should see an organized list of all upcoming deadlines along with their respective dates and actions required.
System successfully integrates with regulatory databases to fetch compliance deadlines for the user's industry and location.
Given the integration is set up, when the system queries the regulatory databases, then it should return accurate compliance deadlines reflecting the user's industry and location settings within 15 minutes.
Community Challenge Alerts
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to be notified about community challenges so that I can participate in group initiatives and connect with like-minded businesses, enhancing our sustainability efforts together.
-
Description
-
The Community Challenge Alerts requirement implements push notifications to inform users about upcoming community sustainability challenges and events. This feature fosters a sense of community among users by encouraging participation in collective initiatives, such as reducing plastic use or energy-saving challenges. The alerts will be customizable, allowing users to opt-in for community engagement notifications. The implementation will include collaboration features that enable users to connect with each other for support and motivation. This will enhance the user base's engagement and collective impact on sustainability goals.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User opts in for community challenge notifications and receives confirmation of their subscription.
Given the user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they select the option to opt-in for community challenge notifications, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating they have successfully subscribed.
User receives a push notification for an upcoming community sustainability challenge.
Given the user has opted in for community challenge notifications, when a new community challenge is announced, then the user should receive a push notification on their device detailing the challenge and how to participate.
User can customize their community challenge notification preferences through their account settings.
Given the user accesses the notification settings in their account, when they adjust the preferences for community challenge notifications, then the settings should be saved accurately and reflect their choices in future notifications.
User views a historical log of past community challenges they participated in through EcoTrackify.
Given the user has participated in community challenges, when they access their account dashboard, then they should see a log of past challenges, including dates, types of challenges, and their participation outcomes.
User connects with another user to collaborate on a community challenge through the platform.
Given the user wants to collaborate on a community challenge, when they send a connect request to another user, then they should receive a notification once the other user accepts the request, allowing them to engage in the challenge together.
User receives a reminder notification 24 hours before a community challenge deadline.
Given the user is registered for a community challenge, when the deadline is 24 hours away, then the user should receive a reminder notification prompting them to take necessary actions before the challenge ends.
Feedback and Support Notifications
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to be reminded about support resources and be prompted to give feedback so that I can have a better experience with EcoTrackify and help improve the platform for everyone.
-
Description
-
The Feedback and Support Notifications requirement provides users with information about available support resources and prompts them to provide feedback on their experience with the platform. This feature aims to enhance user satisfaction and engagement by ensuring users are aware of the support available to them, whether for using the platform or for sustainability initiatives. The implementation of this requirement will include the development of a feedback loop mechanism and support notification system. The expected outcome is improved user experience and continuous enhancement of the platform based on user feedback.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives a notification about available support resources when they log into EcoTrackify for the first time.
Given the user logs into EcoTrackify for the first time, When the dashboard loads, Then a support notification should appear highlighting available resources and contact information for assistance.
User provides feedback on their experience after interacting with the support resources.
Given the user has accessed the support resources, When the user clicks on the feedback button, Then they should be able to submit their feedback via a form, and see a confirmation message after submission.
User is reminded of the feedback submission to enhance their engagement with the platform.
Given a user has not provided feedback in the last 30 days, When they log into EcoTrackify, Then they should receive a push notification prompting them to submit their feedback and share their experiences.
User receives a notification about new community challenges related to sustainability.
Given new community challenges are posted, When a user logs into EcoTrackify, Then they should receive a push notification detailing the new challenges and how to participate.
User can view all past notifications about feedback and support resources in a dedicated section.
Given the user navigates to the notifications section, When they access the section, Then they should see a list of all past notifications regarding feedback and support received in the last three months.
System tracks user interactions with notifications for analytics purposes.
Given a notification is displayed, When a user interacts with it (either dismisses or clicks for more information), Then this interaction should be logged in the system for analysis.
User receives a follow-up notification after submitting feedback.
Given the user has submitted feedback, When they check their notifications system, Then they should see a follow-up notification thanking them for their input and stating how their feedback will be used.
On-the-Go Reporting
The ability to generate quick sustainability reports directly from the app using current data. Users can easily compile and share performance summaries with stakeholders or team members, making it convenient to communicate their sustainability achievements in real-time, enhancing transparency and accountability.
Requirements
Real-time Data Synchronization
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability manager, I want to automatically sync data in real-time so that I can generate accurate reports without manual data entry or delays.
-
Description
-
The system must enable real-time synchronization of sustainability data from various sources, including IoT sensors, spreadsheets, and other external systems. This functionality ensures that users always have access to the most current data when generating reports, enabling timely decision-making. The integration mechanism should support various data formats and APIs, enhancing flexibility and efficiency in data handling. Ultimately, this will lead to more accurate assessments of sustainability performance and informed business strategies.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User accesses the real-time data synchronization feature of the EcoTrackify app to generate an on-the-go sustainability report for a stakeholder meeting.
Given the user has multiple data sources connected, when they request a report, then the report includes real-time data from all sources, reflecting the latest updates.
An administrator sets up the data synchronization feature in EcoTrackify for the first time, integrating data from IoT sensors and spreadsheets.
Given the administrator has entered correct connection details for the data sources, when they initiate synchronization, then data from all specified sources is imported successfully without errors.
A user generates a sustainability report and wants to ensure the accuracy of the data presented for a specific time period.
Given the user selects a date range for the report, when they view the data, then the report reflects accurate data entries from the synchronized sources within that specified time frame.
A user uses the EcoTrackify app to generate a sustainability report after a recent data synchronization using an external API.
Given the external API has been properly configured, when the user generates the report, then the report data includes the most recent updates from the API reflecting any changes.
An environmental manager wants to compare historical data with current real-time data in the generated sustainability report.
Given the environmental manager selects the appropriate historical data in the report, when the report is generated, then it includes a side-by-side comparison of historical and current data for insight.
After generating a report, a user needs to share it with team members directly from the EcoTrackify app.
Given the user has generated a report, when they select the share option, then the report is successfully sent via email or through integrated communication tools without issues.
Customizable Report Templates
-
User Story
-
As a business analyst, I want to customize my sustainability reports so that I can present relevant data in a format that is engaging for my stakeholders.
-
Description
-
The platform should offer customizable report templates that allow users to tailor their reports to meet specific stakeholder needs and preferences. Users can select different metrics, visualizations, and layouts to create meaningful summaries of their sustainability efforts. This feature aims to enhance the effectiveness of communication with stakeholders by ensuring the information is not only relevant but also presented in an appealing and understandable format, increasing engagement and feedback.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User creates a customized sustainability report template for stakeholders in the EcoTrackify app.
Given the user has access to the report template section, When the user selects the option to create a new template, Then the user can choose from a variety of metrics, visualizations, and layouts to customize their report template.
User saves a customized report template to be reused for future reports.
Given the user has customized a report template, When the user selects the save option, Then the customized template is saved in the user's account and can be accessed for future reports.
User generates a sustainability report using the customizable template created earlier.
Given the user has a saved customizable report template, When the user selects the option to generate a report and chooses the saved template, Then the system generates a report with the selected metrics and visualizations, ready for sharing.
User shares a generated report directly from the EcoTrackify app.
Given the user has generated a sustainability report, When the user selects the share option, Then the user is presented with sharing options (e.g., email, link) and can successfully share the report with stakeholders.
User edits an existing customizable report template.
Given the user is in the report template section, When the user selects an existing template for editing, Then the user can modify metrics, visualizations, and layouts, and save the changes successfully.
User previews a customizable report before finalizing it.
Given the user has created or edited a report using a customizable template, When the user selects the preview option, Then the user can view the entire report layout with metrics and visualizations as they will appear in the final report.
User deletes a customizable report template no longer in use.
Given the user is in the report template section, When the user selects the delete option for a specific template, Then the selected template is removed from the user's account and cannot be accessed again.
Export Options for Reports
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability officer, I want to export sustainability reports in different formats so that I can easily share them with diverse stakeholders who may have varying preferences.
-
Description
-
The application must provide various export options, such as PDF, Excel, and PowerPoint, for generated sustainability reports. This will allow users to easily share their reports in different formats according to the preferences of their stakeholders. The feature will enhance the usability and accessibility of reports, facilitating integration with other business tools and systems, and ensuring that the key metrics and results are communicated effectively and professionally.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User wants to generate a sustainability report in PDF format after completing their data entry for the month to present to stakeholders in an upcoming meeting.
Given the user has completed data entry for the current month, when they select the export option, then they should be able to choose PDF format and generate a report that is formatted correctly according to the company’s branding guidelines.
A user needs to export the sustainability report in Excel format to perform further analysis of the metrics internally.
Given the user has generated a sustainability report, when they select the export option, then they should be able to choose Excel format, and the exported file should include all relevant data in a structured manner.
A user wants to share a sustainability report presentation with their team and needs the report in PowerPoint format.
Given the user has created a sustainability report, when they select the export option, then they should be able to choose PowerPoint format, and the presentation should include key metrics and visuals from the report in a clear and professional layout.
The user is preparing for a compliance audit and must export their sustainability reports in multiple formats simultaneously.
Given the user wants to export reports for compliance purposes, when they access the export options, then they should be able to select multiple formats (PDF, Excel, PowerPoint) and initiate a single export that produces all selected formats in a timely manner.
A user is reviewing the compatibility of the exported reports with different systems used by their stakeholders.
Given the user has exported a report, when they open the report in its respective format, then the content should display correctly without any data loss across all formats (PDF, Excel, PowerPoint).
The user has created a report and wants to ensure that it meets the accessibility standards for all stakeholders.
Given the user has selected to export the report, when they review the exported formats, then the reports should comply with accessibility guidelines, ensuring that all essential information is available in an accessible manner.
A user is troubleshooting an issue where the export feature is not functioning as expected after several attempts.
Given the user encounters issues while exporting reports, when they attempt to export any format, then the system should provide comprehensive error messages or success confirmations, along with troubleshooting recommendations to resolve the issue.
Stakeholder Communication Tools
-
User Story
-
As a project manager, I want to send reports directly to stakeholders through the platform so that I can ensure they receive timely updates on our sustainability progress.
-
Description
-
Integrate communication tools within the platform that allow users to send generated reports directly to stakeholders via email or internal messaging systems. This functionality should allow for personalized messages and attachments, significantly improving the sharing and discussing of sustainability efforts. This requirement enhances accountability and keeps stakeholders informed in real-time, fostering collaboration and responsiveness in sustainability initiatives.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User generates a sustainability report using real-time data and wants to share it immediately with stakeholders.
Given the user has generated a sustainability report, when they select the 'Share' option, then they should be able to choose between sending it via email or internal messaging, and the report should be sent successfully.
User drafts a personalized message to accompany the sustainability report before sending it to stakeholders via email.
Given the user is in the email sharing interface, when they input a message and attach the report, then the message should be saved and sent with the report without errors.
Stakeholder receives a sustainability report sent via email and checks the contents for accuracy and completeness.
Given a stakeholder receives the email, when they open the message, then the report should display correctly, with all data accurately reflected and attachments accessible.
User wants to view the history of previously sent reports to stakeholders.
Given the user navigates to the 'Sent Reports' section, when they click on a specific report, then the details of that report should display, including date sent, recipient(s), and any accompanying messages.
User finds that the email notifications for sent reports are not showing up in their inbox.
Given the user checks their email inbox, when a report is sent to them or a stakeholder, then the email notification should appear in their inbox within 5 minutes of sending.
Admin needs to review stakeholder communication metrics for accountability tracking.
Given the admin accesses the 'Communication Metrics' dashboard, when they select a date range, then they should see the total number of reports sent, along with engagement statistics for each stakeholder.
Scheduled Reporting Functionality
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability director, I want to schedule my sustainability reports to be automatically generated and sent to stakeholders so that I can maintain regular communication without extra effort.
-
Description
-
Implement a feature that allows users to schedule automatic generation and distribution of sustainability reports at regular intervals (e.g., weekly, monthly). This functionality ensures that stakeholders receive updates consistently without requiring manual intervention each time. Scheduled reporting helps to streamline the reporting process, saves time, and ensures that sustainability updates are part of the routine business operations, thereby improving accountability and engagement.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Scheduled Reporting for Weekly Updates to Stakeholders
Given a user configures a weekly report schedule, when the schedule is activated, then an automated sustainability report is generated and emailed to the designated stakeholders every Monday at 9 AM.
Monthly Performance Summary Distribution
Given a user selects a monthly report schedule, when the report is scheduled, then an automated sustainability report is generated and sent to all stakeholders on the first day of each month by 10 AM.
Customizable Schedule Options for Reporting
Given a user is configuring the scheduled report feature, when they access the scheduling interface, then they can select from multiple intervals (e.g., weekly, bi-weekly, monthly) and customize the report generation time.
Review of Scheduled Reports in the Dashboard
Given that a user has scheduled reports, when they access their dashboard, then they can view a list of upcoming scheduled reports with their respective generation dates and times.
Notification of Failed Report Generation
Given a scheduled report is due to generate, when the report generation fails, then the designated user receives an immediate notification via email about the failure and resolution steps.
Manual Override of Scheduled Reports
Given there is a scheduled report, when a user manually overrides the report generation, then the system cancels the scheduled report and sends a confirmation notification to the user.
Historical Data Access for Scheduled Reports
Given scheduled reports have been generated over time, when a user requests access to past reports, then they can download or view historical sustainability reports through the application.
Location-Based Tracking
Utilizing GPS technology, this feature tracks user activities and suggests nearby sustainability initiatives, events, or eco-friendly businesses. Users can explore local opportunities to engage in sustainability efforts, fostering a stronger community connection while promoting local eco-initiatives.
Requirements
GPS Integration
-
User Story
-
As a small business owner, I want to use GPS to find local sustainability events and eco-friendly businesses, so that I can engage more with my community and support environmental initiatives.
-
Description
-
The GPS Integration requirement focuses on embedding GPS technology within the EcoTrackify platform to facilitate location-based tracking of user activities. This feature will allow users to access their current location and provide contextual insights into nearby sustainability initiatives, events, or eco-friendly businesses. By effectively utilizing GPS data, users can easily explore local opportunities for engagement in sustainability efforts. This inclusion not only enhances user experience but also fosters a stronger local community connection with eco-initiatives. The implementation of this requirement will significantly amplify user participation by making sustainability efforts more accessible and relevant to their immediate environment.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User accesses EcoTrackify on their mobile device while attending a sustainability event and wants to find nearby eco-friendly businesses.
Given the user is at the sustainability event, when they open the EcoTrackify app, then their current GPS location is accurately used to display a list of nearby eco-friendly businesses within a 5-mile radius, along with their ratings and reviews.
A user wants to receive notifications about local sustainability initiatives based on their current location.
Given the user has opted in for location-based notifications, when they enter a new geographical area, then the EcoTrackify app sends them a notification about at least two local sustainability initiatives happening in that area.
The user is preparing to participate in a community clean-up event scheduled in their vicinity.
Given the user checks the EcoTrackify app for upcoming events, when they check in on the specified date, then the app shows the clean-up event details, including start time, location, and participant count, correctly reflecting the user's GPS location.
A user is navigating their home city and wants to find renewable energy suppliers nearby.
Given the user is using the EcoTrackify app with GPS enabled, when they search for renewable energy suppliers while in their home city, then results for at least three suppliers within a 10-mile radius should be displayed along with contact information and directions.
A user wants to explore various recycling locations in their area.
Given the user is in a specific neighborhood, when they access the EcoTrackify app's recycling feature, then the app provides a list of all recycling centers within a 3-mile radius, complete with their operating hours and accepted materials.
The user is on a road trip and wants to locate sustainability events along their route.
Given the user has input their travel route into the EcoTrackify app, when they are 50 miles away from their designated stopping points, then the app alerts them to sustainability events occurring on or near their route, along with relevant dates and times.
A new user is configuring their EcoTrackify app preferences to receive location-based services.
Given a new user is setting up their account, when they complete the initial configuration, then the application prompts them to enable GPS location services for enhanced sustainability tracking and local initiative notifications, and the user can complete the setup smoothly.
Interactive Map Feature
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want an interactive map that shows local sustainability initiatives, so I can easily plan my involvement in eco-friendly activities near me.
-
Description
-
The Interactive Map Feature is designed to provide users with a visual representation of local sustainability initiatives, events, and eco-friendly businesses through an engaging map interface. Users will be able to navigate through various points of interest directly related to sustainability efforts in their immediate area. This feature not only helps users identify opportunities to participate in local environmental activities but also allows them to discover and connect with like-minded businesses. By integrating rich visual components and detailed descriptions, users can plan their engagement effectively and efficiently, promoting a culture of environmental involvement and support within the community.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User opens the EcoTrackify app, and navigates to the Interactive Map Feature to view local sustainability initiatives and eco-friendly businesses.
Given the user is on the Interactive Map Feature, When they zoom in on their current location, Then they should see pins indicating at least 10 nearby sustainability initiatives, events, or eco-friendly businesses on the map.
A user selects a pin on the Interactive Map to view details about a sustainability event.
Given the user selects a pin on the map, When they view the event details, Then the details should include the event name, date, time, location, and a brief description.
User filters the Interactive Map to show only eco-friendly businesses.
Given the user applies a filter for eco-friendly businesses, When they view the map, Then the map should only display pins for registered eco-friendly businesses within the set location radius.
A user attempts to share a specific sustainability initiative or eco-friendly business from the map.
Given the user selects a pin and clicks the share button, When sharing options appear, Then they should be able to share via at least two platforms (e.g., email, social media).
User accesses the Interactive Map Feature while having location services turned off.
Given the user's location services are disabled, When they access the Interactive Map, Then they should be prompted to enable location services to view nearby initiatives and events.
A user saves a selected sustainability initiative for future reference from the Interactive Map.
Given the user is viewing details of a sustainability initiative, When they click the save button, Then the initiative should be added to their saved items, accessible from their profile.
User updates their location preferences in the app settings for the Interactive Map.
Given the user adjusts their location preferences, When they return to the Interactive Map, Then the map should reflect the new location preferences for displaying initiatives and businesses.
Sustainability Initiative Notifications
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to receive notifications about local sustainability initiatives based on my location, so that I can stay informed and participate in relevant events.
-
Description
-
The Sustainability Initiative Notifications requirement centers around providing users with timely alerts regarding nearby sustainable events or initiatives based on their GPS location. Notifications will be customizable, allowing users to receive updates about specific types of initiatives that align with their interests or business goals. This feature enhances user engagement and encourages proactive participation in sustainability efforts by keeping users informed of the latest opportunities in their vicinity. By fostering active communication, the platform can build a sense of community and encourage collaborative environmental stewardship among users.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives notifications for sustainability events when they enter a specific geographic area where an event is happening.
Given the user is within a 5-mile radius of a sustainability event, When the user opens EcoTrackify, Then the system sends a notification about the event.
User customizes their notification preferences to receive alerts about specific types of sustainability initiatives.
Given the user has selected preferences for 'community clean-up events', When a community clean-up event is scheduled nearby, Then the user receives a notification for that event.
User has GPS disabled and attempts to access sustainability initiative notifications.
Given the user's GPS is disabled, When the user opens the notifications settings in EcoTrackify, Then the system prompts the user to enable GPS to receive relevant notifications.
User explores the platform for nearby eco-friendly businesses and initiatives based on their location.
Given the user allows location tracking, When the user accesses the map feature, Then the map displays nearby eco-friendly businesses and sustainability events.
User interacts with a notification alerting them to an upcoming sustainability event.
Given the user receives a notification, When the user clicks on the notification, Then they are redirected to the event details page within EcoTrackify.
User wants to opt-out of notifications for sustainability initiatives entirely.
Given the user navigates to the notification settings, When they toggle the 'receive notifications' switch off, Then the user no longer receives any notifications about sustainability initiatives.
User receives a reminder notification a day before an event they expressed interest in attending.
Given the user expressed interest in a sustainability workshop, When the event is scheduled for the next day, Then the user receives a reminder notification 24 hours prior.
Event Registration and Management
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to register for local sustainability events through EcoTrackify, so that I can easily participate and manage my attendance effectively.
-
Description
-
The Event Registration and Management requirement involves creating a streamlined process for users to register for local sustainability events directly through the EcoTrackify platform. This feature will simplify the user experience by allowing quick sign-ups, integration with calendar applications, and management of event participation. Users will also have the option to provide feedback on events they attend, fostering better communication between initiative organizers and participants. This requirement is crucial in enhancing user engagement and accountability toward sustainability activities, promoting a more active approach to environmental responsibility.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User Registration for Local Sustainability Events
Given a user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they navigate to the events section, then they should see a list of upcoming local sustainability events with an option to register for each event.
Event Registration Confirmation
Given a user has registered for a local sustainability event, when they complete the registration, then they should receive a confirmation email with event details and a calendar invite option.
Integration with Calendar Applications
Given a user is viewing their registered events, when they choose to add an event to their calendar, then the event should successfully sync with Google Calendar or Outlook with all relevant details included.
User Feedback Submission for Attended Events
Given a user has attended a local sustainability event, when they access the feedback section for that event, then they should be able to submit a rating and comments successfully.
Management of User Event Participation
Given a user is registered for multiple sustainability events, when they view their event dashboard, then they should see a summary of all upcoming events and their RSVP status.
User Cancellation of Event Registration
Given a user is registered for a sustainability event, when they choose to cancel their registration, then they should receive a confirmation of the cancellation and the event should be removed from their dashboard.
User Community Forum
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want access to a community forum where I can share ideas and experiences regarding sustainability, so that I can connect with others and be more involved in local initiatives.
-
Description
-
The User Community Forum requirement encompasses the development of a platform feature that allows users to connect, share experiences, and discuss local sustainability initiatives. This forum will serve as a space for users to exchange ideas, provide feedback on events, and collaborate on community-driven projects. By encouraging interaction and collaboration among users, this feature will foster a supportive environment for sharing best practices and innovative sustainability solutions. This engagement will not only promote user retention but also strengthen the community aspect of the EcoTrackify platform.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User logs into EcoTrackify and navigates to the User Community Forum to post about a local sustainability event they attended.
Given a registered user is logged into the EcoTrackify platform, When they access the User Community Forum, Then they should be able to create a new post sharing their experience of the local sustainability event.
Users want to see posts from other community members about eco-friendly practices and events.
Given a user is on the User Community Forum, When they scroll through the posts, Then they should be able to view at least 10 posts from other members related to sustainability initiatives or events.
A user wishes to comment on a fellow user's post regarding a local clean-up event.
Given a user is viewing a post in the User Community Forum, When they type a comment and submit it, Then their comment should appear under the original post without requiring a refresh of the page.
Users want to engage with content in the forum by liking posts or comments.
Given a user is browsing posts in the User Community Forum, When they click the 'like' button on a post, Then the like count for that post should increase by one, and a visual indicator should confirm their action (e.g., the button changes color).
Users would like to receive notifications when someone replies to their posts or comments.
Given a user has posted a new thread or commented on an existing one, When another user replies, Then the original poster should receive a notification within their EcoTrackify account stating they have a new reply.
The community forum should display posts in order of recency to keep content fresh.
Given multiple posts exist in the User Community Forum, When a user accesses the forum, Then the posts should be sorted by the date and time they were created, with the most recent posts appearing at the top.
Virtual Sustainability Challenges
Participatory challenges that users can engage with through the app, where they can join with their peers to complete eco-friendly tasks and earn rewards. This feature not only promotes sustainable actions but also builds a sense of camaraderie among users, motivating them to collectively strive for their sustainability goals.
Requirements
Challenge Creation Interface
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to create my own sustainability challenges so that I can engage my peers and customize my participation according to my interests and goals.
-
Description
-
Develop an intuitive interface that allows users to create and customize sustainability challenges within the EcoTrackify app. The interface should provide tools for users to define the challenge parameters, set duration, select eco-friendly tasks, and determine rules for participation. This feature aims to engage users actively in creating personalized challenges, encouraging creativity and ownership in their sustainability efforts, while also promoting friendly competition among peers. Integrating this functionality within the existing app framework will strengthen user interaction and make sustainability challenges more accessible and enjoyable.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User initiates the creation of a new sustainability challenge through the EcoTrackify app.
Given the user is logged in, when they select the 'Create Challenge' button, then they should be directed to the challenge creation interface.
User customizes the parameters of the sustainability challenge including title, description, duration, and tasks.
Given the user is in the challenge creation interface, when they fill out the challenge title, description, duration, and select at least one eco-friendly task, then the 'Create Challenge' button should become enabled.
User previews the challenge before final submission.
Given the user has completed the challenge parameters, when they click on the 'Preview Challenge' button, then they should see a summary of their challenge that includes all the selected details in an organized format.
User submits the challenge for creation in the system.
Given the user has filled in all required fields and previewed the challenge, when they press the 'Create Challenge' button, then the challenge should be saved in the system and a confirmation message should be displayed.
User edits an existing sustainability challenge that they previously created.
Given the user has navigated to their list of challenges, when they select an existing challenge and click on 'Edit', then they should be able to modify the challenge parameters in the same interface used for creation.
User deletes a sustainability challenge that they no longer wish to pursue.
Given the user is viewing their challenges, when they select a challenge and click on 'Delete', then they should see a confirmation pop-up and upon confirming, the challenge should be removed from their list.
Reward System Integration
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to earn rewards for completing sustainability challenges so that I feel motivated to participate and enhance my commitment to eco-friendly practices.
-
Description
-
Implement a reward system that incentivizes users for completing sustainability challenges. This system should include various types of rewards, such as points, badges, and other recognitions that can be earned by participating in challenges and completing eco-friendly tasks. The integration of this reward system will increase user engagement, foster healthy competition, and encourage consistent participation. Additionally, it should seamlessly connect to user profiles, tracking reward accrual and redemption processes, thereby enhancing the overall user experience and making sustainability efforts more gratifying.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Users successfully earn reward points after completing sustainability challenges through the EcoTrackify app, providing a mechanism to track their progress and achievements.
Given a user successfully completes a sustainability challenge, when the challenge is marked as complete in the app, then the user’s reward points should increase by the predefined amount corresponding to that challenge.
Badges representing specific sustainable achievements are awarded to users after they pass certain thresholds of participation in challenges.
Given a user meets the criteria for a badge after completing a specified number of challenges, when the user checks their profile, then the new badge should be displayed along with an explanation of the achievement.
Users can view their total earned rewards, including points, badges, and recognitions, on their personalized dashboard in EcoTrackify.
Given a user accesses their dashboard, when they navigate to the rewards section, then the total points earned, badges obtained, and recognitions achieved should be displayed clearly and accurately.
The system allows users to redeem their earned reward points for benefits or prizes within the EcoTrackify platform.
Given a user selects an option to redeem points, when they choose a reward and confirm the redemption, then the appropriate number of points should be deducted from their account, and the corresponding reward should be issued.
Users receive notifications for new sustainability challenges and rewards via the app, enhancing engagement and participation.
Given a new challenge is launched and rewards are enabled, when the user logs into the app or has notifications enabled, then they should receive a notification detailing the challenge and the potential rewards available.
The integration of the reward system should not disrupt the existing user experience and functionalities of the EcoTrackify app.
Given the reward system has been implemented, when a user navigates through the app, then all existing features should function smoothly without errors or delays related to the new integration.
Community Leaderboard Feature
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to see a leaderboard of top performers in sustainability challenges so that I can track my progress compared to others and feel encouraged to improve my performance.
-
Description
-
Create a community leaderboard that showcases users' achievements in sustainability challenges. This feature should display top performers based on challenge completions, points earned, and participation rates. By fostering a sense of community and competition, the leaderboard will motivate users to engage more actively in challenges and share their progress. Moreover, it should have filtering options for different time frames (weekly, monthly) and community groups, allowing users to compare their efforts with peers and promoting a collaborative environment geared towards sustainability.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
As a user, I want to view the leaderboard on the EcoTrackify app that showcases the achievements of users who have completed sustainability challenges.
Given the community leaderboard is accessed, when the page loads, then it displays the top 10 users based on points earned, challenge completions, and participation rates.
As a user, I want to see detailed statistics for each community member on the leaderboard to understand their contributions better.
Given the leaderboard is displayed, when a user clicks on a specific community member's name, then a detailed view appears showing their challenge completion history, points earned, and engagement levels.
As a user, I want to filter the leaderboard results by different time frames to see recent performances.
Given the leaderboard is displayed, when the user selects either 'Weekly' or 'Monthly' from the filter options, then the leaderboard updates to show the top performers in the selected time frame.
As a user, I want to filter the leaderboard by community groups to compare my performance with others in my group.
Given the leaderboard is displayed, when the user selects a community group from the filter options, then the leaderboard updates to show only the top performers within that selected group.
As a user, I want to earn points for completing sustainability challenges, and have those points reflected on the leaderboard.
Given a user completes a sustainability challenge, when the completion is validated, then the user's points should increase accordingly and reflect on the leaderboard within 5 minutes.
As an admin, I want to ensure that the leaderboard reflects accurate user data and is updated in real-time to maintain engagement.
Given the user database is updated with completed challenges, when a user completes a challenge, then the leaderboard data should update in real-time without requiring a page refresh.
As a user, I want to share my leaderboard achievements on social media to encourage others to participate in sustainability challenges.
Given the leaderboard shows a user's current ranking, when the user clicks the 'Share' button, then a post should be generated with the user's ranking and a link to EcoTrackify, ready for sharing on social media platforms.
Notification System for Challenges
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to receive notifications for new and ongoing sustainability challenges so that I can stay engaged and not miss any opportunities to participate and earn rewards.
-
Description
-
Develop a notification system that alerts users about new sustainability challenges, updates on ongoing challenges, and reminders for nearing deadlines. This feature should ensure that users stay engaged and informed about the opportunities available to participate in sustainability efforts. Notifications can be configured to user preferences, such as push notifications, emails, or in-app messages. Implementing this system will enhance user awareness and involvement, reducing the chance of users missing out on fun and rewarding activities related to sustainability.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives a notification about a new sustainability challenge immediately after it is launched in the app.
Given the user has notifications enabled, when a new challenge is created, then the user receives a push notification on their device within one minute of the challenge going live.
User is reminded of an ongoing sustainability challenge they have joined, one week before its deadline.
Given the user is participating in a challenge, when the reminder is triggered one week prior to the deadline, then the user receives an in-app notification and an email reminder.
User configures their notification preferences in the app for challenge updates and reminders.
Given the user is in the notification settings menu, when they select their preferred notification methods (email, push, in-app), then their choices are saved successfully, and these preferences are respected in future notifications.
User wants to opt-out of challenge notifications after receiving several updates about upcoming challenges.
Given the user receives multiple notifications about new challenges, when they choose to opt-out from future notifications, then they should no longer receive any related alerts and receive a confirmation message confirming this change.
User receives a notification of updates on the challenges they are participating in.
Given the user is actively participating in a challenge, when there is any new update related to that challenge, then the user receives a notification that summarizes the updates and engages them to continue.
Admin publishes a seasonal challenge that involves multiple tasks to complete.
Given the admin successfully publishes a seasonal challenge, when the challenge is published, then all users who have opted in for notifications receive a detailed message about the challenge and its associated tasks within minutes of publication.
User can view the history of notifications received regarding sustainability challenges.
Given the user wants to review past notifications, when they navigate to the notification history section in the app, then they can see a list of all notifications received along with timestamps and the nature of each notification.
Progress Tracking Dashboard
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to see my progress in sustainability challenges so that I can understand the impact of my efforts and be motivated to continue improving.
-
Description
-
Create a progress tracking dashboard that visualizes users' achievements in sustainability challenges. This dashboard should display metrics such as completed challenges, earned rewards, and overall impact on sustainability goals. By providing a clear and engaging visual representation of their progress, users will be more motivated to continue participating in future challenges. The dashboard should integrate smoothly with other app features and present data in an easily digestible format, enhancing user satisfaction and reinforcing their commitment to sustainability.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User accesses the progress tracking dashboard after completing sustainability challenges to view their achievements and rewards.
Given the user has completed at least one sustainability challenge, when they access the progress tracking dashboard, then the dashboard should display the total number of challenges completed, rewards earned, and the total estimated impact on sustainability goals.
User wants to filter their progress on the dashboard to view specific challenges they have participated in.
Given the user is on the progress tracking dashboard, when they apply a filter to view completed challenges based on a selected date range, then the dashboard should update to display only those challenges completed within the specified date range.
User seeks to understand the visual representation of their progress and its motivating impact.
Given the user is on the progress tracking dashboard, when they look at the metrics displayed, then the dashboard should provide clear visual indicators (such as graphs or charts) representing challenge completion rate, total rewards earned, and a summary of overall impact that are easy to understand at a glance.
User interacts with the dashboard to navigate to additional resources related to sustainability challenges.
Given the user is viewing the progress tracking dashboard, when they click on a specific challenge or reward, then the dashboard should provide a link to more details about that challenge or other related sustainability resources.
User wants to track their progress alongside their peers in sustainability challenges.
Given the user has access to the progress tracking dashboard, when they opt to compare their metrics with peers, then the dashboard should display a comparison chart showing the user’s achievements against their peers in the same challenge categories.
Resource Recycling Locator
A feature that helps users find the nearest recycling centers and eco-friendly disposal sites based on their current location. This tool streamlines the process of proper waste management, promoting better recycling habits and making it easier for users to contribute to a greener planet.
Requirements
Location-Based Recycling Center Finder
-
User Story
-
As a small business owner, I want to find the nearest recycling centers easily so that I can responsibly dispose of my waste without wasting time searching for locations.
-
Description
-
This requirement focuses on developing a geolocation feature that enables users to automatically detect their location and find the nearest recycling centers and eco-friendly disposal sites. It combines GPS functionality with a database of local recycling and disposal centers, ensuring that users can access real-time and accurate information about their nearest recycling options. The integration allows for seamless user interaction, helping to foster better recycling habits among users while contributing to improved waste management practices. It is essential for enhancing the usability of EcoTrackify, as it directly addresses a common roadblock in recycling and waste disposal efforts—finding accessible locations for proper disposal of materials. Providing this feature not only facilitates user engagement but also promotes responsible resource management within the platform’s ecosystem.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User opens the EcoTrackify app and requests to find the nearest recycling center using their current GPS location.
Given the user has enabled location services, when they request to find nearby recycling centers, then the app should display a list of at least three recycling centers ranked by distance from the user's current location.
User navigates to the recycling center finder feature from the EcoTrackify dashboard.
Given the user is on the dashboard, when they select the recycling center finder option, then they should be redirected to a map interface showing their location and nearby recycling centers.
User wants to get directions to a selected recycling center from their current location.
Given the user has selected a recycling center from the list, when they click on the 'Get Directions' button, then the app should open a navigation app with the route from their current GPS location to the recycling center.
User wishes to view details about a specific recycling center including operating hours and accepted materials.
Given the user has selected a specific recycling center, when they view the center's details, then the app should display information such as the address, hours of operation, and a list of materials accepted for recycling.
User experiences a situation where GPS signal is weak or unavailable.
Given the user has a weak GPS signal, when they request to find local recycling centers, then the app should display a message indicating that the location cannot be determined and provide an option to manually enter their location.
User wants to provide feedback on the recycling center they just visited.
Given the user has visited a recycling center, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should be able to submit a rating and a written review for the recycling center they visited, which will be saved to the database.
User wants to see a history of previously found recycling centers.
Given the user has accessed the recycling center finder in the past, when they select the 'History' option, then the app should display a list of previously found recycling centers with dates and times of access.
User-Friendly Interface for Eco Centers
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want an easy-to-navigate interface to find recycling centers so that I can quickly access the information I need to make responsible disposal choices.
-
Description
-
The requirement entails designing and implementing a user-friendly interface that allows users to search for recycling centers and disposal sites using various filters, such as type of material, distance, and operational hours. The interface should be intuitive, providing clear navigation and easy access to information about each location, including contact details, services provided, and user ratings. This level of detail and interactivity not only enhances the user experience but is crucial for educating users on sustainable practices. The implementation of this interface will empower users, giving them the tools to make informed decisions about waste disposal while increasing engagement with EcoTrackify’s platform.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User searches for a recycling center based on the material type they want to recycle.
Given a user is on the Resource Recycling Locator interface, when they select the material type and click 'Search', then the system should display a list of nearby recycling centers that accept that specific material type within a 10-mile radius, sorted by distance.
User filters recycling centers by operational hours.
Given a user is on the Resource Recycling Locator interface, when the user applies a filter for operational hours that are currently open and clicks 'Apply Filters', then the system should only display recycling centers that are open at the current time, along with their contact details and services provided.
User views details of a selected recycling center.
Given a user has searched for recycling centers and clicked on one from the results list, when the user is redirected to that center's details page, then the page should display the center’s name, address, contact number, services offered, operational hours, and user ratings, formatted clearly for easy reading.
User accesses the Resource Recycling Locator from a mobile device.
Given a user is accessing EcoTrackify on a mobile device, when they navigate to the Resource Recycling Locator feature, then the interface should adapt responsively, maintaining usability and readability across different screen sizes without compromising functionality.
User saves a favorite recycling center for future reference.
Given a user is on the details page of a recycling center, when they click the 'Save' icon, then the center should be saved to their favorites list, which can be accessed later in their profile area.
User provides feedback on a recycling center.
Given a user has visited a recycling center, when they return to the Resource Recycling Locator and select the center from their favorites, then they should be able to submit a rating and review, which should be stored and displayed for other users to see.
Integration with Mapping Services
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to get directions to the closest recycling center so that I can easily find my way there without getting lost.
-
Description
-
This requirement involves integrating EcoTrackify with popular mapping services such as Google Maps or Mapbox to provide users with route navigation to recycling centers and disposal sites. This feature will allow users to not only see the locations of these centers but also to receive turn-by-turn directions from their current location. By integrating established navigation services, the feature will enhance the user experience, making it convenient for users to visit recycling locations. This capability directly aligns with EcoTrackify’s mission of making sustainability accessible and actionable, thereby encouraging users to engage in responsible environmental practices.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User searches for the nearest recycling center from their current location using the EcoTrackify platform.
Given the user has enabled location services, when they search for recycling centers, then the system should display a list of nearby recycling centers, sorted by distance from the user's current location.
User selects a recycling center to view more details and get directions.
Given the user has selected a recycling center from the list, when they click on it, then the system should display the recycling center's address, hours of operation, and provide a button to get directions using an integrated mapping service.
User receives turn-by-turn navigation to the selected recycling center.
Given the user has pressed the directions button, when the navigation is initiated, then the user should be redirected to the integrated mapping service with turn-by-turn directions from their current location to the recycling center.
User wants to view additional recycling locations on the map.
Given users are viewing their closest recycling centers, when they click on the map view option, then the system should display all nearby recycling centers on a map interface with their locations marked uniquely.
User attempts to find a recycling center without internet access.
Given the user is using the EcoTrackify app in an area with no internet access, when they attempt to search for recycling centers, then the application should display a message indicating that a network connection is required and provide offline suggestions if available.
User wants to filter recycling centers by type of waste accepted.
Given users are presented with a list of recycling centers, when they apply filters for types of recyclable materials (e.g., plastic, paper, electronics), then the system should display only those recycling centers that accept the selected types of waste.
Community Feedback and Reviews
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to read reviews of recycling centers before I go, so that I can choose a reliable place for my waste disposal.
-
Description
-
This requirement aims to implement a feature that allows users to leave reviews and feedback for recycling centers and disposal sites. By gathering community input, users will be able to inform one another about the quality of the facilities and services, thereby promoting a culture of mutual assistance and sharing within the EcoTrackify community. The reviews will be accessible through the recycling locator feature, enriching the data available to users and helping them make informed choices regarding where to dispose of their waste. This feedback mechanism is vital for building trust within the community and encouraging more businesses to participate in sustainable practices.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User wants to leave feedback for a recycling center after visiting it. They access the Resource Recycling Locator feature, select the center they visited, and submit their review, which includes a rating and written comments.
Given the user has accessed the Resource Recycling Locator, When the user selects a recycling center and clicks on 'Leave a Review', Then the user should be able to input a star rating from 1 to 5, enter written feedback, and submit the review successfully.
A new user wants to view reviews before deciding to visit a recycling center. They use the Resource Recycling Locator feature to find the nearest centers and check the ratings and comments left by other users.
Given the user accesses the Resource Recycling Locator, When they select a recycling center from the list, Then the user should be able to see an average rating, and a list of written reviews from other users displayed clearly.
An admin wishes to manage community feedback by flagging inappropriate reviews. They log into the system, navigate to the feedback management section, and review flagged comments for potential removal.
Given an admin is logged in and viewing the community feedback section, When they select a review that has been flagged, Then the admin should have options to approve, edit, or delete the review, and feedback actions should be logged for accountability.
A user decides to edit their previously submitted review for a recycling center. They access the Resource Recycling Locator, find their review, and make changes before resubmitting.
Given the user is viewing their past reviews in the Resource Recycling Locator, When they select a review and opt to edit it, Then the user should be able to update the rating and written feedback and successfully submit the changes without errors.
A user wants to see the most recent reviews for a recycling center to ensure the information is current. They access the reviews section for a specific center.
Given the user selects a recycling center from the Resource Recycling Locator, When they view the reviews, Then the most recent reviews should be displayed at the top of the review list with timestamps clearly shown.
A user reports a problem with a recycling center’s service through the feedback feature. They provide details along with feedback to notify the community.
Given the user is submitting feedback, When the user adds a comment that contains keywords like 'problem' or 'issue', Then the system should tag that review as 'reported' and notify the admin accordingly.
Mobile Notifications for Recycling Events
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to receive notifications about upcoming recycling events so that I can participate and contribute to my community's sustainability efforts.
-
Description
-
This requirement focuses on building a notification system that alerts users about local recycling events and initiatives in their area. By sending timely notifications via email or mobile app, EcoTrackify can promote community-driven environmental efforts and encourage users to participate. This feature will enhance the platform’s community engagement aspect, helping users stay informed about upcoming events like clean-up days, recycling drives, and educational workshops. This capability is essential for increasing visibility of recycling opportunities and fostering a sense of community involvement in sustainability efforts.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives a mobile notification at least 48 hours before a local recycling event they are interested in.
Given the user is registered for notifications, when a local recycling event is scheduled, then the user should receive a mobile notification 48 hours prior to the event.
User can enable or disable notifications for recycling events within their profile settings.
Given the user is in their profile settings, when they access notification preferences, then they should be able to enable or disable notifications for recycling events.
User receives an email notification about local recycling initiatives tailored to their interests.
Given the user has specified interests in their profile, when a local recycling initiative that matches those interests is announced, then the user should receive an email notification regarding that initiative.
User can view a history of past recycling event notifications.
Given the user accesses the notification history section, when they view past notifications, then they should see a list of all notifications related to recycling events, including dates and descriptions.
User receives a reminder notification the day before a scheduled recycling event.
Given the user has registered for a local recycling event, when the event is one day away, then the user should receive a reminder notification via mobile or email.
System sends notifications in the user's preferred language.
Given the user has selected a preferred language in their account settings, when an event notification is sent, then it should be delivered in the user's preferred language.
User can provide feedback on the notifications received about recycling events.
Given the user has received notifications about recycling events, when they choose to provide feedback, then there should be an option available to submit feedback regarding the relevance and timing of the notifications.
Personalized Eco-Tips
Tailored sustainability tips and best practices delivered through the app based on the user’s current progress and goals. This feature provides actionable insights that empower users to make more informed decisions and continually improve their sustainability practices with ease.
Requirements
Dynamic Recommendations Engine
-
User Story
-
As a small business owner, I want to receive personalized eco-tips based on my sustainability progress so that I can make informed decisions and improve my company's environmental performance effectively.
-
Description
-
The Dynamic Recommendations Engine is a core requirement that enables the EcoTrackify application to analyze user data, including their current sustainability practices and goals, to deliver personalized eco-tips tailored to each user. This feature utilizes algorithms that assess users' progress against their sustainability targets, resulting in actionable insights that promote effective decision-making and continuous improvement. By integrating this engine into the EcoTrackify platform, users receive timely and relevant suggestions that help them enhance their sustainability practices without overwhelming them with generic advice. The expected outcome is an engaged user base that actively improves their environmental impact through tailored guidance.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives personalized eco-tips on a weekly basis based on their current sustainability practices and tracking data recorded in the EcoTrackify application.
Given the user has logged their sustainability data in the EcoTrackify application, when the weekly recommendation engine runs, then the user should receive 3 tailored eco-tips via the app that relate specifically to their recorded practices and goals.
User preferences are considered when generating eco-tips to ensure relevance and engagement.
Given the user has specified their preferences for types of eco-tips, when the recommendation engine generates suggestions, then at least 75% of the delivered eco-tips should align with the user's stated preferences, as indicated in their profile settings.
User can adjust their sustainability goals and receive updated eco-tips reflecting these changes.
Given the user updates their sustainability goals in the EcoTrackify application, when the recommendation engine processes the new goals, then the system should generate and display at least 3 new eco-tips that are directly aligned with the updated goals within 24 hours.
User engagement with eco-tips is tracked to measure effectiveness and refine future recommendations.
Given the user interacts with the eco-tips provided, when the interaction data is collected by the system, then the recommendation engine should analyze this data to adjust the algorithm for future tips, aiming for at least a 10% increase in user engagement with tips over the next three months.
Users are notified about new eco-tips through push notifications, ensuring timely delivery.
Given the user has opted-in for push notifications, when new eco-tips are generated, then the user should receive a push notification within 10 minutes of the eco-tips being generated, ensuring they have timely access to the suggestions.
User can provide feedback on the relevance of the eco-tips they receive to continuously improve the recommendations.
Given a user receives eco-tips, when they provide feedback indicating the relevance of each tip, then the system should log the feedback and adjust future recommendations accordingly, aiming to have a feedback loop established with at least 50% of users submitting feedback on their tips within the first month.
User Feedback Mechanism
-
User Story
-
As a user of EcoTrackify, I want to provide feedback on the personalized eco-tips I receive so that I can help improve the recommendations and ensure they meet my sustainability needs better.
-
Description
-
The User Feedback Mechanism is an essential requirement that facilitates the collection of user responses regarding the effectiveness of the personalized eco-tips provided by the platform. This feature allows users to rate the usefulness of the tips and offer comments, helping to refine and optimize future recommendations. The feedback mechanism will be integrated into the user interface, enabling users to easily provide input after implementing the tips. This will enhance user engagement, allow for continuous improvement of recommendations, and ensure the tips remain relevant and beneficial to the users' ongoing sustainability efforts.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User Rating for Eco-Tips Effectiveness
Given that a user has implemented an eco-tip, when they access the feedback mechanism, then they should be able to rate the effectiveness of the eco-tip on a scale of 1 to 5 stars.
User Comment Submission for Eco-Tips
Given that a user has rated an eco-tip, when they choose to provide additional feedback, then they should be able to submit a comment that is limited to 500 characters.
Confirmation of Feedback Submission
Given that a user has submitted feedback on a tip, when the submission is successful, then they should see a confirmation message indicating that their feedback has been received.
Tracking User Feedback Data
Given that multiple users have provided feedback on eco-tips, when the feedback data is analyzed, then the system should aggregate user ratings and comments to improve future tip recommendations based on the feedback collected.
Accessibility of Feedback Mechanism
Given that a user is accessing the EcoTrackify application, when they navigate to the feedback section, then the feedback mechanism should be accessible and easy to use for all users, including those with disabilities.
Repeat Feedback Request after Implementing New Tips
Given that a user has received new personalized eco-tips, when they implement the new tips, then they should be prompted to provide feedback on those tips within one week of implementation.
User Experience for Providing Feedback
Given that a user is providing feedback, when they interact with the feedback mechanism, then the overall user experience should be intuitive, with clear instructions and minimal steps to complete the feedback process.
Customizable Tip Categories
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to customize the categories of eco-tips I receive so that I can focus on specific areas of sustainability that matter most to my business.
-
Description
-
The Customizable Tip Categories requirement enables users to personalize their experience further by selecting specific sustainability topics that interest them, such as waste reduction, energy efficiency, or sustainable sourcing. This feature will allow users to receive eco-tips that are more aligned with their unique goals and challenges. By integrating customizable categories, EcoTrackify will enhance user satisfaction and ensure that the provided tips are relevant, leading to increased adoption of sustainable practices. The implementation of this feature will help foster a sense of ownership and engagement in users' sustainability journeys.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User selects preferred categories for personalized eco-tips during the onboarding process.
Given the user is on the onboarding screen, when they select 'Waste Reduction' and 'Energy Efficiency' from the category options and submit, then their profile should be updated to reflect these preferences.
User views eco-tips based on their selected categories in the dashboard.
Given the user has selected 'Sustainable Sourcing' as their category, when they navigate to the dashboard, then they should see eco-tips related to sustainable sourcing appearing prominently.
User updates their category preferences after using the app for a while.
Given the user is in the settings menu, when they change their selected category from 'Energy Efficiency' to 'Water Conservation' and save changes, then the system should update their preferences accordingly and display a confirmation message.
User receives notifications about new eco-tips related to their selected categories.
Given the user has selected 'Waste Reduction' as a preferred category, when a new eco-tip is published under that category, then the user should receive a push notification within 24 hours of the tip being published.
User can remove a category preference from their profile.
Given the user is on the category selection screen, when they uncheck 'Plastic Reduction' and save, then 'Plastic Reduction' should no longer appear in their selected preferences list.
User checks their eco-tip history based on selected categories.
Given the user has previously viewed eco-tips in 'Energy Efficiency', when they access the tip history section, then they should see a list filtered to only display eco-tips from the 'Energy Efficiency' category.
Progress Tracking Dashboard
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to have a dashboard that tracks my sustainability progress so that I can see how my efforts are making an impact and adjust my strategies accordingly.
-
Description
-
The Progress Tracking Dashboard is a requirement that will provide users with a visual representation of their sustainability journey. This dashboard will feature key performance indicators (KPIs), including metrics for carbon footprint reduction, resource usage, and waste management. The implementation of this dashboard will allow users to monitor their progress over time, providing motivation and a sense of accomplishment. Real-time updates and comparisons against preset goals will help users understand the effectiveness of the eco-tips they implement, making it an invaluable tool for driving continuous improvement in their sustainability efforts.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard to review their sustainability metrics after a month of implementing eco-tips.
Given the user has logged in to EcoTrackify, when they navigate to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the dashboard should display metrics for carbon footprint reduction, resource usage, and waste production accurately for the past month.
User sets specific sustainability goals related to waste reduction and returns to the dashboard to evaluate their progress.
Given the user has set waste reduction goals, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the dashboard should show a visual indicator of progress towards those waste reduction goals, including percentage complete and remaining targets.
User wants to view the effectiveness of eco-tips suggested two weeks prior through the analytics provided in the dashboard.
Given that the user has implemented eco-tips for two weeks, when they review the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the dashboard should provide a comparison of key metrics before and after the implementation of those eco-tips, clearly indicating improvements.
User experiences usability issues and seeks assistance while navigating the Progress Tracking Dashboard.
Given the user is on the dashboard, when they encounter any usability issue, then they should be able to access a help section or tutorial that explains how to interpret the KPIs and metrics being displayed.
An administrator monitors overall user engagement with the Progress Tracking Dashboard to assess its effectiveness.
Given the administrator needs to evaluate user engagement, when reviewing system analytics, then they should be able to access data indicating the frequency of dashboard logins and average time spent on the dashboard by users.
User receives automated compliance notifications based on their real-time data displayed on the Progress Tracking Dashboard.
Given the user is utilizing the dashboard, when any sustainability metric approaches a pre-set compliance threshold, then the user should receive an automated notification alerting them of the need for action.
Integration with External Data Sources
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want EcoTrackify to integrate with external data sources so that I can consolidate my sustainability data in one platform and receive more accurate eco-tips.
-
Description
-
The Integration with External Data Sources requirement allows EcoTrackify to pull in data from various third-party platforms, such as energy consumption monitors or waste management systems. This integration will enrich the user experience by providing a comprehensive view of sustainability data, enabling more accurate and personalized eco-tips. By connecting with existing tools and technologies, users can leverage their current investments in sustainability practices without redundant data entry. The expected outcome is a streamlined process for users, leading to enhanced data accuracy and more impactful recommendations.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User initiates data integration by connecting EcoTrackify with their energy consumption monitor through the app settings.
Given the user has an account with EcoTrackify and the energy monitor is set up, when the user follows the connection prompts and successfully authenticates, then the energy consumption data should be imported into EcoTrackify within 5 minutes without data loss.
A user views their personalized eco-tips after successfully integrating their waste management system into EcoTrackify.
Given the waste management system is integrated, when the user navigates to the eco-tips section, then the system must display at least three personalized eco-tips based on the newly imported waste data.
An admin reviews the data integration logs to ensure that data from external sources is accurately reflecting in the EcoTrackify platform.
Given the admin accesses the integration logs, when reviewing the last 24 hours, then all data entries from the external sources must show successful statuses without any errors or discrepancies.
A user attempts to integrate their resource usage data from a third-party platform but encounters an authentication error.
Given the user is attempting to connect to an external resource platform, when entering incorrect authentication credentials, then the system should display an appropriate error message and prompt the user to try again.
The integrated data should reflect real-time changes made in the external systems to ensure users have up-to-date information for eco-tips.
Given that there have been changes in the external data source, when refreshing the EcoTrackify dashboard, then the updated data should be reflected in the user interface within 2 minutes of the change.
A user wishes to disconnect an external data source from their EcoTrackify account.
Given the user is on the integrations settings page, when they select the option to disconnect an external data source, then the system must confirm the disconnection and remove all associated data from the user's profile within 5 minutes.
Automated Compliance Alerts
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to receive automated alerts about sustainability compliance deadlines so that I can ensure my business remains compliant without having to constantly monitor regulations myself.
-
Description
-
The Automated Compliance Alerts requirement ensures that users receive timely notifications regarding compliance deadlines and regulatory changes related to sustainability practices relevant to their business. This feature will automate the monitoring of compliance parameters, sending alerts to users to remind them of necessary actions to maintain adherence to regulations. By implementing this feature, EcoTrackify adds significant value by keeping businesses informed and helping them avoid potential penalties or reputational damage. This proactive approach is critical for maintaining user confidence and encouraging sustainable practices.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives an email alert for compliance deadlines with a lead time of at least 30 days before the deadline.
Given the user has valid compliance parameters set, when a compliance deadline is approaching within the next 30 days, then the user should receive an email notification.
The user is notified via the app dashboard about a regulatory change relevant to their sustainability practices.
Given the user is logged into the application, when a regulatory change occurs that affects their compliance requirements, then a pop-up notification should appear on their dashboard immediately.
The system should allow users to customize the frequency and mode of compliance alerts they receive.
Given the user accesses the notification settings, when they select their preferences for how often they want to receive notifications and through which methods (email/app), then those preferences should be saved and applied to all relevant alerts.
Users can view a history of compliance alerts they have received.
Given the user navigates to the compliance alerts history section, when they access this section, then they should see a list of all past alerts along with timestamps and details.
The alerts sent to users contain clear action items to maintain compliance.
Given a compliance alert is generated, when the user receives the alert, then the alert must include clear action items outlining what steps the user needs to take.
The automated compliance alerts feature is tested for performance and response time under load.
Given multiple users are using the system concurrently, when compliance alerts are triggered, then all users should receive their alerts within 5 minutes without system lag.
The system should keep users informed about the status of their compliance monitoring.
Given a user has opted in for compliance monitoring, when they review their compliance status, then they should be able to see an overview of their compliance health and any outstanding actions required.
Impact Snapshot
A concise overview of the user’s sustainability metrics, showcasing key performance indicators (KPIs) at a glance. This feature allows users to quickly assess their environmental impact, facilitating immediate recognition of strengths and areas needing attention. The streamlined format supports decision-making by providing essential insights that can be easily communicated to stakeholders.
Requirements
Dashboard Customization
-
User Story
-
As a small business owner, I want to customize my dashboard to highlight the sustainability metrics that are most important to me, so that I can quickly assess my company's environmental impact and make better-informed decisions.
-
Description
-
The Dashboard Customization requirement enables users to personalize their EcoTrackify interface by selecting which key performance indicators (KPIs) they wish to display in their Impact Snapshot. This feature allows users to tailor their experience based on their specific sustainability goals and tracking needs. By offering flexible arrangements, users can prioritize the metrics that matter most to them, enhancing their engagement with the platform and making it easier to monitor progress. This integration into the product fosters a sense of ownership and facilitates quick, informed decision-making by presenting the most relevant data front and center.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User Customization of KPI Display for Impact Snapshot
Given a logged-in user, when they navigate to the Dashboard Customization settings, then they should be able to select from a list of available KPIs to display on their Impact Snapshot.
Saving Customized Dashboard Settings
Given a user has selected their desired KPIs for the Impact Snapshot, when they save their dashboard customization, then their selected KPIs should persist and be displayed correctly upon the next login.
Removing KPIs from Displayed Metrics
Given a user has KPIs displayed on their Impact Snapshot, when they choose to remove a KPI from their dashboard, then that KPI should no longer be visible in the Impact Snapshot after saving changes.
Default Dashboard for New Users
Given a new user logging into EcoTrackify for the first time, when they access the Impact Snapshot, they should see a default set of KPIs relevant to common sustainability metrics.
User Feedback on Custom Dashboard Experience
Given a user has made customizations to their dashboard, when they provide feedback about the customization process, then they should be able to submit their feedback through an accessible feedback form on the dashboard interface.
Real-time Updates on Impact Snapshot After Changes
Given a user has customized their Impact Snapshot, when they change the selected KPIs, then the Impact Snapshot should update in real-time to reflect those changes without requiring a page refresh.
Accessibility of Dashboard Customization Features
Given a user with accessibility needs, when they access the Dashboard Customization feature, then all elements should conform to WCAG 2.1 standards to ensure usability for all users.
Automated KPI Alerts
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability officer, I want to receive automated alerts when my company's KPIs exceed or drop below set thresholds, so that I can take quick action to address any issues and maintain our sustainability targets.
-
Description
-
The Automated KPI Alerts requirement aims to provide users with real-time notifications whenever their sustainability performance metrics deviate significantly from predefined thresholds. This feature helps ensure proactive management of sustainability efforts by alerting users to areas that need immediate attention, such as increased carbon emissions or waste generation. Integration with the existing analytics capabilities allows users to receive these alerts via email or mobile push notifications, fostering timely interventions and continuous improvement in sustainability practices.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives KPI alerts when carbon emissions exceed the predefined threshold during the monthly sustainability review meeting.
Given that the user has set a carbon emissions threshold, when emissions exceed this threshold, then the user receives an email notification within 5 minutes.
User gets notified when their waste generation metrics deviate from established waste management targets.
Given that the user has set waste generation targets, when waste generation exceeds the target by more than 10%, then a mobile push notification is sent to the user.
User reviews weekly performance summaries and needs to be alerted about any critical deviations in KPIs.
Given that the user accesses their weekly performance summary, when any KPI shows a deviation of 20% or more from the previous week's data, then the user receives an immediate email notification detailing the KPI that has deviated.
A user adjusts their sustainability metrics and requires real-time updates on KPI alert settings.
Given that the user changes alert settings for KPIs in the application, when they save their changes, then the application reflects the new alert settings within 2 minutes and confirms the changes via a success notification.
During a stakeholder presentation, the user needs to have updated KPI alerts displayed on their dashboard for real-time decision making.
Given that the user has live KPI alerts set up, when they refresh their dashboard during the presentation, then the updated KPI statuses and alerts are displayed accurately and are visually distinct to grab attention.
User wants to evaluate the effectiveness of KPI alerts after a month of use.
Given that the user has been receiving KPI alerts for one month, when they access the performance impact report, then the report shows at least a 15% improvement in targeted KPI metrics compared to the previous month, thereby validating the effectiveness of the alerts.
Collaborative Reporting Tools
-
User Story
-
As a team leader, I want to collaborate with my colleagues on sustainability reports, so that we can collectively analyze our performance, identify trends, and propose actionable strategies for improvement.
-
Description
-
The Collaborative Reporting Tools requirement allows users to create and share reports on sustainability metrics with stakeholders in an effective and efficient manner. This feature supports collaboration by enabling multi-user access and editing capabilities, ensuring that teams can work together to compile insights, discuss findings, and strategize for improvement. Integration with communication tools streamlines sharing and feedback, enhancing transparency and accountability in sustainability reporting.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User creates a collaborative report on sustainability metrics to share with their team members for a quarterly review meeting.
Given a user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they navigate to the Collaborative Reporting Tools section and select 'Create Report', then they should be able to enter report parameters, invite team members, and save the report successfully.
Multiple users access and edit the same collaboration report simultaneously to update sustainability metrics.
Given multiple users are invited to collaborate on a report, when each user opens the report at the same time to make edits, then all changes should sync in real-time without data loss or error messages.
User shares a completed sustainability report via integrated communication tools, such as email or messaging platforms.
Given a user finishes editing a report, when they select the 'Share' option and choose a communication tool, then the report should be sent successfully to the selected stakeholders with appropriate access permissions.
Users receive notifications for comment additions or edits made by collaborators on the sustainability report.
Given a user is collaborating on a report, when a team member adds a comment or modifies the report, then all users should receive a notification alerting them of the change within five minutes.
User generates a PDF version of the collaborative report for offline sharing and presentation purposes.
Given a completed sustainability report, when the user selects the 'Download as PDF' option, then the system should generate and download a PDF file with all report details formatted properly and reflecting the most current data.
User reviews a report history to see changes and contributions made by different team members over time.
Given a report has been collaboratively edited, when the user selects the 'View History' option, then the system should display a clear timeline of changes made, including who made each edit and when.
Benchmarking Against Industry Standards
-
User Story
-
As a business analyst, I want to benchmark my company's sustainability performance against industry standards, so that I can identify areas for improvement and ensure we are leading in sustainable practices.
-
Description
-
The Benchmarking Against Industry Standards requirement provides users with the ability to compare their sustainability metrics against industry averages or recognized standards. This feature integrates robust analytics to highlight areas where businesses excel or lag, offering insights into competitiveness and best practices. By enabling users to identify relative performance, this requirement supports data-driven decision-making and helps businesses set informed sustainability goals.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
As a user reviewing my sustainability report at the end of the fiscal year, I want to see a comparison of my carbon footprint against industry averages to assess my performance relative to others in my sector.
Given that I have completed my sustainability metrics for the year, when I access the Benchmarking Against Industry Standards feature, then I should see a visual representation of my carbon footprint alongside the industry averages, clearly labeled for easy comparison.
As a sustainability manager, I need to be able to filter my benchmarking results by specific metrics such as waste production and resource usage, enabling me to focus on areas where our company is underperforming.
Given that I am on the Benchmarking Against Industry Standards page, when I select different metrics from the filter options, then the benchmarking results should dynamically update to reflect the corresponding metrics, maintaining accuracy and relevance.
As a business owner, I would like to receive automated alerts if my sustainability metrics significantly deviate from the industry standards, so I can take immediate action to address these discrepancies.
Given that there is a notable deviation from the industry standards in my sustainability metrics, when this occurs, then the system should automatically send an alert to my registered email accounting for the specific metric and the degree of deviation.
As an executive, I want to present the benchmarking results during a stakeholder meeting to justify our sustainability initiatives and demonstrate our commitment to improvement.
Given that I am viewing the Benchmarking Against Industry Standards results, when I prepare to export this data, then I should be able to export it in multiple formats (CSV, PDF) that retain the visual graphs and comparisons for presentation purposes.
As a new user of EcoTrackify, I need to understand how to use the Benchmarking Against Industry Standards feature effectively, ensuring I can easily access valuable insights when I first start using the platform.
Given that I am accessing the Benchmarking Against Industry Standards feature for the first time, when I enter the area, then I should see an introductory guide or tutorial that explains how to interpret the metrics and utilize the comparison tools effectively.
As a compliance officer, I want to ensure that the benchmarking data is updated regularly based on the latest industry standards, providing me with the most accurate and relevant information for decision-making.
Given that a new set of industry sustainability standards has been published, when the data is updated, then the Benchmarking Against Industry Standards feature should reflect these updates within two weeks of their release, ensuring continuous compliance and accuracy.
Interactive Data Visualization
-
User Story
-
As a project manager, I want to interact with my sustainability data visually, so that I can easily spot trends and share meaningful insights with my team and stakeholders.
-
Description
-
The Interactive Data Visualization requirement enables users to visualize their sustainability data through engaging, interactive charts and graphs. This feature enhances the user experience by allowing users to manipulate the visual data presentations to explore trends, patterns, and outliers in their performance metrics. It integrates seamlessly with existing data analytics in EcoTrackify, providing a deeper understanding of sustainability efforts and facilitating better communication of results to stakeholders.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User wants to view their carbon footprint data over the past year using interactive charts.
Given the user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they navigate to the 'Impact Snapshot' and select 'Carbon Footprint', then they should see an interactive graph displaying their carbon footprint data for the past year with options to filter by month or quarter.
User attempts to analyze waste production trends across multiple categories.
Given the user is on the 'Interactive Data Visualization' page, when they select 'Waste Production' and choose the categories to compare, then the platform should display an interactive bar chart reflecting the selected data with the ability to toggle between different visualization types (bar, line, pie).
User needs to communicate their sustainability progress to stakeholders during a meeting.
Given the user has successfully generated an interactive report, when they export the data visualization as a PDF, then the PDF should contain all interactive charts in a static format that clearly outlines their KPIs with an overall summary section.
User wants to identify outliers in their resource usage metrics from the past month.
Given the user has selected the 'Resource Usage' visualization, when they apply a filtering criteria for the past month, then the visualization should highlight any outlier data points that exceed set thresholds, providing a color-coded alert system.
User is exploring historical performance metrics to assess sustainability improvements.
Given the user accesses the 'Historical Data' section within the 'Interactive Data Visualization', when they select a time range for analysis, then the system should display time series plots for each KPI, showcasing the trend lines and percentage improvements over selected periods.
User wants to utilize a comparison feature against industry benchmarks.
Given the user is in the 'Interactive Data Visualization', when they enable the 'Benchmark' feature for their KPIs, then the platform should overlay the user's data against industry metrics, making the comparison visually clear through distinct color coding in the charts.
User seeks to customize their dashboard with specific metrics of interest.
Given the user is on the dashboard customization page, when they add 'Interactive Data Visualization' widgets for specific sustainability metrics, then the dashboard should reflect these selections and allow for drag-and-drop reordering of the widgets.
Mobile-Friendly Accessibility
-
User Story
-
As a business owner often out of the office, I want to access my sustainability metrics on my mobile device, so that I can stay informed and make decisions regardless of my location.
-
Description
-
The Mobile-Friendly Accessibility requirement ensures that the EcoTrackify platform is fully functional and optimized for mobile devices. This feature allows users to access the Impact Snapshot and other sustainability metrics on-the-go, improving flexibility and convenience for users who spend considerable time outside of a traditional office setting. This integration enhances user engagement and ensures that critical sustainability information is always at the user’s fingertips, fostering prompt decision-making.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User accesses the EcoTrackify platform from a mobile device while away from the office to check their sustainability metrics during a business trip.
Given the user is logged into the EcoTrackify mobile application, when they navigate to the Impact Snapshot feature, then the user should be able to view their sustainability metrics without any performance lag and all graphical representations must load within 2 seconds.
A user receives a notification on their mobile device about an upcoming compliance deadline while commuting, prompting them to check their sustainability metrics.
Given that the user has enabled push notifications, when they receive a compliance reminder, then tapping the notification must launch the EcoTrackify app directly to the Impact Snapshot within 3 seconds, showing the relevant metrics.
A user compares their monthly sustainability metrics on their mobile device while participating in a virtual meeting.
Given the user is using a smartphone with the EcoTrackify app open, when they select the 'Compare Metrics' option from the Impact Snapshot, then all relevant KPIs must be displayed clearly and legibly, with no elements overlapping or cutoff.
A user wishes to share their Impact Snapshot metrics via a mobile messaging platform while meeting with stakeholders.
Given the user is viewing their Impact Snapshot on a mobile device, when they select the 'Share' option, then a shareable link should be created and copied to the clipboard, allowing the user to send it through any messaging application immediately.
A user wants to filter their sustainability metrics by date range on their mobile device during an audit preparation.
Given the user is on the mobile version of the Impact Snapshot, when they apply a date range filter, then the displayed metrics must update to reflect the selected date range without reloading the entire page, and changes must be visible within 3 seconds.
A user logs out from the EcoTrackify mobile application after reviewing their sustainability metrics and wants to ensure their session is securely closed.
Given the user has logged out of the application, when they attempt to navigate back to the app without logging in again, they should be directed to the login screen and not have access to any previously viewed data.
Benchmark Comparison Tool
An analytical tool that compares the user’s sustainability performance against industry standards and peer organizations. This feature empowers users to understand their relative standing in sustainability practices, providing actionable insights that can be leveraged to enhance their efforts and align with best practices in their sector.
Requirements
Data Input Flexibility
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability manager, I want to be able to input my organization's sustainability metrics in multiple formats so that I can easily compare them with industry standards without having to change my existing data collection methods.
-
Description
-
The Benchmark Comparison Tool must allow users to input their sustainability metrics in various formats, including CSV uploads, manual entry, and API connections to existing systems. This flexibility will enhance user experience by catering to diverse data collection methods businesses currently utilize, ensuring seamless integration and accurate data analysis. Additionally, it should validate the input data for correctness to minimize errors during comparison analysis. This requirement will enhance the overall functionality of EcoTrackify by accommodating different user needs and data sources, thereby enabling more users to benefit from the benchmarking tool.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User uploads their sustainability metrics in CSV format to the Benchmark Comparison Tool.
Given the user navigates to the data input section, When the user uploads a correctly formatted CSV file with sustainability metrics, Then the system should successfully import the data and display a confirmation message.
User manually enters sustainability metrics into the Benchmark Comparison Tool.
Given the user accesses the manual entry form, When the user inputs sustainability metrics in the required fields and clicks submit, Then the system should validate the inputs and save the data with an adequate success notification.
User connects their existing systems via API to input sustainability metrics into the Benchmark Comparison Tool.
Given the user initiates an API connection setup, When the user successfully connects to their existing system and fetches sustainability metrics, Then the system should accurately import and display the metrics without errors.
User attempts to upload a CSV file containing incorrectly formatted data to the Benchmark Comparison Tool.
Given the user uploads a CSV file with incorrect formatting, When the upload is processed, Then the system should reject the upload, display an error message with details about the formatting issues.
User views the benchmarking results after inputting various sustainability metrics.
Given the user has inputted valid sustainability metrics via any supported method, When the benchmarking analysis is performed, Then the system should generate and display a comparative report against industry standards and peers.
User receives a notification about data validation errors during manual entry.
Given the user is filling out the manual input form, When the user submits the form with invalid data, Then the system should highlight the errors and provide specific guidance on correcting them.
User's organization seeks to understand the integration capabilities of the Benchmark Comparison Tool.
Given the user accesses the integration documentation, When reviewing the features, Then the documentation should clearly outline the steps for CSV uploads, manual entry, and API integrations, ensuring the user has a comprehensive understanding.
Dynamic Reporting Generation
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability officer, I want to generate customizable reports on my organization's sustainability performance compared to peers, so that I can effectively share insights with my management team and demonstrate our position in the industry.
-
Description
-
The Benchmark Comparison Tool should provide users with the ability to generate customizable reports based on their sustainability performance relative to industry standards. Users should be able to select different metrics, time frames, and comparison parameters to generate detailed visual reports. This functionality will empower users to present their sustainability efforts effectively to stakeholders, driving transparency and accountability. The tool should also allow for exporting reports in various formats, such as PDF and Excel, for further analysis or sharing.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User generates a report comparing their carbon footprint against industry averages for the last quarter.
Given the user is authenticated and has accessed the Benchmark Comparison Tool, when they select 'Carbon Footprint' as the metric, 'Last Quarter' as the time frame, and 'Industry Average' as the parameter, then the tool should generate a report that displays their performance visually against industry standards in a downloadable format.
User customizes a report to compare waste production metrics with a selected peer organization.
Given the user is logged in and has selected a peer organization to analyze, when they choose 'Waste Production' as the metric and set a custom time frame, then the generated report should reflect this data clearly and allow for adjustments to the selected time frame before finalizing the report.
User exports a generated report to PDF format for presentation to stakeholders.
Given the report has been successfully generated within the Benchmark Comparison Tool, when the user clicks on the 'Export' button and selects 'PDF' as the format, then the document should be downloaded seamlessly, containing all relevant data and visualizations included in the report.
User views the generated report on resource usage metrics compared to their industry peers.
Given the user has selected 'Resource Usage' for comparison, when the report displays the results, then the user should be able to see values for their organization, the industry average, and the peer comparison in a graphical format for easy understanding.
User notes discrepancies in metric visualizations within their generated sustainability report.
Given the user identifies an inconsistency in the reported data, when they click on the 'Feedback' option within the report, then they should be able to submit specific issues directly to support for further investigation.
User adjusts the comparison parameters to generate a new report reflecting different sustainability metrics.
Given the user is on the metrics selection screen, when they change the metric from 'Carbon Footprint' to 'Water Usage' and re-generate the report, then the report should reflect only the newly selected metric without mixing data from the previous report.
Peer Benchmarking Capabilities
-
User Story
-
As a compliance officer, I want to compare my organization's sustainability metrics against those of similar companies in my industry, so that I can identify best practices and areas for improvement specific to our operational context.
-
Description
-
The Benchmark Comparison Tool must include the capability to compare a user's sustainability metrics against a defined set of peer organizations within the same industry. By allowing users to select peer companies, they can gain specific insights that are relevant to their operational context. This custom benchmarking option will enhance user engagement and provide more actionable insights that can help drive their sustainability strategies and initiatives effectively. The inclusion of peer comparison is fundamental in encouraging users to adopt best practices and improve performance.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User selects three peer organizations from the same industry to compare sustainability metrics.
Given the user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they navigate to the Benchmark Comparison Tool and select peer organizations from a list, then the system shall display the selected peers' sustainability metrics alongside the user's metrics for direct comparison.
User views a comparison report highlighting key sustainability metrics between their organization and selected peers.
Given the user has selected peer organizations, when they click on 'Generate Report', then the system shall produce a detailed comparison report showcasing performance metrics such as carbon footprint, waste production, and resource usage for both the user and the selected peers.
User receives insights and recommendations based on benchmark comparisons with peers.
Given the user has accessed the Benchmark Comparison Tool and views their comparison report, when the comparison is made, then the system shall provide actionable insights and recommendations based on the gaps identified between the user's metrics and those of the peers.
User can update the selected peer organizations for ongoing benchmarking.
Given the user is reviewing their benchmark results, when they choose to update their peer organization selections and save changes, then the system shall reflect the updated peers in future comparison reports without errors.
User can filter peer organizations based on specific criteria such as size or sustainability practices.
Given the user is in the selection interface for peer organizations, when they apply filters based on organization size or sustainability practices, then the system shall display only those organizations that meet the specified criteria.
User can view historical benchmarking data alongside current data for trend analysis.
Given the user has previously benchmarked against peers, when they access the Benchmark Comparison Tool and select 'View Historical Data', then the system shall display a visual representation of past performance metrics in comparison to current metrics for trend analysis.
Real-time Dashboard Updates
-
User Story
-
As an operations director, I want to see real-time updates on my organization’s sustainability performance after I input new data, so that I can make informed decisions quickly based on the latest metrics.
-
Description
-
The Benchmark Comparison Tool should feature a real-time dashboard that updates automatically as new data is entered or parameters change. This requirement supports dynamic interactions with the benchmarking tool, allowing users to see immediate results of their inputs and comparisons without needing to refresh or manually update the interface. Implementing this functionality ensures that users have access to the most current data, enhancing the overall user experience and decision-making process as they strive for sustainability.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User inputs new sustainability data into EcoTrackify and expects the Benchmark Comparison Tool to reflect these changes immediately on the dashboard.
Given the user has entered new sustainability data, when they save the data, then the dashboard should update with the new comparison metrics within 2 seconds without requiring a manual refresh.
A user views the Benchmark Comparison Tool to assess their sustainability performance against their industry peers in real-time as monthly reports are generated.
Given the user opens the Benchmark Comparison Tool, when the new monthly report is generated, then the dashboard should display the updated comparison data instantly with a notification indicating the data refresh.
A user wants to compare various sustainability metrics simultaneously, including carbon footprint and waste production, on a single dashboard view.
Given the user selects multiple sustainability metrics, when they navigate to the dashboard, then all selected metrics should be displayed in real-time and adjust appropriately as new data is entered.
An admin updates the benchmarking threshold for industry standards, and users need to see this update reflected immediately on their dashboards.
Given the admin has changed the industry benchmark thresholds, when the update is saved, then all users' dashboards should refresh automatically with the updated benchmarks within 5 seconds.
A user makes a mistake in their data entry and corrects it while reviewing the metrics on their dashboard.
Given the user corrects an entry in the sustainability data, when they confirm the change, then the dashboard should reflect the corrected data and automatically recalculate the metrics within 3 seconds.
Users need to ensure that their dashboard reflects the latest compliance regulations for their sustainability reporting.
Given a new compliance regulation is implemented, when the user accesses the Benchmark Comparison Tool, then the dashboard should automatically show updated compliance metrics and adherence status without manual input.
Industry Best Practices Library
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability consultant, I want access to a library of best practices while using the benchmark tool, so that I can recommend actionable strategies that align my clients’ performance with leading standards in their industry.
-
Description
-
The Benchmark Comparison Tool should provide access to a library of industry best practices and case studies that users can reference while analyzing their sustainability performance. This feature will provide valuable insights and actionable guidelines that users can implement to improve their practices. By integrating this resource within the tool, EcoTrackify will not only facilitate performance benchmarking but also support users in understanding and leveraging successful strategies used by leaders in their sector.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Accessing the Industry Best Practices Library through the Benchmark Comparison Tool
Given a user has navigated to the Benchmark Comparison Tool, when they click on the Industry Best Practices Library link, then they should be directed to a comprehensive list of best practices and case studies relevant to their industry.
Filtering Best Practices by Industry Type
Given a user is viewing the Industry Best Practices Library, when they select a specific industry type from the filter options, then only the practices and case studies applicable to that industry should be displayed.
Searching for Specific Best Practices Using Keywords
Given a user is in the Industry Best Practices Library, when they enter a keyword related to sustainability practices in the search bar, then the library should return relevant practices and case studies that include the specified keyword.
Viewing Detailed Case Study Information
Given a user has selected a specific best practice from the Industry Best Practices Library, when they click on the practice, then they should be able to view a detailed case study, including implementation steps, outcomes, and metrics.
Accessing Usage Metrics of the Best Practices Library
Given an admin user wants to analyze the usage of the Industry Best Practices Library, when they access the analytics dashboard, then they should see metrics such as total views, popular searches, and user engagement with specific best practices.
Receiving Notifications for Updated Best Practices
Given a user subscribes to updates from the Industry Best Practices Library, when new best practices or case studies are added, then the user should receive an email notification detailing the updates.
Custom Report Generation
A user-friendly interface that allows users to customize their sustainability reports by selecting specific metrics, timeframes, and data visualization formats. This feature enhances the relevance and impact of reports, enabling users to tailor their presentations to diverse audiences, ensuring that stakeholders receive the most pertinent information related to sustainability initiatives.
Requirements
Metric Selection Interface
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability manager, I want to select specific metrics for my custom reports, so that I can present information that is most relevant to my stakeholders and demonstrate our sustainability progress effectively.
-
Description
-
The Metric Selection Interface requirement allows users to easily choose which sustainability metrics they wish to include in their custom reports. This feature should provide a wide array of metrics related to carbon footprint, waste production, and resource usage. It must be user-friendly, enabling users to sort and filter metrics based on categories or relevance. This flexibility enhances the customizability of reports, allowing for deeper analysis and tailored insights for stakeholders. This requirement is crucial for maximizing user engagement and ensuring that reports contain only the most pertinent data, ultimately supporting informed decision-making.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
As a user of EcoTrackify, I want to select specific sustainability metrics for my custom report, so that I can highlight the most relevant data for my stakeholders.
Given the metric selection interface is open, when the user applies filters by category, then only metrics related to the selected category should be displayed.
As a user, I want to be able to sort the metrics by their relevance or pivot characteristics, so that I can easily choose the most impactful metrics for my report.
Given the user has accessed the metric selection interface, when they choose to sort by relevance, then the first three metrics displayed should be those deemed most relevant based on usage statistics.
As a user of EcoTrackify, I want to quickly identify key metrics related to carbon footprint, waste production, or resource usage, so I can ensure my report covers essential areas of sustainability.
Given the metric selection interface is displayed, when the user selects a specific focus area (carbon footprint, waste production, resource usage), then the interface should highlight top five metrics specific to that area.
As a user generating a report, I want the metrics I selected to be visually represented in the report, allowing for clearer communication of information.
Given the user has selected specific metrics for their report, when the report is generated, then each selected metric must be represented in a clear visual format (chart, graph, or table) in the final report output.
As a user, I want the ability to reset my selected metrics, so that I can start a fresh selection process without manually deselecting each one.
Given the user is in the metric selection interface, when they click the 'Reset' button, then all selected metrics should be cleared, and the interface should revert to the default state.
As a user of EcoTrackify, I want to save my metric selections so that I can reuse them for future reports, enhancing efficiency in my reporting process.
Given the user has selected specific metrics, when they click the 'Save Selection' button, then a prompt should appear allowing them to name and save the selection for future use.
Timeframe Customization
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability analyst, I want to customize the timeframe of my reports, so that I can focus on specific periods of our sustainability efforts and track our progress more accurately.
-
Description
-
The Timeframe Customization requirement enables users to define specific date ranges for the data included in their sustainability reports. Users should be able to select predefined timeframes like 'Last Month', 'Quarterly', or custom ranges that they can specify. This feature is intended to provide flexibility in reporting, ensuring that users can focus on the most relevant data periods for their initiatives. Effective implementation of this requirement will result in more targeted and relevant insights, thus enhancing the interpretability of sustainability trends over time.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User selects a predefined timeframe from the options available in the report generation interface.
Given the user is on the report generation page, when they select 'Last Month' from the timeframe dropdown, then the report should generate data only for the last month with accurate metrics displayed.
User inputs a custom date range for the sustainability report.
Given the user is on the report generation page, when they input a custom date range from January 1 to January 31, 2024, then the report should reflect data only within that specified range.
User switches between different predefined timeframes to compare data.
Given the user generates a report with the 'Quarterly' option selected, when they change the timeframe to 'Last Year', then the interface should update the report to show only the last year's data, without errors or discrepancies.
User reviews an error message when an invalid custom date range is entered.
Given the user is on the report generation page, when they enter a custom date range with the end date earlier than the start date, then an error message should appear stating 'End date must be after the start date.'
User saves a selected timeframe configuration for future report generation.
Given the user has selected a custom timeframe, when they click the 'Save Configuration' button, then the next time they access the report generation tool, their saved timeframe should be pre-selected in the dropdown.
User retrieves and generates reports using previously saved timeframe configurations.
Given the user has saved multiple timeframe configurations, when they click 'Load Configuration', then the tool should display a list of saved configurations, and selecting one should populate the report generation fields accordingly.
User cancels the report generation process with the selected timeframe settings.
Given the user is in the report generation process, when they click the 'Cancel' button, then they should be redirected to the previous screen without generating a report, and no changes should be saved.
Data Visualization Formats
-
User Story
-
As a communications officer, I want to use different visualization formats for my sustainability reports, so that I can present data in the most engaging and understandable way for our audience.
-
Description
-
The Data Visualization Formats requirement allows users to choose their preferred mediums to present sustainability data in the reports. Options should include charts, graphs, tables, and infographics, enhancing the report's clarity and impact. This capability will cater to different audience preferences, making complex data more digestible. The implementation of this feature will significantly enhance the user experience, making it easier to communicate sustainability achievements to diverse stakeholders effectively.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User selects preferred data visualization format for Sustainability Report Generation.
Given the user is on the custom report generation page, when they select 'charts' as their visualization format, then the report should generate correctly formatted charts reflecting the selected sustainability metrics.
User switches between different data visualization formats for the same report.
Given the user has generated a sustainability report, when they toggle the visualization format from 'graphs' to 'infographics', then the displayed data should update to reflect the selected infographic format without loss of data accuracy.
User filters report data by date range while choosing different visualization formats.
Given the user is customizing their report, when they select a date range for the sustainability metrics and choose 'tables' as the visualization format, then the report should display data in a well-organized table showing metrics for only the selected date range.
User encounters an error while generating a report with incompatible visualization formats and metrics.
Given the user selects incompatible metrics and a complex visualization format, when they click 'generate report', then the system should display a clear error message explaining the incompatibility and suggesting supported metrics or formats.
User saves a customized report with selected visualization formats for future access.
Given the user has customized a report with certain metrics and visualization formats, when they click the 'save' button, then the report settings should be saved and retrievable in the user's dashboard for future access.
User shares a generated report in a specific visualization format with stakeholders via email.
Given the user has generated a sustainability report in 'graphs' format, when they select the 'share' option and enter stakeholder email addresses, then the email sent should contain the report in the selected visualization format as an attachment.
User previews the sustainability report before final generation in their chosen visualization format.
Given the user is on the report customization page, when they click on the 'preview' button after selecting 'charts' for data visualization, then a preview of the report should display with accurate chart representations of the metrics chosen.
Report Template Management
-
User Story
-
As a project manager, I want to create and save custom report templates, so that I can quickly generate reports in the future and maintain consistency across our presentations.
-
Description
-
The Report Template Management requirement allows users to save, edit, and reuse custom report templates. This functionality aims to streamline the report generation process by reducing the need to start from scratch for every report. Users should be able to create a variety of templates based on their needs, thus enhancing productivity and consistency in reporting. The successful implementation of this requirement will not only improve user efficiency but also ensure a uniform presentation of sustainability data across multiple reports.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User creates a new report template from scratch, chooses specific metrics and visual elements, and saves the template.
Given the user is on the report template management page, when they fill in all required fields and click 'Save', then the new report template should be saved and listed in the user's templates.
User edits an existing report template to update specific metrics and visual elements.
Given the user selects an existing report template, when they modify the metrics and click 'Update', then the changes should be saved and reflected in the template.
User attempts to delete an existing report template that is no longer needed.
Given the user has selected a report template, when they click the 'Delete' button and confirm the action, then the selected template should be removed from the list of user's templates.
User accesses the saved report templates and selects one for generating a new report.
Given the user is on the report generation interface, when they select a previously saved report template, then the metrics and settings of that template should automatically populate in the report generation fields.
User needs to search for a specific report template among multiple saved templates.
Given the user is on the report template management page, when they enter a keyword in the search bar and click 'Search', then only templates containing that keyword should be displayed.
User must ensure that all report templates follow a consistent formatting guideline before sharing them with stakeholders.
Given the user creates or edits a report template, then all templates should adhere to the pre-defined formatting guidelines (font, color, layout) as specified in the system settings.
User wants to preview a report template before finalizing it for usage.
Given the user selects a report template, when they click on 'Preview', then a preview of the report with the selected metrics and visual elements should be displayed without saving changes.
Export Options
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to export my custom sustainability reports in multiple formats, so that I can share insights with my team and partners using the most convenient method.
-
Description
-
The Export Options requirement enables users to export their customized reports in various formats, such as PDF, Excel, or PowerPoint. This feature enhances the usability of the reports by allowing users to share and present their findings in the format that best suits their needs. The successful implementation of this feature will improve collaboration and communication with stakeholders, making it easier for users to disseminate important sustainability information.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Users can successfully export a customized sustainability report in PDF format.
Given that the user has selected specific metrics and data visualization options, when they choose to export the report to PDF, then the system should generate a PDF file that matches the user-selected criteria without errors.
Users can successfully export a customized sustainability report in Excel format.
Given that the user has selected specific metrics and data visualization options, when they choose to export the report to Excel, then the system should generate an Excel file that contains all relevant data in a structured format as per user selections.
Users can successfully export a customized sustainability report in PowerPoint format.
Given that the user has selected specific metrics and data visualization options, when they choose to export the report to PowerPoint, then the system should create a PowerPoint presentation that includes slides formatted according to user selections and presents the data clearly.
Users can preview the report before exporting it in any format.
Given that the user has customized their report, when they click on the preview option, then the system should display a full view of the report as it would appear in the chosen export format.
The system should handle errors during the export process gracefully.
Given that the user has attempted an export and an error occurs (like network failure), when the error is triggered, then the system should provide a clear and informative error message and options to retry or cancel the export.
Users receive a confirmation upon successful export of their report.
Given that the user has successfully exported their report, when the export is completed, then the system should display a confirmation message indicating that the report has been exported successfully along with a link to download the file.
The exported reports should be structured correctly according to best practices for the chosen format.
Given that the user has exported reports, when the files are opened in the corresponding application (PDF reader, Excel, PowerPoint), then all elements (charts, graphs, text) should display correctly and be fully functional for the user’s needs.
Automated Report Scheduler
-
User Story
-
As a compliance officer, I want to schedule automated reports, so that I can ensure our stakeholders regularly receive updates on our sustainability efforts without having to manually generate reports each time.
-
Description
-
The Automated Report Scheduler requirement provides users the ability to schedule the generation and sending of custom reports at regular intervals. Users should set up parameters for the schedule, such as daily, weekly, or monthly reports, which will ensure that stakeholders consistently receive updated information without manual intervention. The implementation of this feature will enhance operational efficiency and ensure that all relevant parties are kept informed regarding sustainability performance on a regular basis.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User schedules a monthly sustainability report to be automatically generated and sent to stakeholders every first of the month.
Given a user has access to the Automated Report Scheduler, when they set up a scheduling frequency to 'monthly' and select the date as '1', then the system should generate and send the report automatically on the first of every month without manual intervention.
User selects specific metrics and visualizations for a weekly sustainability report scheduled to be sent to the marketing team.
Given a user selects the 'weekly' frequency and chooses specific metrics and visualization formats, when they save the settings, then the report should reflect the selected options and be sent to the designated email every week on the same day and time that it was configured.
A user wants to change the scheduling frequency of a custom report from weekly to bi-weekly for internal stakeholders.
Given the user is on the Automated Report Scheduler page, when they change the frequency from 'weekly' to 'bi-weekly', then the system should successfully update the schedule and send reports every two weeks instead of weekly starting from the next scheduled date.
User needs to receive a monthly report summary for all metrics in PDF format via email without user intervention.
Given the user has set the report format to 'PDF' and frequency to 'monthly', when the report is generated, then it should be emailed automatically to the user’s specified email address on the first of each month without any additional action required by the user.
User wants to verify the automated report delivery to a specific stakeholder after setting up the report schedule.
Given the user has set up an automated report schedule, when the report is generated and sent, then the user should be able to check the delivery log to confirm the report was sent successfully to the specified stakeholder’s email address.
User schedules a report and wants to ensure that they receive a notification for any missed schedules.
Given a user has configured an automated report schedule, when the scheduled report fails to generate for any reason, then the system should send a notification to the user indicating the failure and suggesting a corrective action.
Trend Analysis Dashboard
An interactive dashboard that visualizes trends in sustainability metrics over time, helping users to identify patterns and measure progress effectively. This feature supports long-term planning and strategy by providing insights into how sustainability initiatives evolve, prompting adjustments to maintain or boost performance against sustainability goals.
Requirements
Interactive Data Visualization
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability manager, I want to interactively visualize my sustainability metrics so that I can identify trends and make informed decisions for future initiatives.
-
Description
-
This requirement outlines the need for a dynamic and interactive data visualization component within the Trend Analysis Dashboard. It should primarily focus on presenting various sustainability metrics as visually engaging graphs and charts. Users will benefit from viewing their data in multiple formats (line charts, bar graphs, pie charts), enabling them to discern patterns and trends effectively. The visualizations must be customizable, allowing users to select specific metrics, set date ranges, and apply filters to tailor the dashboard to their preferences. This integration directly enhances the user experience by simplifying data interpretation and increasing the dashboard’s effectiveness in strategy planning.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User selects a specific sustainability metric and date range to visualize trends on the Trend Analysis Dashboard.
Given a user is on the Trend Analysis Dashboard, when the user selects a sustainability metric and specifies a date range, then the dashboard should display an accurate graph or chart reflecting the selected data.
User applies filters to the data visualization on the Trend Analysis Dashboard to view only relevant information.
Given a user has accessed the interactive data visualization, when the user applies filters to the metrics displayed, then the visualization should update in real-time to reflect only the filtered data.
User customizes the layout and format of the graphs and charts on the Trend Analysis Dashboard.
Given a user is viewing the Trend Analysis Dashboard, when the user customizes the graph or chart format (e.g., line, bar, pie) and rearranges the layout, then the dashboard should preserve these settings for future sessions.
User interacts with the graph or chart on the Trend Analysis Dashboard to gain more insights about specific data points.
Given a user is viewing a graph on the Trend Analysis Dashboard, when the user hovers over or clicks on any data point, then a tooltip should appear showing detailed information related to that specific point.
User aims to download the visualized data from the Trend Analysis Dashboard for reporting purposes.
Given a user has visualized the desired data on the Trend Analysis Dashboard, when the user selects the option to download the data, then a CSV or PDF file of the displayed information should be generated and downloadable.
User wants to save a snapshot of the current visualizations on the Trend Analysis Dashboard for future reference.
Given a user is satisfied with the current visualizations on the Trend Analysis Dashboard, when the user clicks the 'Save Visualization' button, then the current state should be stored and retrievable for later access.
Multi-Metric Comparison Tool
-
User Story
-
As a business analyst, I want to compare multiple sustainability metrics over time so that I can assess their relationships and impacts on our overall goals.
-
Description
-
This requirement specifies the inclusion of a multi-metric comparison tool within the Trend Analysis Dashboard, enabling users to compare different sustainability metrics side by side over chosen time periods. This feature will allow users to assess correlations between various metrics, such as waste production versus resource usage, and analyze their impacts on overall sustainability goals. The ability to highlight specific data points and generate reports based on comparisons is vital for comprehensive insights and strategic planning. This feature enhances the analytical capabilities of EcoTrackify, facilitating more informed decision-making.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User compares carbon footprint and waste production metrics over the last three quarters to analyze correlations between those metrics and their impact on overall sustainability goals.
Given the user is on the Trend Analysis Dashboard, when they select carbon footprint and waste production metrics to compare over the last three quarters, then the dashboard displays a side-by-side visualization of both metrics with trend lines, including percentage change over time.
User highlights specific data points on the comparison tool for carbon emissions versus energy consumption to draw insights during a team sustainability meeting.
Given the user has selected carbon emissions and energy consumption metrics, when they hover over specific data points on the dashboard, then a tooltip appears showing detailed values and the date of those metrics.
User generates a report comparing resource usage and waste production for the last fiscal year to share with stakeholders during a quarterly review meeting.
Given the user selects the resource usage and waste production metrics along with the last fiscal year in the comparison tool, when they click 'Generate Report', then a downloadable PDF report is available, including summary statistics and visual representations of the data.
User sets custom time periods for comparing waste production metrics across different departments in their organization.
Given the user is on the Trend Analysis Dashboard, when they select metrics for waste production and choose custom time periods for Department A and Department B, then the dashboard displays comparisons for the selected departments for the specified time frames.
User seeks to understand the historical sustainability performance of their business by comparing various metrics over predefined intervals.
Given the user accesses the Trend Analysis Dashboard, when they select predefined intervals (monthly, quarterly, annually) for multiple sustainability metrics, then the dashboard provides clear visualizations of historical performance and trends for all selected metrics.
User wants to assess the impact of recent sustainability initiatives on resource usage and waste production metrics over time.
Given the user has implemented new sustainability policies, when they select to compare resource usage and waste production metrics over the time periods before and after the initiative's implementation, then the dashboard highlights any significant changes in metrics and indicates the correlation with the new initiatives.
Customizable Alerts and Notifications
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to receive customizable alerts about my sustainability performance so that I can stay informed and promptly adjust my strategies when necessary.
-
Description
-
The requirement for customizable alerts and notifications is critical for proactively engaging users with important updates about their sustainability metrics. Users should be able to set parameters for when they would like to receive notifications related to their metrics, such as when a certain threshold is reached or when progress is lagging behind predefined goals. This functionality will enhance user engagement by ensuring they are aware of significant changes or trends in their data, leading to timely adjustments to initiatives. Integration with an existing notification system will be necessary for seamless delivery via email or mobile notifications.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User sets up a notification for when their carbon footprint exceeds a predefined threshold.
Given the user is logged into EcoTrackify, when the user navigates to the notifications settings and sets a threshold for the carbon footprint metric, then the system should save these settings and send an email notification when the carbon footprint exceeds this threshold.
User receives a notification when waste production increases significantly over a specified period.
Given the user has set up a waste production notification in EcoTrackify, when the waste production increases by 20% compared to the previous month, then the user should receive an immediate push notification on their mobile device.
User modifies an existing notification threshold for resource usage.
Given the user is on the notifications settings page, when the user changes the resource usage threshold value and clicks 'Save', then the updated threshold should be reflected immediately in the settings, and the system should confirm the change with a success message.
User configures notifications to alert them about lagging progress on sustainability goals.
Given the user selects sustainability goals in their dashboard, when the user sets notification parameters for being alerted if progress falls below 50% of the goal by a certain date, then the system must send an alert one week before the milestone date if progress is not on track.
User receives automated notifications for compliance deadlines related to sustainability initiatives.
Given the user has subscribed to compliance notifications, when a compliance deadline is within 7 days, then the user should receive an email and in-app notification about the upcoming deadline with a summary of required actions.
User deactivates a notification for resource consumption updates.
Given the user is reviewing their list of active notifications, when the user selects to deactivate the resource consumption notification, then the system should remove it from the active list and confirm with a message stating the notification has been successfully deactivated.
User checks for historical notification data to assess past alerts.
Given the user navigates to the notification history section, when the user selects a specific date range for reviewing past alerts, then the system should display all notifications sent within that range, including timestamps and alert types.
Historical Data Integration
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability officer, I want to access historical data on sustainability metrics so that I can analyze past performance trends and measure progress effectively.
-
Description
-
This requirement addresses the need for integrating historical sustainability data into the Trend Analysis Dashboard, allowing users to access past performance metrics for context. This feature is crucial for users to evaluate long-term trends and impacts over time, offering insights not only into current performance but also into how past actions and initiatives have influenced the present state. Historical data can be presented alongside current metrics, providing users with a comprehensive view to make better-informed decisions. Integration with existing databases and systems will be essential to ensure data accuracy and reliability.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User is able to upload historical sustainability data files to the Trend Analysis Dashboard.
Given the user has a valid historical data file in the accepted format, when they upload the file via the dashboard, then the system should successfully import the data without errors and display a success message.
Historical sustainability metrics are accurately displayed on the Trend Analysis Dashboard alongside current metrics.
Given the historical data has been successfully integrated, when the user accesses the Trend Analysis Dashboard, then the dashboard should show a clear visual comparison of historical metrics and current metrics for the same categories.
The user can filter historical sustainability data by date range and specific sustainability metrics on the dashboard.
Given the historical data is available, when the user selects a date range and specific metrics to filter, then the dashboard should refresh to only display data that matches the selected criteria.
Users receive error notifications for invalid historical data formats during integration.
Given the user attempts to upload a historical data file with an invalid format, when they submit the upload, then the system should produce an error message clearly stating the issue and guide the user on acceptable formats.
The user can export the historical sustainability data displayed on the dashboard.
Given the user is viewing the Trend Analysis Dashboard with historical data loaded, when they select the export option, then the system should generate a downloadable file containing the current view's data in a standard format (e.g., CSV, Excel).
Historical data integration does not affect the performance of the Trend Analysis Dashboard.
Given the dashboard has integrated historical data, when the user accesses various sections of the dashboard, then the performance metrics (e.g., load time) should remain within acceptable limits established during performance testing.
Exportable Reports
-
User Story
-
As a project manager, I want to export reports of my sustainability data so that I can easily share the insights with my team and stakeholders.
-
Description
-
This requirement highlights the need for generating exportable reports from the Trend Analysis Dashboard, allowing users to share insights and findings. Users must be able to generate customized reports based on selected metrics and timeframes, which can then be exported in popular formats (e.g., PDF, Excel). This feature will facilitate better communication and collaboration among team members and stakeholders, enhancing the usability and reach of the dashboard’s insights. The implementation of this feature will require connecting the reporting module to the dashboard and ensuring data integrity during the export process.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User wants to generate a report for quarterly sustainability metrics to present during a team meeting.
Given the user is on the Trend Analysis Dashboard, when they select the 'Export Report' option for the last quarter, then the system generates a report that includes carbon footprint, waste production, and resource usage metrics in a PDF format.
User needs to customize the timeframe for the sustainability report to assess progress at specific intervals.
Given the user is on the Trend Analysis Dashboard, when they select a custom date range (e.g., January 1 to June 30), then the report should reflect the selected metrics only for that timeframe in an Excel format.
User wants to share insights from the dashboard with stakeholders who require clear visual data representations in reports.
Given the user is on the Trend Analysis Dashboard, when they generate a report, then it should include visualizations (charts/graphs) for each selected metric that match the selected export format specifications (PDF or Excel).
User tries to export a report on sustainability metrics but faces issues with data integrity.
Given the user has generated a report on the Trend Analysis Dashboard, when they export it, then the exported data must match the metrics displayed on the dashboard, ensuring no discrepancies exist between on-screen metrics and the report content.
User needs to save frequently used report configurations for future use.
Given the user selects specific metrics and formats while generating a report, when they choose to save this configuration, then the system should allow them to save the settings and retrieve them for future report generation.
User wants to receive a notification once the report has been successfully generated and is ready for download.
Given the user initiates the report generation, when the process is complete, then the system should send an email or in-app notification to confirm that the report is ready and provide a link for download.
User wants to verify that the system efficiently handles simultaneous export requests without performance issues.
Given multiple users are exporting reports from the Trend Analysis Dashboard at the same time, when they all initiate their requests, then the system should handle all exports seamlessly without lag or failure, ensuring each user receives their report promptly.
Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit
A suite of tools and templates designed to facilitate the sharing of sustainability reports with stakeholders. This feature allows users to create engaging presentations, PDF summaries, and executive briefs directly from their reports, ensuring that they can effectively convey their sustainability journey and achievements to clients, investors, and regulatory bodies.
Requirements
Dynamic Report Generation
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability manager, I want to create dynamic reports that reflect real-time data so that I can communicate our sustainability progress accurately and engage stakeholders effectively.
-
Description
-
The Dynamic Report Generation requirement allows users to create customized sustainability reports that utilize real-time data input from the EcoTrackify platform. This functionality enables businesses to reflect their latest sustainability metrics accurately, enhancing transparency and credibility with stakeholders. By offering template options and design customization, users can tailor reports to meet specific stakeholder needs, ensuring effective communication of sustainability achievements. This feature will integrate seamlessly with existing data dashboards, allowing for easy access and update of metrics in the reports. The ability to generate diverse report formats, including presentations and PDF documents, ensures that users can share information in the most impactful way possible, supporting the goal of improved stakeholder engagement and collaboration.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User generates a sustainability report for Q4 using the Dynamic Report Generation feature to present to stakeholders in an upcoming meeting.
Given the user selects Q4 data and chooses the 'Standard Template' for report generation, when the user clicks 'Generate Report', then a customized report in PDF format with live data metrics is produced successfully without errors.
A user customizes the layout and style of a sustainability report to align with company branding before sharing it with investors.
Given the user accesses the report customization options, when the user selects specific color themes and logo placement, then the system should apply these changes and generate a preview that matches the user's selections accurately.
Users need to include a summary of their sustainability achievements in a report to share with regulatory bodies.
Given the user has input data on sustainability achievements, when the user generates a report, then the generated PDF must contain a dedicated section summarizing these achievements in a clear and concise manner.
A user attempts to generate a report using outdated metrics due to delayed data synchronization within the EcoTrackify platform.
Given the user initiates report generation, when there are discrepancies between the live data and the report data source, then the system should prompt an error message indicating the need for updated information before proceeding with report creation.
A user creates an engaging presentation from the sustainability report to showcase at a stakeholder meeting.
Given the user selects the 'Presentation Format' option, when the report is generated, then the output must include slides that highlight key metrics, trends, and visuals that represent the company's sustainability efforts effectively.
Engaging Presentation Creator
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to create engaging presentations that highlight our sustainability efforts so that I can effectively communicate our progress to potential investors and clients.
-
Description
-
The Engaging Presentation Creator will provide users with tools to build visually appealing presentations directly from their sustainability reports. This feature includes drag-and-drop functionality for adding graphs, images, and key metrics, enabling users to develop customized presentations that resonate with their target audience, whether they be clients, investors, or regulatory bodies. By simplifying the presentation creation process, this requirement enhances the ability of businesses to convey their sustainability story compellingly and effectively, fostering stronger relationships with stakeholders. Integration with standard presentation software will allow users to export presentations in familiar formats, ensuring a smooth workflow between EcoTrackify and users’ existing tools.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User creating a presentation using the Engaging Presentation Creator to share their quarterly sustainability report during an investor meeting.
Given the user has a finalized sustainability report, when they access the Engaging Presentation Creator, then they should be able to select the report and generate a presentation with relevant graphs, images, and key metrics in less than 5 minutes.
User integrating the presentation created with EcoTrackify into standard presentation software for a regulatory submission.
Given the user has completed a presentation, when they export the presentation, then it should be available in a compatible format (e.g., PowerPoint, PDF) and retain all original formatting without errors.
User wants to customize the design of their presentation to match their brand identity for a client meeting.
Given the user is using the Engaging Presentation Creator, when they access custom design features, then they should be able to modify colors, fonts, and layout elements to align with their brand guidelines.
User aims to add interactivity to their presentation to engage stakeholders during the delivery.
Given the user has created a presentation, when they use the drag-and-drop functionality, then they should be able to seamlessly add interactive elements such as clickable links or videos to the presentation.
User conducting a review of the presentation with their team before finalizing it for external stakeholders.
Given the user is in the review stage, when they share the presentation within EcoTrackify, then all team members should be able to provide comments and suggestions in real time without any data loss.
User generating a summary version of their sustainability presentation for distribution to stakeholders.
Given the user selects the summary option, when they generate the presentation, then the output should include a concise version of key achievements covering the last fiscal year in no more than 5 slides.
User needs to ensure that all data represented in the presentation is accurate and up-to-date.
Given the user links data sources to the presentation, when they refresh the presentation, then all displayed metrics and graphs should reflect the most current data from the sustainability report.
Automated Compliance Notifications
-
User Story
-
As a compliance officer, I want to receive automated notifications about sustainability regulation changes so that I can ensure our company remains compliant and avoid potential penalties.
-
Description
-
The Automated Compliance Notifications requirement ensures that users receive timely alerts regarding compliance deadlines and changes in sustainability regulations relevant to their industry. This proactive alert system helps businesses stay informed and compliant with regulatory requirements, reducing the risk of penalties and enhancing their sustainability performance. Users can customize notification preferences based on their specific needs and areas of focus, ensuring that they receive relevant updates. Integration with the stakeholder engagement toolkit allows users to include compliance information in reports and presentations, providing an added layer of transparency and accountability in sustainability reporting.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives notifications regarding upcoming compliance deadlines within their designated timeframe settings.
Given that a user has set their compliance notification preferences, when a compliance deadline approaches, then the user should receive an automated notification via their selected communication channel (email/SMS) 5 days prior to the deadline.
User is able to customize their notification settings based on specific regulatory areas relevant to their business.
Given that a user accesses the notification preference settings, when they select specific regulatory areas (e.g., waste management, carbon emissions) and save their preferences, then the system should only send notifications pertinent to those selected areas.
User is informed of changes in sustainability regulations that directly affect their compliance obligations.
Given that there is a regulatory change that impacts a selected compliance area, when the change is published, then the user should receive an automated alert within 24 hours of the publication.
User can view a history of compliance notifications that they have received over the past year.
Given that the user accesses the compliance notifications history, when they query the past notifications, then they should see a complete record of all compliance notifications sent to them within the last year.
User receives reminders for compliance follow-ups after initial notifications.
Given that the user has acknowledged a compliance notification, when the follow-up date is reached, then the user should receive a reminder notification reminding them of the compliance action required.
User can integrate compliance notifications with the Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit for enhanced reporting.
Given that a user is preparing a sustainability report, when they select to include compliance updates from notifications, then those updates should be automatically pulled into the report template with the correct context and date.
Users can easily adjust notification delivery timeframes in response to changing business needs.
Given that a user accesses the notification settings, when they modify the timing preferences for notifications (e.g., changing from immediate to weekly summary), then the system should apply these changes without requiring a restart or additional confirmation.
PDF Summary Generation
-
User Story
-
As a project manager, I want to generate PDF summaries of our sustainability reports so that I can share concise updates with stakeholders without overwhelming them with all the details.
-
Description
-
The PDF Summary Generation feature enables users to quickly create concise summaries of their sustainability reports in PDF format. This functionality is designed for stakeholders who may require a high-level overview without delving into the full report details. Users can select key metrics and highlights from their reports to include in the summary, ensuring that the most relevant information is comprehensively captured. This feature promotes efficient communication with stakeholders by providing easily shareable, professional-looking documents that highlight the organization’s commitment to sustainability while facilitating informed decision-making.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User generates a PDF summary after completing a sustainability report to share with stakeholders in an upcoming board meeting.
Given a completed sustainability report, When the user selects the 'Generate PDF Summary' option and chooses at least three key metrics to include, Then a PDF summary should be created that accurately reflects the selected metrics and highlights.
User needs to edit the contents of the PDF summary before exporting it.
Given an existing PDF summary that has been generated, When the user clicks on the 'Edit' option, Then the user should be able to modify the selected metrics and highlights before re-generating the PDF.
User wants to ensure the PDF summary meets formatting standards for presentation to stakeholders.
Given a generated PDF summary, When the user views the PDF, Then it should include the company logo, be formatted with clear headings for each section, and maintain a professional appearance throughout the document.
Stakeholders request access to the PDF summary for review before the meeting.
Given a generated PDF summary, When the user selects the 'Share' option, Then the user should be able to send the PDF via email directly from the platform to specified stakeholders.
A user needs to verify the accuracy of key metrics included in the PDF summary against the original report.
Given a PDF summary that lists key metrics, When the user cross-references these metrics with the original sustainability report, Then all key metrics must match the data presented in the original report without discrepancies.
User wants to generate multiple PDF summaries for different stakeholder groups with varying content needs.
Given a sustainability report, When the user generates separate PDF summaries for each stakeholder group with customized selected metrics, Then each PDF summary should only include the metrics relevant to that stakeholder group.
User requires a print-friendly version of the PDF summary for hard copies.
Given a generated PDF summary, When the user clicks on the 'Print Version' option, Then the PDF should adjust to ensure optimal printing dimensions and readability while maintaining the content integrity.
Stakeholder Feedback Integration
-
User Story
-
As a communications manager, I want to gather feedback from stakeholders about our sustainability reports so that I can improve future communications and address any concerns.
-
Description
-
The Stakeholder Feedback Integration requirement allows users to receive and manage feedback directly from stakeholders after sharing sustainability reports and presentations. This feature includes a feedback mechanism that enables stakeholders to comment on various aspects of the reports, facilitating a two-way communication channel. By integrating stakeholder feedback into the report-sharing process, businesses can gain valuable insights into stakeholder perceptions and expectations, allowing for continuous improvement in their sustainability strategies. This requirement emphasizes engagement and collaboration, enhancing the overall effectiveness of the stakeholder engagement toolkit.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Stakeholder submits feedback after reviewing a sustainability report shared via EcoTrackify's Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit.
Given a stakeholder receives a shared sustainability report, When they access the report, Then they can see a feedback button to submit comments and suggestions.
Users view and respond to stakeholder feedback on sustainability reports.
Given feedback has been submitted by a stakeholder, When the user opens the relevant sustainability report, Then they are presented with the feedback section showing all stakeholder comments and the option to reply.
Users generate a summary of feedback received from stakeholders on a given sustainability report.
Given multiple pieces of feedback are collected from stakeholders, When the user selects the option to view feedback summaries, Then a compilation of all comments categorized by themes is generated and displayed.
Notification system alerts users for new stakeholder feedback on shared reports.
Given a stakeholder submits feedback, When this occurs, Then the user receives a notification via email and within the platform indicating new feedback is available for review.
Users can edit and resolve stakeholder comments on sustainability reports.
Given a user is viewing the feedback section of a sustainability report, When they select a comment as resolved, Then the comment is marked accordingly and the stakeholder is notified of the action taken.
Stakeholders can rate the clarity and usefulness of the sustainability reports they review.
Given a stakeholder is viewing a sustainability report, When they submit their feedback, Then they must also provide a rating from 1 to 5 for clarity and usefulness.
Administrators can track the overall stakeholder engagement metrics from feedback submitted.
Given feedback has been collected over time, When the administrator accesses the engagement metrics dashboard, Then they can see trends and statistics related to stakeholder feedback submissions and ratings.
Recommendations Engine
An intelligent feature that analyzes sustainability performance data and provides tailored recommendations for improvement. By offering actionable insights based on user metrics, this feature empowers businesses to refine their strategies, fostering continuous sustainability enhancements and encouraging proactive engagement in eco-friendly practices.
Requirements
Data Analysis Algorithm
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability manager, I want to receive tailored recommendations based on my company's performance data so that I can make informed decisions to improve our sustainability practices.
-
Description
-
The Data Analysis Algorithm is a core requirement that facilitates the processing and analysis of sustainability performance data from user inputs. It will utilize machine learning techniques to identify patterns, trends, and anomalies in the data collected. This algorithm will provide the basis for generating tailored recommendations for each user based on their specific sustainability metrics. The integration of this algorithm into EcoTrackify's existing infrastructure will enhance the platform's analytical capabilities, helping users gain valuable insights into their sustainability efforts and inform data-driven decisions. The expected outcome is to empower users with actionable insights that enhance their sustainability strategies and performance over time.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User accesses the Recommendations Engine to view tailored suggestions based on their sustainability performance metrics.
Given the user has logged into EcoTrackify and has entered their sustainability performance data, when they access the Recommendations Engine, then they should see at least three tailored recommendations that are specific to their data analysis.
The Data Analysis Algorithm processes multiple user data inputs and generates actionable insights.
Given a set of valid sustainability performance data inputs from at least five different users, when the Data Analysis Algorithm is executed, then it should successfully process the data and generate insights that identify key areas for improvement for each user.
A user wants to understand how the Recommendations Engine arrived at specific recommendations based on their performance.
Given a user selects a recommendation from the Recommendations Engine, when they request an explanation of the recommendation, then the system should provide a detailed breakdown of the data and analysis that led to that recommendation.
The Data Analysis Algorithm identifies anomalies in user performance data over time.
Given the user has entered sustainability performance data over six months, when the Data Analysis Algorithm analyzes the data, then it should flag any performance metrics that deviate significantly from established trends or averages as anomalies.
Integrate the Data Analysis Algorithm with existing EcoTrackify features to ensure seamless data flow.
Given the Data Analysis Algorithm has been implemented, when a user updates their sustainability metrics, then the updated data should automatically reflect in the Recommendations Engine within five minutes of submission.
A user interacts with the dashboard to see real-time updates based on the Recommendations Engine.
Given that the user is viewing their customizable dashboard, when new recommendations are generated by the Data Analysis Algorithm, then the dashboard should reflect these new recommendations within three seconds of generation.
Evaluate the effectiveness of the Recommendations Engine after a user has implemented given recommendations.
Given a user has implemented the recommendations provided by the Recommendations Engine, when they re-enter their sustainability metrics for a new analysis, then the Data Analysis Algorithm should show measurable improvements in at least two key performance indicators compared to previous metrics.
User Interface for Recommendations
-
User Story
-
As a user of EcoTrackify, I want a clear and simple interface that presents my sustainability recommendations so that I can easily understand and implement them.
-
Description
-
The User Interface for Recommendations is essential for presenting tailored sustainability insights to the users in an easily digestible and actionable format. This requirement involves designing an intuitive UI component that displays recommendation summaries, supporting data visualizations, and actionable steps for improvement. The UI should ensure that users can easily navigate between their sustainability data and the recommendations generated, facilitating an interactive experience that encourages user engagement. This feature is crucial for enhancing user satisfaction and ensuring that the recommendations are effectively utilized by the businesses using EcoTrackify.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User accesses the Recommendations section of the EcoTrackify platform to view tailored sustainability insights based on their performance data.
Given the user is logged into EcoTrackify and has accessed the Recommendations section, when the page loads, then the user should see a list of at least 5 tailored recommendations relevant to their sustainability performance.
User interacts with the recommended actions to improve their sustainability efforts.
Given the user is viewing the recommendations, when the user clicks on a recommendation, then they should be presented with detailed actionable steps and supporting data visualizations pertaining to that recommendation.
User navigates back to their sustainability dashboard after reviewing recommendations.
Given the user has finished reviewing a recommendation, when the user selects the 'Back to Dashboard' option, then they should be taken back to their main sustainability dashboard without losing any previously viewed data or context.
User receives a notification about new recommendations based on their latest sustainability data input.
Given the user has recently updated their sustainability data in EcoTrackify, when the updates are processed, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of any new recommendations available based on the updated data.
User evaluates the effectiveness of implemented recommendations over time.
Given the user has implemented at least one recommendation, when they return to the Recommendations section after 30 days, then they should see an updated effectiveness score reflecting the impact of the implemented recommendation on their sustainability metrics.
Feedback Mechanism
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to provide feedback on the recommendations I receive so that I can help improve the service for myself and others.
-
Description
-
The Feedback Mechanism is a requirement that enables users to provide feedback on the recommendations they receive. This will involve creating a system for users to rate the effectiveness of the recommendations and suggest improvements or additional features. This feedback will be crucial for refining the recommendations engine over time as it will help in calibrating the data analysis algorithms based on real user experiences and enhance the overall accuracy and relevance of the suggestions provided to businesses. Implementing this mechanism will further engage users and encourage a continuous improvement approach within the EcoTrackify platform.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User submits feedback on a recommendation received from the Recommendations Engine after implementing suggested actions for one month.
Given a user has viewed and acted upon a recommendation, when they submit feedback, then the feedback should be recorded in the system with a timestamp and linked to the specific recommendation.
A user rates the effectiveness of a recommendation using a star rating system.
Given a user is prompted to rate a recommendation after providing feedback, when they select a rating from 1 to 5 stars, then the system should accurately save the selected rating in the user feedback database.
Users can suggest new features or improvements based on their experiences with recommendations.
Given a user has provided feedback, when they submit a suggestion for improvement or a new feature, then the suggestion should be logged in the system for review and categorized appropriately.
The system aggregates user feedback to provide insights for enhancing the Recommendations Engine.
Given multiple users have submitted feedback and suggestions, when the feedback is analyzed, then a report summarizing trends and common suggestions should be generated and accessible to the development team.
Users receive notifications confirming their feedback was successfully submitted.
Given a user has submitted feedback, when the submission is completed, then a confirmation notification should be displayed to the user, ensuring they are aware their feedback was received.
Users can view and edit their submitted feedback.
Given a user has submitted feedback, when they access their feedback history, then they should be able to view all their submissions, and edit or delete any of them as needed.
Integration with External Data Sources
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want EcoTrackify to pull in external sustainability data so that I can benchmark our performance against industry standards and improve our strategies accordingly.
-
Description
-
The Integration with External Data Sources requirement focuses on the capability to connect EcoTrackify with various external sustainability data sources, such as governmental databases, industry benchmarks, and environmental impact databases. This integration will allow the platform to enrich the sustainability metrics with external data, providing users with a comprehensive view of their performance relative to industry standards and best practices. This is essential for generating more accurate and contextual recommendations. The expected outcome is to enhance the value of EcoTrackify's analyses and recommendations, positioning it as a more robust solution for sustainability management.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User can successfully connect EcoTrackify to a governmental sustainability database to pull in external data relevant to their emissions metrics.
Given a user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they navigate to the integrations section and select the governmental sustainability database, then they should see a confirmation message indicating successful connectivity and a summary of the data pulled in.
The platform should regularly update the sustainability metrics with data from external sources to ensure accuracy.
Given the system is connected to external data sources, when new data is available, then EcoTrackify should automatically update the relevant sustainability metrics every 24 hours and notify users of the updates in their dashboard.
A user wants to view a comparative analysis of their sustainability metrics versus industry benchmarks pulled from external databases.
Given a user has integrated with an external industry benchmark database, when they request a comparison report, then they should receive a report displaying their metrics alongside the average industry metrics, highlighting areas of improvement.
Users must be able to set up custom notifications for when specific external data sets are updated.
Given a user has access to external sustainability datasets, when they configure custom notifications for specific datasets, then they should receive alerts via email or in-app notifications when those datasets are updated.
The platform needs to support multiple external data source integrations simultaneously without performance degradation.
Given the user has integrated multiple external data sources, when the user views performance metrics, then the system should load data and display metrics without exceeding a response time of 3 seconds.
Users should be able to deactivate a connected external data source integration when it is no longer needed.
Given a user has connected external data sources, when they choose to deactivate a specific integration in the settings, then they should receive a confirmation message and the integration should no longer pull data from that source.
The integration must comply with data privacy regulations and ensure secure handling of external data.
Given the integration with external data sources, when data is exchanged, then EcoTrackify must encrypt data transmissions and ensure user consent is obtained prior to any data sharing.
Reporting Feature
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to create customizable sustainability reports so that I can effectively communicate our sustainability efforts to stakeholders.
-
Description
-
The Reporting Feature is a requirement that enables users to generate customizable reports based on their sustainability performance and the recommendations they have received. This feature will allow users to select specific data points, time frames, and metrics they wish to include in the reports, facilitating tailored insights for different stakeholders within their organizations. The reports should be exportable in various formats (PDF, CSV, etc.), allowing for easy sharing and presentation of sustainability efforts to management, clients, and regulatory bodies. Implementing this feature will support users in documenting their sustainability progress and enhance accountability.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User wants to generate a customizable report to present sustainability metrics to management during a quarterly review meeting.
Given a user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they navigate to the Reporting Feature, they should be able to select at least three different sustainability metrics, choose a date range, and customize the report layout. Then, the report should generate successfully without errors and display the correct data.
User needs to export a generated report in multiple formats for sharing with stakeholders outside the organization.
Given a report has been generated, when the user selects the export option, then they should be able to choose between PDF and CSV formats, and the exported file should accurately reflect the generated report data without any formatting issues.
User wants to include specific recommendations from the Recommendations Engine in their sustainability report for transparency.
Given a user is customizing their report, when they select the option to include recommendations, then the generated report should display the relevant recommendations alongside the selected metrics in a clear and organized manner.
User has generated a report and wants to review the generated data for accuracy before presentation.
Given the user has generated a report, when they click on the preview option, then they should see an accurate representation of all selected metrics and recommendations, allowing them to confirm the correctness of the data displayed.
User needs to schedule automated report generation for monthly performance reviews.
Given a user is logged in and navigates to the report scheduling feature, when they set parameters for monthly reports, including metrics and recipients, then the system should save these parameters and automatically generate and send the report to designated recipients each month.
User wants to access historical reports to analyze past sustainability performance.
Given a user is on the Reporting Feature page, when they select the option to view historical reports, then they should be able to access and view reports from at least the previous year, sorted by date and type of report.
User wants to customize the report title and associated notes to provide context to the audience.
Given a user is in the report customization interface, when they enter a custom title and notes for the report, then these should appear prominently at the top of the generated report, accurately reflecting the user’s inputs.
Automated Reporting Schedule
An option that allows users to set up automated report generation and distribution on a specified schedule. This feature reduces the administrative burden and ensures that stakeholders receive timely updates on sustainability performance, streamlining communication and enhancing accountability within the organization.
Requirements
Customizable Reporting Frequency
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability manager, I want to customize the frequency of automated reports so that I can ensure my stakeholders receive the most pertinent updates on our sustainability efforts in a timely manner.
-
Description
-
This requirement enables users to choose specific intervals for receiving automated reports on their sustainability performance, such as daily, weekly, or monthly. This flexibility allows organizations to align report frequency with their internal monitoring processes and stakeholder needs. By providing the option for customization, users can ensure that they receive relevant and timely insights, enhancing decision-making and improving accountability across teams. Additionally, the feature should integrate seamlessly with the overall dashboard, ensuring that users can easily set and update their preferred reporting schedules. The expected outcome is reduced manual effort in reporting while maintaining high engagement levels with sustainability initiatives.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User sets up an automated report to be generated weekly for their sustainability performance metrics.
Given the user is on the reporting settings page, when they select 'Weekly' from the reporting frequency options and save the settings, then the report should be scheduled to generate every week successfully and the user should receive a confirmation notification.
User adjusts the reporting frequency from daily to monthly after initial setup of the automated reports.
Given the user has already set up daily reports, when they change the frequency to 'Monthly' and save the changes, then the system should update the schedule and notify the user of the change, ensuring no daily reports are generated thereafter.
User attempts to set a custom reporting frequency that is not supported, such as every 15 days.
Given the user is on the reporting settings page, when they try to select a non-supported frequency (e.g., every 15 days), then the system should display an error message indicating that the selected frequency is invalid and prompt the user to choose a supported option.
User wants to receive immediate reports when critical sustainability thresholds are met.
Given the user is on the reporting settings page, when they indicate a preference for 'Immediate' reporting for specific metrics, then the system should allow the selection and ensure that reports are generated and sent immediately upon reaching the threshold.
Admin reviews the scheduled automated reports of all users to ensure compliance with reporting standards.
Given the admin has access to the reporting overview dashboard, when they navigate to the scheduled reports section, then they should be able to view and manage all user reporting frequencies, ensuring all users have valid and compliant reporting frequencies set up.
User receives a notification before the automated report is generated.
Given that the user has set a reporting frequency, when the next scheduled report generation is approaching, then the system should send the user a reminder notification 24 hours before the report is generated to enhance engagement and accountability.
Report Template Selection
-
User Story
-
As an operations executive, I want to choose from different report templates for sustainability reporting so that I can present relevant data tailored to the audience's needs and enhance understanding of our performance.
-
Description
-
This requirement allows users to select from various predefined templates for their automated reports. Users can choose from templates that focus on metrics such as carbon footprint, waste management, and energy usage, ensuring that the reports generated meet the specific needs of different stakeholders. This functionality not only improves the relevance of the reports but also enhances readability and comprehension, facilitating better communication of sustainability data within the organization. Furthermore, this feature should be user-friendly, enabling easy selection and customization of templates as needed, thereby streamlining the reporting process and promoting effective stakeholder engagement.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User selects a report template for carbon footprint analysis during the setup of automated reporting.
Given the user is on the report template selection page, when they view the list of available templates, then they should see templates labeled for carbon footprint, waste management, and energy usage.
User customizes a predefined report template to suit specific stakeholder needs before scheduling the automated report.
Given the user has selected a predefined template, when they make modifications to the template fields, then those changes should be saved and reflected in the generated report.
User attempts to schedule an automated report without selecting a template.
Given the user is ready to schedule an automated report, when they try to submit without a template selected, then they should receive an error message prompting them to select a template.
User receives an automated report generated from a selected template on the scheduled date.
Given the user has set a schedule for automated reporting, when the scheduled time arrives, then the user should receive an email with the generated report based on the selected template.
User views a report generated using a selected template to evaluate its readability and comprehension.
Given the report has been generated, when the user opens the report, then they should find the information clearly presented and easy to understand, with relevant data highlighted appropriately.
User shares the generated report with stakeholders via the automated reporting feature.
Given the report has been generated and the user has completed the automation setup, when they choose to distribute the report, then it should be sent to all specified stakeholder email addresses with no errors occurring during transmission.
Automated Email Distribution
-
User Story
-
As a project lead, I want to automatically send sustainability reports to my team via email so that everyone stays informed and aligned on our sustainability performance without any manual effort.
-
Description
-
This requirement implements a system for automatically distributing generated reports to designated stakeholders via email. Users should have the ability to specify email addresses and select groups or individuals who should receive updates. This feature enhances transparency and ensures that all relevant parties are kept informed without manual intervention, supporting a culture of accountability. The implementation should include notification settings, allowing users to receive confirmations of report delivery, thus enhancing the reliability of the reporting process. The anticipated benefit of this feature is improved communication and timely visibility of sustainability performance metrics across the organization.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Automated report distribution to stakeholders based on a defined schedule
Given a user has set up a report schedule, When the scheduled time arrives, Then an email with the report should be sent to the specified email addresses.
User notification and confirmation of report delivery
Given a user enables delivery confirmations, When a report is successfully sent, Then the user should receive a confirmation email indicating successful delivery.
Allowing users to specify multiple recipient groups for report distribution
Given a user wants to send reports to different teams, When the user selects multiple recipient groups, Then each group should receive the report simultaneously.
Error handling for invalid email addresses in the distribution list
Given a user inputs an invalid email address, When the user attempts to save the email distribution list, Then an error message should be displayed indicating the invalid address.
User interface for setting up automated report distribution
Given a user accesses the automated reporting feature, When the user fills out the distribution settings, Then the interface should provide clear instructions and validation for each input field.
Testing of automated report scheduling and delivery timings
Given a user sets up a report for delivery at a specified time, When the report is scheduled, Then it should be accurately delivered at the designated time without delays.
Periodic review of email delivery performance metrics
Given that reports are being distributed, When a user views the delivery performance metrics, Then the user should see statistics regarding successful deliveries, failures, and average delivery times.
Real-time Report Preview
-
User Story
-
As a data analyst, I want to preview the reports before they are sent out so that I can ensure all critical information is included and presented accurately to stakeholders.
-
Description
-
This requirement enables users to preview reports in real-time before they are generated and distributed. By providing a live preview feature, users can verify that the report contains the desired metrics and information, allowing for last-minute adjustments if necessary. This functionality enhances the accuracy and relevance of the reports sent to stakeholders and reduces the likelihood of errors or miscommunication. The implementation should include a user-friendly interface for previewing and editing content, ensuring that users can make informed decisions regarding the final output. Ultimately, this requirement is crucial for maintaining high reporting standards and ensuring stakeholder satisfaction with the information provided.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User wants to preview a sustainability report before it is generated to ensure it contains accurate metrics and necessary information.
Given a user is logged into EcoTrackify and has access to the reporting feature, when the user selects the 'Preview Report' option, then a live preview of the report should be displayed within 10 seconds, showing all relevant metrics and data accurately.
The user customizes report content and wants to ensure changes are reflected in the report preview.
Given a user has modified the report parameters or content, when the user clicks on the 'Update Preview' button, then the report preview should refresh and display the new changes instantly without any errors or delays.
The user needs to save the previewed report for future reference before final generation.
Given a user has successfully previewed a report, when the user selects the 'Save Report Preview' option, then the report preview should be saved in the user's account and be accessible for editing or generating at any later time.
The user wants to review the report preview across different devices to ensure consistency and readability.
Given a user is previewing the report on a desktop, when the user accesses the same report on a tablet or mobile device, then the report preview should maintain the same formatting and data integrity across all devices.
The user encounters an error while generating the report and needs to see a preview of the last successfully generated report.
Given there was an error in generating a current report, when the user clicks on 'View Last Successful Report', then the system should display the last report that was successfully generated without errors, allowing for review and correction of data.
The user finalizes the report preview and needs to confirm its generation and distribution to stakeholders.
Given a user is satisfied with the report preview, when the user clicks the 'Confirm and Generate' button, then the report should be generated, sent to the specified stakeholders, and an acknowledgment message should be displayed confirming the distribution.
User wants to ensure that the report preview interface is user-friendly and accessible to all users regardless of technical expertise.
Given a user is using the preview feature, when navigating through the preview interface, then the user should be able to easily understand how to make edits, refresh the preview, and access help documentation if needed.
Collaboration Circles
Collaboration Circles are focused discussion groups within the Eco-Engagement Community Forum. Users can join or create specific circles around particular topics, such as waste management or renewable energy strategies. This feature promotes deeper engagement by allowing users to connect with others who share their interests, facilitating meaningful conversations and collaborative problem-solving to tackle sustainability challenges together.
Requirements
Circle Creation and Management
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to create a Collaboration Circle focused on waste management so that I can connect with others interested in sharing strategies and solutions for reducing waste.
-
Description
-
This requirement allows users to create and manage their own Collaboration Circles within the Eco-Engagement Community Forum. Users should be able to define the focus of the circle, invite members, and set guidelines for discussions. The feature will enhance user engagement by providing a dedicated space for specific sustainability topics, promoting community-building and collaborative problem-solving. Without this capability, users may find it challenging to engage meaningfully with others who share similar sustainability interests.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User creates a new Collaboration Circle focused on renewable energy strategies.
Given the user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they navigate to 'Create Circle', enter 'Renewable Energy Strategies' as the title, specify guidelines, and click 'Submit', then the new circle should appear in the list of active circles and be accessible to all invited members.
User invites members to a newly created Collaboration Circle.
Given a user has created a Collaboration Circle, when they select 'Invite Members', enter the email addresses of potential members, and click 'Send Invites', then an email should be sent to each listed member, and they should be added to the circle upon acceptance.
User updates the guidelines of an existing Collaboration Circle.
Given the user is a member of a Collaboration Circle, when they access 'Settings', modify the guidelines, and click 'Save', then the updated guidelines should be reflected in the circle's information and visible to all members.
User views the activity feed of a Collaboration Circle.
Given the user is a member of a Collaboration Circle, when they navigate to the circle's page, then they should see a chronological feed of all discussions, comments, and posts made within the circle.
User leaves a Collaboration Circle they no longer want to be part of.
Given the user is a member of a Collaboration Circle, when they select 'Leave Circle', then they should be prompted for confirmation, and upon confirming, they should be removed from the circle and not receive further notifications.
User searches for existing Collaboration Circles based on topic.
Given the user is on the Eco-Engagement Community Forum homepage, when they utilize the search bar to input 'waste management', then a list of relevant Collaboration Circles should be displayed, allowing them to join the ones of interest.
Discussion Threading
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to be able to reply to specific comments within a discussion thread so that I can contribute to and organize conversations more effectively.
-
Description
-
This requirement involves implementing a threaded discussion format within Collaboration Circles, allowing users to respond directly to specific comments or questions. This feature promotes more structured conversations and helps users to follow discussion points more easily. It will improve clarity in communication, reduce noise in the dialogues, and foster in-depth exploration of topics related to sustainability efforts.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User joins a Collaboration Circle and initiates a new discussion thread on renewable energy strategies.
Given a user is a member of a Collaboration Circle, when they initiate a new discussion thread, then the thread must display the user's profile picture, timestamp, and a unique thread identifier.
A user replies to a comment in an existing discussion thread within a Collaboration Circle.
Given a user is viewing a discussion thread, when they respond to any comment, then their reply should be nested visually beneath the original comment and include their profile picture and a timestamp.
Users want to search for specific comments within a discussion thread.
Given a user is within a discussion thread, when they enter a keyword in the search bar, then the system should highlight relevant comments and display a list of matching results in real-time.
Users are notified when someone replies to their comments in a Collaboration Circle.
Given a user has initiated a comment in a discussion thread, when another user replies to that comment, then the original user should receive a notification alerting them of the reply.
Users wish to edit their own comments within a discussion thread.
Given a user has posted a comment, when they select the edit option, then they should be able to modify their existing comment and save the changes without losing the original context or thread structure.
The system maintains the integrity of discussion threads as users add, edit, or delete comments.
Given a series of nested comments in a thread, when any comment is deleted, then the system should automatically re-align the remaining comments to maintain the nested structure and ensure no orphaned comments exist.
The Collaboration Circle displays a summary of the most active threads.
Given a user is on the main page of the Collaboration Circle, when they view the thread summary, then they should see a dynamically updated list of the top three most active discussion threads based on comment volume and recency.
Resource Sharing
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to share articles and resources within my Collaboration Circle so that all members can benefit from the information and improve our discussions.
-
Description
-
This requirement enables users to share relevant documents, links, and other resources within Collaboration Circles. Users can upload files or share URLs that can help inform discussions, provide additional context, or share best practices. This collaboration tool enhances the collective knowledge within the community and encourages members to disseminate valuable information easily.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User shares a document on waste management strategies within a Collaboration Circle after a community discussion on reducing waste in operations.
Given the user is a member of a Collaboration Circle, when they upload a document, then the document should be successfully stored, and a confirmation message should be displayed.
A user shares a resource link regarding renewable energy solutions in a specific Collaboration Circle and other members attempt to access the link.
Given the resource link is valid, when another user clicks on the shared link, then the link should open successfully in a new tab.
A user wants to find shared documents within their Collaboration Circle for reference during their sustainability report preparation, ensuring ease of access to resources.
Given there are multiple documents shared in the circle, when the user navigates to the resources section, then all shared documents should be displayed with titles and upload dates.
An user attempts to upload a document that exceeds the maximum allowed file size in the Collaboration Circle.
Given the user selects a document that exceeds the file size limit, when they attempt to upload it, then an error message should clarify the size restriction without allowing the upload.
A user reports a broken link in a discussion circle after accessing a shared resource that doesn't lead to the intended page.
Given the report functionality is available, when a user clicks on the report option for a broken link, then the system should log the report and notify the circle moderator.
A user wants to search for specific resources shared in a Collaboration Circle related to carbon footprint reduction.
Given there are several resources shared, when the user enters keywords into the search bar, then the system should filter and display all relevant resources based on the keywords provided.
Notification System
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to receive notifications when there are new replies in my Collaboration Circle so that I can stay updated and participate in the conversations promptly.
-
Description
-
This requirement introduces a notification system that alerts users about new posts, replies, or updates within their Collaboration Circles. Notifications can be sent via email or directly within the platform, ensuring that users remain engaged and informed about ongoing discussions. This feature is crucial for fostering active participation and keeping users connected to their community interests.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives a notification when a new post is made in the Collaboration Circle they are a member of.
Given a user is a member of a Collaboration Circle, when a new post is created in that Circle, then the user receives a notification via email and in-app.
User receives notifications for replies to their posts in Collaboration Circles.
Given a user has posted a comment in a Collaboration Circle, when another user replies to that comment, then the user receives a notification via email and in-app.
User can customize notification preferences in their account settings.
Given a user accesses account settings, when they select notification preferences, then they can enable or disable email and in-app notifications for new posts and replies.
Notifications are displayed in the user interface of the EcoTrackify platform.
Given a user is logged into EcoTrackify, when there are new notifications, then those notifications are displayed in the notification center on the dashboard.
Users can view a history of their notifications within the platform.
Given a user accesses the notification section, when they select the notification history, then they can see a chronological list of all notifications received.
Notifications are sent in a timely manner after the event occurs.
Given a new post or reply occurs in a Collaboration Circle, when the event is logged, then the notification is sent to users within 5 minutes.
Users can opt-out of notifications entirely if they choose.
Given a user is in their account settings, when they select the option to opt-out of notifications, then they receive no further notifications for posts or replies.
Circle Analytics Dashboard
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want an analytics dashboard for my Collaboration Circle so that I can see how engaged members are and find ways to improve participation.
-
Description
-
This requirement includes a dashboard feature that provides insights into the activity and engagement levels within each Collaboration Circle. Metrics such as the number of posts, active members, and engagement rates can help users understand how effectively their circle is functioning and identify opportunities for increased participation. This analytical capability is essential for fostering effective community management and improvement.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User Views Circle Analytics Dashboard
Given a user is logged into EcoTrackify, When they navigate to the 'Collaboration Circles' section and select a specific circle, Then the Circle Analytics Dashboard should display metrics including the number of posts, active members, and engagement rates for that circle.
Metrics Update in Real Time
Given a user is viewing the Circle Analytics Dashboard, When new posts are made or members join the circle, Then the dashboard should update to reflect the new metrics within 10 seconds.
Export Circle Analytics Data
Given a user is on the Circle Analytics Dashboard, When they click the 'Export' button, Then the user should be able to download a CSV file containing all analytics data for the selected circle.
Display Engagement Rate Calculation
Given a user is viewing the Circle Analytics Dashboard, When the metrics load, Then the engagement rate should be displayed as a percentage calculated from the number of active members and the number of posts within a specified timeframe.
User Receives Notifications for Low Engagement
Given a user is an administrator of a collaboration circle, When the engagement rate drops below a certain threshold, Then the user should receive an automated notification alerting them of the low engagement.
Comparison Between Different Circles
Given a user is viewing the Circle Analytics Dashboard, When they select an option to compare metrics across different circles, Then the dashboard should display a side-by-side analysis of selected metrics (posts, active members, and engagement rates) for each circle.
Customizable Date Range for Analytics
Given a user is on the Circle Analytics Dashboard, When they select a date range from a date picker, Then the dashboard should update to reflect metrics only for the selected date range, allowing further analysis of engagement over time.
Success Stories Hub
The Success Stories Hub is a dedicated section within the forum where users can share their achievements and the sustainability initiatives that have worked for them. By highlighting real-life examples, this feature inspires others and provides practical insights that can be replicated in different contexts, boosting motivation and fostering a culture of shared learning.
Requirements
User Submission Portal
-
User Story
-
As a small business owner, I want to share my success story about reducing waste so that other businesses can learn from my experiences and implement similar practices.
-
Description
-
The User Submission Portal enables users to easily submit their sustainability success stories and initiatives directly through the EcoTrackify platform. This feature should include a user-friendly interface for uploading text, images, and related documentation. The submissions will be reviewed by the EcoTrackify team before publication, ensuring quality and relevance. This functionality not only enhances user engagement by providing a voice to community members but also fills the Success Stories Hub with valuable, diverse, and authentic content that showcases the practical outcomes of sustainability efforts, thereby motivating other users to take similar actions.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User Submission Portal allows users to submit their sustainability success stories through a dedicated interface.
Given a user is logged in, when they navigate to the User Submission Portal, then they should see an option to submit a story, upload images, and attach documents.
Users can successfully submit their sustainability initiatives via the User Submission Portal.
Given the user has filled out the submission form with valid data, when they click the submit button, then a confirmation message should appear indicating successful submission.
EcoTrackify team reviews submitted success stories before publication.
Given a submission is made, when the EcoTrackify team accesses the review section, then they should be able to see all pending submissions with options to approve or reject.
Users receive notifications regarding the status of their submission.
Given a user has submitted a success story, when the submission is reviewed by the EcoTrackify team, then the user should receive an email notification detailing the approval or rejection of their submission.
The User Submission Portal ensures all submissions adhere to community guidelines.
Given a user submits a success story, when the submission contains prohibited content, then it should be flagged, and an error message should inform the user of the violation.
Users can edit their submissions in the User Submission Portal before final approval.
Given a user has submitted a success story, when they navigate to their submission, then they should see an option to edit their submission until it is approved by the EcoTrackify team.
The User Submission Portal collects data for analytics on user engagement and submission types.
Given a submission is approved and published, when the metrics are reviewed, then the data should accurately reflect the number of submissions and user engagement statistics.
Success Stories Filter
-
User Story
-
As a user interested in waste reduction strategies, I want to filter success stories by industry so that I can find relevant examples tailored to my business's needs.
-
Description
-
The Success Stories Filter allows users to navigate and discover success stories based on various criteria such as industry, type of initiative, and impact metrics. This functionality is essential for enabling users to quickly find relevant examples that resonate with their specific sustainability goals. By incorporating advanced filtering options, users are empowered to learn from the experiences of others who are in similar sectors or facing comparable challenges. This not only promotes tailored learning but also enhances the overall utility of the Success Stories Hub, encouraging greater participation and knowledge sharing.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User needs to find success stories related to their industry to gain insights into specific sustainability initiatives that have been successful.
Given a user selects 'Manufacturing' from the industry filter, when they click 'Apply Filters', then the system should display only those success stories related to sustainability initiatives in the manufacturing sector.
A user wants to see success stories based on their type of sustainability initiative to inspire their own projects.
Given a user selects 'Waste Reduction' from the type of initiative filter, when they click 'Apply Filters', then the displayed stories should only include those related to waste reduction initiatives.
Users need to find stories that have measurable impact metrics to evaluate the effectiveness of different sustainability initiatives.
Given a user enters values in the impact metrics fields and clicks 'Apply Filters', then the system should return success stories that meet the specified metrics criteria (e.g., carbon reduction percentage).
A user desires to combine multiple filters (industry and type of initiative) to narrow down their search for more relevant success stories.
Given a user selects both 'Retail' as the industry and 'Energy Efficiency' as the type of initiative, when they click 'Apply Filters', then the system should show only stories that meet both filter criteria.
Users want to reset the applied filters to start a new search without refreshing the page.
Given a user has applied several filters, when they click the 'Reset Filters' button, then all filters should revert to their default state, and all success stories should be displayed.
A user wishes to sort the success stories based on the date of submission to access the most recent stories first.
Given a user selects the 'Sort by Date' option from the sorting menu, when they view the filtered stories, then the success stories should be arranged in descending order by submission date.
Users need to view detailed information about each success story after filtering results to further understand the implementation details.
Given a user clicks on a success story from the filtered results, when they navigate to the story detail page, then the page should display comprehensive information including the goal, approach, and outcomes of the initiative.
Comment and Discussion Feature
-
User Story
-
As a community member, I want to comment on success stories so that I can offer my insights and connect with other users who share similar sustainability interests.
-
Description
-
The Comment and Discussion Feature fosters community interaction by allowing users to engage with success stories through comments. Users can ask questions, provide feedback, and share their thoughts on the initiatives presented in the hub. This interactive component not only enriches the user experience by creating a space for dialogue and collaborative learning but also encourages users to connect with one another, further building the EcoTrackify community. It will include notifications to alert users when replies to their comments are made, enhancing user engagement and continuity in discussions.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User Engagement in the Success Stories Hub
Given a user accesses the Success Stories Hub, when they choose to comment on a success story, then the comment should be successfully submitted and visible beneath the story with a timestamp.
Notification for Comment Replies
Given a user has commented on a success story, when another user replies to their comment, then the original commenter should receive a notification alerting them of the new reply.
Comment Formatting Options
Given a user is typing a comment, when they use basic text formatting options (bold, italics, bullet points), then those formatting should be applied to the comment as displayed under the success story.
User Interaction with Comments
Given users are interacting with comments, when a user clicks 'like' on a comment, then the like count for that comment should increment by one and the user should not be able to like the same comment again.
Comment Deletion by Users
Given a user has posted a comment, when they decide to delete their comment, then the comment should be removed from the Success Stories Hub without any error message showing for future users.
Moderation of Inappropriate Comments
Given that a user reports a comment as inappropriate, when the moderation team reviews the report, then they should have the ability to remove the comment from public view if it violates community guidelines.
Threaded Discussions on Comments
Given multiple users have commented on a success story, when a user replies to a specific comment, then the reply should be nested under the original comment to indicate the discussion thread.
Success Stories Highlight Section
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to see a featured success story section so that I can quickly find inspiring examples of sustainability initiatives that have made a significant difference.
-
Description
-
The Success Stories Highlight Section is a curated area within the forum that showcases selected user submissions deemed exceptional due to their innovation or significant impact. This feature will highlight important success stories on the homepage of the Success Stories Hub, allowing them to gain greater visibility and inspire a broader audience. The highlighted stories will rotate periodically to ensure diversity in representation and keep the content fresh. This capability emphasizes the value of exceptional achievements within the community, encouraging all users to strive for impactful sustainability practices.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Highlighted stories are featured on the homepage of the Success Stories Hub for all users to see when they visit the site.
Given the user visits the Success Stories Hub homepage, when the page loads, then at least three highlighted success stories should be visible in the Highlight Section.
Users should be able to view detailed information about each of the highlighted success stories by clicking on them.
Given the user is on the Success Stories Hub homepage, when they click on a highlighted story, then they should be directed to a detailed view of that success story including relevant metrics and user feedback.
The highlighted success stories should rotate periodically to provide fresh content and represent diverse user achievements.
Given the featured success stories have been displayed for a defined period, when the rotation timer expires, then the stories should automatically update to show new highlighted success stories every week.
Admins should be able to easily curate and manage which stories are featured in the Highlight Section of the Success Stories Hub.
Given an admin is logged into the system, when they navigate to the management interface, then they should have the ability to add, edit, or remove highlighted success stories.
Users should have a way to submit their success stories for consideration to be highlighted on the platform.
Given a user is on the Success Stories Hub, when they fill out and submit the success story submission form, then their submission should be recorded for review and potential highlighting.
The Highlight Section should visually stand out on the homepage of the Success Stories Hub to attract attention from users.
Given a user loads the Success Stories Hub homepage, when they view the Highlight Section, then it should be visually distinct with a different background color and larger font sizes for titles compared to other sections on the page.
Users should be able to provide feedback on the highlighted success stories to foster community engagement.
Given a user is viewing a highlighted success story, when they submit feedback, then their feedback should be saved and displayed to other users for future reference.
Analytics Dashboard for Success Stories
-
User Story
-
As an EcoTrackify user, I want to access an analytics dashboard to see which success stories are most impactful so I can learn from the community's favorites.
-
Description
-
The Analytics Dashboard for Success Stories provides users with insights into the most popular and impactful stories, showcasing metrics such as views, comments, and shares. This feature enables users to understand the community interests and spot trends in sustainability practices that resonate with others. By analyzing the data, users can reflect on the success elements that contribute to effective sustainability initiatives. Additionally, this dashboard can help guide new users towards high-impact stories, ultimately enhancing the learning experience and knowledge sharing within EcoTrackify.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User interacts with the Analytics Dashboard for Success Stories to view the overall engagement metrics of shared sustainability initiatives.
Given that the user accesses the Analytics Dashboard, when they select a specific success story, then the dashboard displays the number of views, comments, and shares associated with that story.
A user wants to identify the top successful sustainability initiatives based on community engagement.
Given that the user is on the Analytics Dashboard, when they sort the success stories by the number of shares, then the top three stories displayed should reflect the highest share counts accurately.
A new user wishes to find impactful success stories to learn from the community.
Given that a new user accesses the Analytics Dashboard, when they navigate to the 'High-Impact Stories' section, then the user should see at least five success stories that have received high engagement metrics (views > 100, shares > 50).
An administrator needs to assess the effectiveness of the Success Stories Hub in fostering community engagement.
Given that the administrator views the Analytics Dashboard, when they review the engagement metrics over a month, then they should see a minimum of 20% increase in total views compared to the previous month.
A user splits their analytics view to compare the performance of sustainability initiatives over different time frames.
Given that the user is on the Analytics Dashboard, when they select a timeframe filter (e.g., last month vs. last quarter), then the metrics for views, comments, and shares should update accordingly and reflect accurate data for both timeframes.
Users seek to share feedback on success stories that encouraged them.
Given that a user is viewing a success story in the Analytics Dashboard, when they select the option to provide feedback, then they should be able to submit a comment which immediately updates the comment count displayed in the dashboard.
Resource Exchange Board
The Resource Exchange Board allows users to post and request valuable sustainability resources, such as templates, tools, or best-practice documents. This feature enhances the value of the community by facilitating the sharing of actionable resources, ensuring users have access to the tools they need to succeed in their sustainability initiatives.
Requirements
Resource Posting Capability
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability coordinator, I want to be able to post requests for best practice documents and tools so that I can access resources that help my company enhance its sustainability initiatives.
-
Description
-
The Resource Posting Capability allows users to create and submit requests for sustainability resources on the Resource Exchange Board. This feature will include options for adding detailed descriptions, categories, and tags to ensure the resources are easily discoverable by other users. The integration of this capability enhances community engagement by facilitating the sharing of valuable tools and templates, directly supporting users in achieving their sustainability goals. Ultimately, this enhances the EcoTrackify ecosystem by providing a centralized location for knowledge and resource sharing among users, fostering collaboration and continuous knowledge improvement.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User wants to post a new sustainability resource on the Resource Exchange Board.
Given a logged-in user on the Resource Exchange Board, when the user fills out the resource posting form with a valid title, detailed description, category, and tags, and clicks 'Submit', then the resource should be successfully posted and visible to other users within the board.
User attempts to post a resource without filling in mandatory fields.
Given a logged-in user on the Resource Exchange Board, when the user submits the resource posting form without filling out all mandatory fields, then an error message should be displayed indicating which fields are required, and the resource should not be posted.
User wants to categorize a resource when posting it on the Resource Exchange Board.
Given a logged-in user on the Resource Exchange Board, when the user selects a category from the predefined list while posting a resource, then the selected category should be visible alongside the resource title on the board once successfully posted.
User wants to tag a resource with relevant keywords when posting it on the Resource Exchange Board.
Given a logged-in user on the Resource Exchange Board, when the user adds tags (separated by commas) during the resource posting process, then those tags should be displayed below the resource title for easy searching and filtering by other users post submission.
User wants to view previously posted resources on the Resource Exchange Board and ensure they are searchable.
Given a logged-in user on the Resource Exchange Board, when the user searches for resources using a keyword that matches the title, description, category, or tags of a previously posted resource, then the relevant resources should be displayed in the search results.
User wants to receive notifications for resources posted by others in specific categories of interest.
Given a user has selected their areas of interest while creating their profile, when new resources are posted in those categories, then the user should receive a notification via the platform's notification system.
User wants to edit or delete their posted resource on the Resource Exchange Board.
Given a logged-in user who has successfully posted a resource, when the user clicks on 'Edit' next to their posted resource, then they should be able to modify the details and save the changes, or choose to delete the resource, and the action should reflect immediately on the Resource Exchange Board.
Resource Request Notification System
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to receive notifications whenever new sustainability resources are posted so that I can promptly review and utilize them for my initiatives.
-
Description
-
The Resource Request Notification System alerts users when new resources that match their interests or needs are added to the Resource Exchange Board. Notifications can be customized based on user preferences, ensuring relevant updates are communicated effectively. This feature is critical for maintaining user engagement and ensuring that members do not miss valuable opportunities to access resources that can aid their sustainability efforts. It integrates smoothly with the user dashboard, providing a user-friendly experience without overwhelming users with irrelevant information.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User subscribes to notifications for resources related to sustainability tools.
Given that the user has customized their notification preferences, When a new resource related to sustainability tools is added to the Resource Exchange Board, Then the user should receive an email notification within 5 minutes of the resource being posted.
User receives notifications for newly posted templates that match their interests.
Given that the user’s interests include templates, When a new sustainability template is posted on the Resource Exchange Board, Then the user should see a notification in their dashboard and receive a push notification on their mobile app.
User alters their notification preferences for resource updates.
Given that the user is on the notification settings page, When the user adds or removes categories from their interest list, Then their changes should be saved and reflected in upcoming notifications within 10 minutes.
User interacts with a notification for additional resource details.
Given that the user receives a notification about a new resource, When the user clicks on the notification, Then they should be redirected to the Resource Exchange Board with the new resource highlighted.
User receives a notification for resources aligning with their customized settings.
Given that the user has set up personalized preferences for notifications, When multiple new resources are posted that match these preferences, Then the user should receive one consolidated notification summarizing these resources within a specified frequency (e.g., daily, weekly).
User tests the notification system to ensure reliability before a sustainability initiative launch.
Given that the user wants to verify the notification system, When they request several resources across different categories, Then they should receive timely and accurate notifications for all matchable resources within the expected response times outlined in their preferences.
Resource Rating and Feedback Mechanism
-
User Story
-
As a user of EcoTrackify, I want to be able to rate and provide feedback on resources I utilize so that I can share my experience and help others find the most effective tools for sustainability.
-
Description
-
The Resource Rating and Feedback Mechanism allows users to rate and provide feedback on resources shared through the Resource Exchange Board. This functionality encourages users to engage with the resources actively and provides valuable insights into their effectiveness. Users can leave comments and suggestions, promoting community-driven improvements and ensuring that the resources shared are of high quality and relevance. This mechanism also supports accountability and trust within the community by allowing users to see ratings before accessing the resources, thereby enhancing the overall user experience.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User rates a resource after utilizing it for their company's sustainability initiative.
Given that a user has accessed a resource from the Resource Exchange Board, when they have completed their evaluation of the resource, then they should be able to rate the resource on a scale of 1 to 5 stars and submit their feedback.
User views ratings and feedback before accessing a resource.
Given that a user is browsing the Resource Exchange Board, when they hover over a resource, then they should see the average rating and a preview of the feedback comments from other users.
User submits feedback including a comment and a rating for a shared resource.
Given that a user has completed their review of a resource, when they enter a comment and select a star rating, then their feedback should be saved and displayed on the resource page for others to view.
An admin reviews and moderates user feedback for appropriateness.
Given that an admin accesses the Resource Exchange Board, when they review user feedback, then they should have the ability to delete inappropriate comments and flag users for violating community guidelines.
A user filters resources based on ratings provided by the community.
Given that a user is on the Resource Exchange Board, when they select a filter option for resources rated 4 stars or higher, then only those resources should be displayed in the results.
User updates their existing feedback on a resource.
Given that a user has previously submitted feedback on a resource, when they choose to edit their comment and adjust their star rating, then the updated feedback should replace the previous submission immediately.
Advanced Search Functionality
-
User Story
-
As a project manager, I want to be able to conduct advanced searches for sustainability resources so that I can quickly find the most relevant materials for our ongoing projects.
-
Description
-
The Advanced Search Functionality enables users to search for resources on the Resource Exchange Board based on specific criteria such as resource type, popularity, date posted, and user ratings. This feature enhances the usability of the Resource Exchange Board by helping users quickly locate relevant resources that meet their sustainability needs. It integrates with the existing search functionalities of EcoTrackify to provide seamless access to the community’s resources. The advanced search capabilities empower users with increased efficiency and effectiveness in navigating the resources available on the platform.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User searches for sustainability templates using multiple filters on the Resource Exchange Board.
Given the user is on the Resource Exchange Board, When the user selects 'Templates' as the resource type, filters by 'Most Popular' and sorts by 'Date Posted', Then the search results should display only templates filtered by popularity and sorted by the most recent uploads.
A user attempts to search for resources that have a minimum rating of 4 stars.
Given the user is on the Resource Exchange Board and selects the filter for 'Rating', When the user sets the filter to 4 stars and above, Then the search results should only include resources with a rating of 4 stars or higher.
User searches for resources based on a specific date range they were posted.
Given the user is on the Resource Exchange Board, When the user specifies a date range in the search filter, Then the search results should only show resources posted within the specified date range.
A user searches for sustainability resources and receives instant feedback if no results are found.
Given the user is on the Resource Exchange Board and enters a search term that has no matching results, When the user submits the search, Then the system should display a message indicating 'No resources found for your search criteria.'
User evaluates the effectiveness of the search functionality by searching for resources by keywords and ratings.
Given the user is on the Resource Exchange Board and types in a keyword while selecting a minimum rating of 3 stars, When the user clicks on the search button, Then the results should display resources that match the keyword and have a rating of 3 stars or above.
User accesses previously viewed resources through the search functionality.
Given the user has viewed resources in the past, When the user performs a search, Then the system should display a 'Recently Viewed' section containing the resources they have previously accessed.
A user checks the total number of resources returned by the search in real-time.
Given the user has made a selection on the resource type and applies filters, When the resources load, Then the total count of returned resources should be displayed at the top of the results.
User Profile Customization
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to customize my profile to reflect my sustainability interests so that I can receive tailored recommendations and participate more effectively in the community.
-
Description
-
The User Profile Customization feature allows users to personalize their profiles on EcoTrackify, including their sustainability interests, expertise, and preferred types of resources. This customization will help tailor the experience for users by ensuring that they receive more relevant resource suggestions and notifications. Integrating this feature improves engagement and user satisfaction by making the platform more user-centric, allowing users to reflect their unique sustainability journey and preferences in their profiles.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User Profile Customization allows users to specify their sustainability interests such as renewable energy, waste reduction, and resource management during the onboarding process.
Given a new user is signing up, When they reach the profile customization section, Then they should see options to select their sustainability interests from a list of predefined categories.
Users can update their profile preferences at any time to reflect changing interests or needs related to sustainability resources.
Given a user is logged into their profile, When they access the profile customization page, Then they should be able to edit their selected sustainability interests and save the changes successfully.
The platform provides personalized resource suggestions based on the user's selected sustainability interests after profile customization is completed.
Given a user has completed their profile customization, When they visit the resource section, Then they should see a list of resource suggestions that correspond to their selected interests.
Users receive notifications about new resources that match their interests, increasing engagement with the platform.
Given that a user has selected specific sustainability interests, When a new resource is added to the board that matches those interests, Then the user should receive a notification about the new resource.
Users can view and manage their expertise levels in sustainability, which can affect the type of resources they are shown.
Given a user is customizing their profile, When they reach the expertise section, Then they should be presented with options to set their expertise level from beginner to expert.
The system should record and display the last updated date of the user's profile customization preferences for transparency.
Given a user updates their profile preferences, When they save the changes, Then the last updated date should be displayed on their profile page.
Users are able to reset their profile customization to default settings if they wish to start over.
Given a user is on the profile customization page, When they select the option to reset to default settings, Then all previously selected customization options should revert back to the original defaults.
Mentorship Matchup
Mentorship Matchup connects experienced sustainability professionals with users seeking guidance and support. This feature aims to foster one-on-one mentorship relationships, enabling users to learn from seasoned advocates and accelerate their sustainability journeys through personalized advice and insights.
Requirements
Mentorship Profile Creation
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability mentee, I want to review mentor profiles so that I can choose the most suitable mentor for my needs and goals.
-
Description
-
The Mentorship Profile Creation requirement allows experienced sustainability professionals to create detailed profiles that highlight their expertise, experience, and availability for mentorship. This profiles will include information such as areas of expertise, past projects, and personal mentoring goals. This functionality enables mentees to select the best mentor suited to their needs, thereby enhancing the mentoring matching process and fostering more meaningful connections. By integrating this feature within EcoTrackify, we facilitate a richer learning experience and enable mentees to make informed decisions regarding their mentorship selection.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Mentorship Profile Creation by Experienced Professionals
Given an experienced sustainability professional, when they log into the EcoTrackify platform, then they should be able to access and fill out a mentorship profile form that includes fields for expertise, past projects, and mentoring goals.
Validation of Submitted Mentorship Profiles
Given that a mentorship profile has been submitted by an experienced professional, when the profile is reviewed by the system, then it should confirm that all required fields are completed and formatted correctly before approval.
Display of Mentor Profiles for Mentees
Given multiple mentorship profiles have been created and approved, when a mentee accesses the mentorship section, then they should see a list of available mentors with key details such as expertise and availability clearly displayed.
Editing of Mentorship Profiles by Professionals
Given that an experienced professional has an existing mentorship profile, when they choose to edit their profile, then they should be able to update any section of their profile including expertise and project history without losing previous data.
Delete Mentorship Profile Functionality
Given an experienced sustainability professional wishes to remove their mentorship profile, when they select the delete option, then they should receive a confirmation prompt and, upon confirming, the profile should be permanently removed from the system.
Integration with Mentee Matching Algorithm
Given that mentorship profiles are complete, when the mentee specifies their mentorship needs, then the system should match and recommend at least three suitable mentors based on expertise alignment and availability.
Automated Matching System
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability mentee, I want to be automatically matched with a mentor who fits my specific needs so that I can maximize my learning experience.
-
Description
-
The Automated Matching System requirement uses algorithms to pair mentees with mentors based on their stated goals, expertise, and preferences. Through a questionnaire, the system captures essential data and employs a set of matching criteria to streamline the connection process. This feature streamlines the initial phase of mentorship engagement, ensuring that users can find their ideal mentor quickly while maximizing compatibility and fostering effective learning relationships. Integration into the EcoTrackify platform allows seamless user experience and enhances overall engagement in sustainability initiatives.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User completes the questionnaire to find a mentor.
Given a user completes the mentorship questionnaire, when they submit their responses, then the system should successfully save their data and confirm submission.
The system matches a mentee with an appropriate mentor.
Given a saved questionnaire, when the matching algorithm runs, then the system should return a list of at least three mentors that align with the mentee's goals and preferences.
User receives a notification of their mentor match.
Given a mentee has been successfully matched, when the match is confirmed, then the system should send an email notification to the mentee with mentor details and next steps.
Mentee views mentor profiles to select their match.
Given a list of matched mentors, when the mentee views the profiles, then they should see the mentor's expertise, availability, and a brief bio to aid in their selection.
Mentee initiates contact with their selected mentor.
Given a mentor has been selected by the mentee, when the mentee clicks 'Connect', then the system should enable a chat feature or email option to facilitate initial contact.
User provides feedback on mentor compatibility after initial meeting.
Given a completed mentorship session, when the mentee rates their mentor on a scale of 1-5 and submits feedback, then the system should log the feedback and update the mentor's profile for future matching.
System updates mentor profiles based on user feedback.
Given feedback has been submitted, when the system processes feedback data, then it should adjust the mentor's matching score accordingly for improved future matches.
Mentorship Feedback Loop
-
User Story
-
As a mentor, I want to receive feedback from mentees after sessions so that I can improve my mentorship skills and better support future mentees.
-
Description
-
The Mentorship Feedback Loop requirement facilitates users to provide feedback on their mentorship experience. This feature allows both mentors and mentees to assess their sessions, rate their interactions, and offer suggestions for improvement. This valuable data will help refine the matching algorithm and improve the overall quality of mentorship within EcoTrackify. Additionally, it encourages accountability and growth among mentors, ensuring that the learning experiences continually evolve to meet users’ needs more effectively.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Mentors and mentees complete their feedback session at the end of each mentorship interaction within the EcoTrackify platform.
Given a completed mentorship session, when the mentor and mentee navigate to the feedback section, then they can provide ratings between 1 to 5 stars and write comments to describe their experience.
Users access the feedback section of their mentorship session to review past feedback submitted by both parties.
Given that feedback has been submitted, when a user accesses the feedback history, then they should see a list of feedback entries, along with the average rating and comments from the other participant.
The system uses collected feedback to refine the matching algorithm for future mentor-mentee pairings.
Given that feedback data is collected over a month, when the system computes the average ratings and suggestions, then it should adjust the matching algorithm to prioritize mentors with higher feedback ratings for similar mentee profiles.
Mentors and mentees receive notifications reminding them to provide feedback within 24 hours after the mentorship session concludes.
Given a completed mentorship session, when 24 hours have passed since the session, then both the mentor and the mentee should receive an automated email notification prompting them to submit their feedback.
Users are able to indicate suggestions for improvement in their feedback to enhance the mentorship process.
Given that a user is filling out the feedback form, when they submit their feedback, then they must have the option to provide at least one suggestion for improvement in a text input field.
Admin users can access a report that summarizes feedback metrics such as average ratings and common themes from user comments.
Given the admin panel is accessed, when the admin requests the feedback report, then the report should provide summary statistics including average ratings, total feedback submissions, and categorized themes based on user comments.
Resource Sharing Hub
-
User Story
-
As a mentor, I want to share resources with my mentees so that they can access valuable information that supports their development in sustainability practices.
-
Description
-
The Resource Sharing Hub requirement allows mentors to upload and share relevant sustainability resources with their mentees. This can include articles, case studies, tools, and templates that assist mentees on their sustainability journey. By centralizing these resources, the feature supports continuous learning and provides valuable material that both mentors and mentees can leverage to enhance their discussions and effectiveness. This integration positions EcoTrackify as a comprehensive tool for sustainability education, reinforcing the collaborative nature of the mentorship program.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Mentors use the Resource Sharing Hub to upload various sustainability resources for their mentees by selecting appropriate categories in the dashboard.
Given a mentor logs into EcoTrackify, when they access the Resource Sharing Hub and select a category, then they should be able to upload multiple resources and see a confirmation message upon successful upload.
Mentees search for specific resources shared by their mentors using keywords in the Resource Sharing Hub.
Given a mentee is logged into EcoTrackify and navigates to the Resource Sharing Hub, when they enter a keyword in the search bar, then they should see a list of relevant resources uploaded by their mentor that match the keyword.
Mentors and mentees engage in discussions about the resources shared in the Resource Sharing Hub through a dedicated comment section.
Given a mentee views a resource in the Resource Sharing Hub, when they enter a comment in the comment section, then the comment should be visible to both the mentor and the mentee and allow for replies.
The Resource Sharing Hub displays a summary of the most accessed resources to help mentors and mentees prioritize useful materials.
Given multiple resources are uploaded in the Resource Sharing Hub, when users access the hub, then they should see a 'Most Accessed Resources' section listing the top five resources based on usage metrics.
Mentors receive notifications whenever a mentee accesses a resource they shared to enhance engagement.
Given a mentor has shared a resource in the Resource Sharing Hub, when a mentee accesses that resource, then the mentor should receive a notification outlining which resource was accessed and by which mentee.
Users can categorize resources into predefined categories for better organization within the Resource Sharing Hub.
Given a mentor uploads a resource, when they are prompted to select a category from a dropdown list, then they should be able to assign that resource to one of the available categories successfully.
Mentees provide feedback on the resources they downloaded from the Resource Sharing Hub, which can be viewed by mentors.
Given a mentee has downloaded a resource, when they submit feedback through a provided form, then the feedback should be successfully saved and accessible to the mentor in their dashboard.
Mentorship Progress Tracker
-
User Story
-
As a mentee, I want to track my progress with my mentor so that I can see how I’m advancing in my sustainability knowledge and practices.
-
Description
-
The Mentorship Progress Tracker requirement enables mentees and mentors to monitor their development and achievements throughout the mentorship program. This tool provides visual insights and milestones that reflect the mentee's learning journey and goal attainment. Users will be able to set goals, document challenges, and celebrate achievements, fostering a sense of accomplishment and progress. Integrating this feature in EcoTrackify allows both parties to stay aligned and motivated, ultimately driving better results in sustainability initiatives.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
Mentee sets a personal goal for their mentoring experience in the Mentorship Progress Tracker.
Given the mentee is logged in, when they navigate to the Mentorship Progress Tracker, then they can create and save a personal goal that is visible to both the mentee and mentor.
Mentor provides feedback on mentee's progress through documented challenges in the tracker.
Given the mentor is viewing the mentee's progress tracker, when they select a challenge documented by the mentee, then they can leave feedback that is appropriately saved and linked to that challenge.
Mentee celebrates an achievement within the Mentorship Progress Tracker.
Given the mentee has reached a defined milestone, when they mark it as an achievement, then it is added to their progress timeline and an automated notification is sent to the mentor.
Mentorship session logs are created and accessed by both parties.
Given a mentorship session has occurred, when the mentee logs the session details in the Mentorship Progress Tracker, then both the mentee and mentor can view the session logs.
Visual representation of progress is updated in real time in the tracker.
Given the mentee updates their goals and achievements in the Mentorship Progress Tracker, when they save those updates, then the visual progress chart reflects those changes in real time.
Mentee receives automated reminders for upcoming mentorship sessions.
Given the mentee has scheduled mentorship sessions in the tracker, when a session is approaching, then the mentee receives an automated reminder via their chosen notification method.
Mentee can compare their growth progress over time with mentor feedback.
Given the mentee has documented multiple achievements and received mentor feedback over time, when they access the progress comparison feature, then they can view a timeline that illustrates their growth against mentor feedback.
Interactive Polls and Surveys
Interactive Polls and Surveys allow users to participate in community-driven queries on various sustainability topics. This feature collects user opinions and insights, generating valuable data that can inform discussions and highlight community priorities. Users benefit by expressing their views and learning about collective trends in the EcoTrackify community.
Requirements
User-Friendly Poll Creation
-
User Story
-
As a community manager, I want to create interactive polls effortlessly so that I can gather opinions from users on sustainability topics without technical barriers.
-
Description
-
Enable users to easily create and customize polls and surveys through a streamlined interface. This requirement includes drag-and-drop functionality and templates for different types of questions (multiple choice, Likert scale, open-ended). The ability to preview polls before publishing will enhance user experience, reduce errors, and allow businesses to quickly engage community feedback on sustainability topics.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User initiates the poll creation process to gather feedback on community sustainability practices.
Given the user is logged in to their EcoTrackify account, when they navigate to the poll creation section and select 'Create a Poll', then they should see an intuitive interface with drag-and-drop functionality.
The user customizes a poll with various question types to engage the community.
Given the user has accessed the poll creation interface, when they choose different question templates (multiple choice, Likert scale, open-ended), then they should be able to seamlessly add and configure these questions without system errors.
The user previews the poll before publishing to ensure accuracy and presentation.
Given the user has added questions to the poll, when they click the 'Preview Poll' button, then the system should display an accurate representation of how the poll will appear to participants, including all question types and options.
The user saves a partially completed poll for future editing.
Given the user is creating a poll and decides to save their progress, when they click 'Save As Draft', then the system should store the poll and allow access to it later for editing without data loss.
The user publishes the poll to the EcoTrackify community for feedback.
Given the user has completed the customization and preview of their poll, when they click 'Publish', then the poll should immediately become visible to community members, and an acknowledgment message confirming its publication is shown.
The user receives feedback on the poll's visibility and engagement metrics after publishing.
Given the poll has been published for 24 hours, when the user checks the engagement dashboard, then they should see the total number of responses collected, average response time, and engagement percentage data for their poll.
Real-Time Response Tracking
-
User Story
-
As a business owner, I want to see real-time polling data so that I can adjust my marketing strategies based on community engagement and preferences promptly.
-
Description
-
Implement a system that allows users to view real-time response data for their polls and surveys. This feature will provide instant visual feedback with graphs and charts to showcase participation levels and trends. The ability to track responses in real-time will empower businesses by allowing them to adjust their outreach strategies according to ongoing community engagement.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User views real-time response data during an active poll, observing the changing participation levels and trends as they are submitted.
Given a user is logged into EcoTrackify, when they access a live poll, then they should see updated visual representations (graphs/charts) reflecting real-time participation data every 5 seconds.
Administrator checks the analytics dashboard for overall interaction metrics on a completed poll, including participation rates and demographic breakdowns.
Given an administrator accesses the analytics dashboard after a poll has ended, then they should be able to view comprehensive participation metrics, including total responses, response breakdown, and demographic insights within 10 seconds.
User receives a notification alerting them to the participation trends of an ongoing survey that they created, prompting them to engage with their audience.
Given a user has set up a survey, when there is a significant change in response rates (defined as a 20% increase or decrease), then the user should receive a notification via email and in-app alert within 2 minutes of the change.
User modifies their outreach strategy based on insights gained from the real-time response data of their ongoing poll.
Given a user is analyzing live response data, when they identify a trend regarding low engagement in a specific demographic, then they should be able to adjust their outreach strategy with actionable insights provided by the platform within the same session.
Community members review the graphical summary of poll responses, allowing them to discuss and understand community priorities.
Given community members access the poll results page, when they view the summary, then they should see an easy-to-understand graphical representation of the responses that is updated in real time, allowing for informed discussions.
Users filter real-time response data based on specific demographics or time frames to gain more insight during active polling.
Given a user is viewing the real-time response data, when they apply filters for demographics or specific time frames, then the visual data output should adjust accordingly to reflect the filtered results without delay.
User accesses historical data comparisons to analyze trends from previous polls in relation to the current poll performance.
Given a user wants to compare historical poll results, when they select a previous poll from the history section, then they should see a side-by-side comparison of the real-time data from the current poll and the selected historical poll within 5 seconds.
Aggregate Insights Dashboard
-
User Story
-
As a sustainability officer, I want to access an insights dashboard for poll results so that I can make informed decisions based on collective community insights and trends.
-
Description
-
Create an insights dashboard that aggregates data from polls and surveys, providing users with valuable analytics about community opinions and trends. This requirement entails filtering options by time, topic, and demographics, allowing businesses to identify priorities and tailor their sustainability efforts more effectively. The dashboard should also highlight key takeaways to facilitate informed decision-making.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User generates an analytics report from the Aggregate Insights Dashboard after participating in multiple polls.
Given the user has participated in at least three different polls, when they access the Aggregate Insights Dashboard, then they should be able to generate a report that aggregates insights based on their responses and community trends by topic and time frame.
Admin uses the dashboard to filter insights based on demographic data.
Given the admin selects demographic filter options in the Aggregate Insights Dashboard, when the filters are applied, then the dashboard should display analytics and key takeaways that only pertain to the selected demographic segment.
User accesses the dashboard on a mobile device.
Given the user is accessing EcoTrackify on a mobile device, when they open the Aggregate Insights Dashboard, then the dashboard should be fully responsive, allowing for all functionalities to be accessed without loss of information or usability.
User reviews key takeaways from the dashboard.
Given the user accesses the Aggregate Insights Dashboard, when they navigate to the key takeaways section, then they should see a summarized list of the top three insights derived from the most recent polls and surveys.
User sets up custom notification for new poll results in the dashboard.
Given the user opts in for notifications in the Aggregate Insights Dashboard settings, when a new poll result is aggregated, then the user should receive an automated email notification summarizing the new insights within 24 hours.
User filters insights by date range.
Given the user selects a specific date range in the Aggregate Insights Dashboard, when the user applies the filter, then the displayed analytics should update to reflect only the data collected during the chosen date range.
User Notification System
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to receive notifications about new polls and results so that I stay informed about community discussions and can participate promptly.
-
Description
-
Develop a notification system that alerts users about new polls, survey results, and participation reminders. This feature should include customizable settings to allow users to receive notifications via email, in-app messages, or push notifications. By keeping users informed, this requirement enhances engagement and encourages participation, ultimately benefiting the community's sustainability initiatives.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User receives an email notification about a new poll created in the EcoTrackify community.
Given a user is subscribed to email notifications, when a new poll is created, then the user should receive an email notification within 5 minutes of the poll creation.
User gets a push notification when survey results are published.
Given a user has opted for push notifications, when survey results are published, then the user should receive a push notification on their device within 10 minutes of the results being posted.
User can customize their notification preferences successfully.
Given a user accesses the notification settings, when they select their preferred notification methods (email, push, in-app), then those preferences should be saved and applied to future notifications.
User receives an in-app message reminding them to participate in an ongoing poll before it closes.
Given a user has an active ongoing poll, when the poll is within 24 hours of closing, then the user should receive an in-app message reminding them to participate.
User can view a history of notifications for polls and surveys.
Given a user accesses their notifications history, when they view the history, then they should see a list of all notifications related to polls and surveys, including timestamps and statuses (read/unread).
User receives a summary email of collected responses after participating in a survey.
Given a user has completed a survey, when the survey results are compiled, then the user should receive a summary email with insights within 2 hours of the survey closing.
User can easily unsubscribe from notifications without issues.
Given a user wishes to unsubscribe from notifications, when they choose to do so from their settings, then their preference should be changed immediately, preventing future notifications from being sent.
Integrated Sharing Options
-
User Story
-
As a community contributor, I want to share polls on social media so that I can encourage a wider audience to participate and share their opinions on sustainability topics.
-
Description
-
Provide integrated social media sharing options for users to share polls and survey results on platforms like Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn. This requirement aims to increase community engagement by allowing users to invite their networks to participate, thereby broadening the audience and improving the data's representativeness and diversity.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User shares a poll result on Facebook after participating in the poll, ensuring the content is visually appealing and includes appropriate tags for wider reach.
Given the user has completed a poll, when they select the 'Share on Facebook' option, then the poll result should display correctly with a visually appealing format, including relevant hashtags and a direct link to EcoTrackify.
User attempts to share survey results on LinkedIn, and the sharing options perform efficiently without any errors, maintaining the integrity of the data shared.
Given the user has access to survey results, when they click the 'Share on LinkedIn' button, then the survey results should be shared seamlessly without errors and include a brief overview of the findings.
User wants to assess how many of their friends participated in the poll after sharing it on Twitter, allowing for community engagement and interaction.
Given the user has shared a poll result on Twitter, when followers interact with the tweet, then the user should receive notifications detailing how many friends engaged with the link to the poll.
A business administrator analyzes the impact of shared poll results on community engagement metrics such as shares, likes, and comments, measuring the effectiveness of social media shares.
Given the poll results have been shared across social media platforms, when analyzing engagement data, then the metrics should reflect an increase in community interactions, specifically showing at least a 20% increase in engagement compared to previous polls without sharing features.
User attempts to share survey results on multiple social media platforms simultaneously, ensuring a wider audience reach.
Given the user has completed a survey, when they choose to share results on multiple platforms (Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn), then the results should be correctly formatted and posted on all selected platforms without any discrepancies or errors.
User seeks to update their privacy settings before sharing a poll result to ensure their sharing preferences are respected.
Given the user navigates to their privacy settings, when they choose to adjust privacy options, then their preferences should be accurately saved and applied to any subsequent sharing actions.
Compliance and Privacy Assurance
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want assurance that my responses to polls are handled with privacy and compliance in mind so that I feel safe participating in community surveys.
-
Description
-
Ensure that all data collected from polls and surveys complies with relevant privacy regulations and industry best practices. This requirement will include features for user consent, data anonymization, and transparent data usage policies. By prioritizing privacy and compliance, EcoTrackify will build trust with its users and ensure long-term engagement.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User Consent Management for Polls and Surveys
Given a user accesses a poll or survey, when the consent request is displayed, then the user must actively provide consent by selecting 'Agree' before participating.
Data Anonymization Process
Given data is collected from the polls and surveys, when the data is processed for reporting, then all personally identifiable information must be removed or anonymized before any analysis occurs.
Transparent Data Usage Notification
Given that a poll or survey is completed, when the user views the results, then they must be able to access a clear description of how their data will be used and stored.
Compliance with Privacy Regulations
Given that EcoTrackify operates in multiple regions, when data is collected from users, then the platform must comply with GDPR, CCPA, and any other relevant privacy regulations applicable to the user's location.
User Feedback on Data Privacy Practices
Given users have engaged with the polls and surveys, when feedback is collected regarding data privacy practices, then at least 80% of users should express trust in the platform's handling of their data.
Automated Compliance Reporting
Given that data has been collected and processed, when compliance reports are generated, then the system should automatically compile a report that meets privacy regulation requirements and is available for review within 24 hours.
User Opt-Out Mechanism
Given that a user wishes to withdraw their consent, when they select the opt-out option for data collection, then all previously collected data from that user must be deleted from secure storage within 48 hours.
Event Calendar
The Event Calendar consolidates upcoming sustainability-related events, webinars, and workshops within the Eco-Engagement Community Forum. Users can easily view and register for events, promoting participation in educational opportunities and community activities. This feature keeps users informed and engaged with ongoing learning and networking possibilities.
Requirements
Event Registration System
-
User Story
-
As a small business owner, I want to register for sustainability events so that I can learn from experts and network with other like-minded businesses.
-
Description
-
The Event Registration System allows users to easily sign up for sustainability-related events, webinars, and workshops. This system will integrate seamlessly with the Eco-Engagement Community Forum, enabling users to view detailed information about each event, including the date, time, location, and agenda. Users will be able to manage their registrations, receive confirmation emails, and view a list of events they are registered for. This feature enhances user engagement and provides a centralized location for professional development and community involvement, ensuring that users stay connected and informed about relevant sustainability initiatives.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User registration for an upcoming sustainability webinar.
Given the user is logged into their EcoTrackify account, when they navigate to the Event Calendar and select a specific webinar, then they should see the option to register, and after clicking 'Register', a confirmation message should appear on the screen.
User checks their registered events.
Given the user is on their dashboard, when they click on 'My Events', then they should see a list of all events they are currently registered for, along with the corresponding dates, times, and a cancellation option for each event.
User receives an email confirmation after registration.
Given the user has successfully registered for an event, when the registration is complete, then an email confirmation should be sent to the user's registered email address containing the event details and a calendar link.
User cancels their registration for an event.
Given the user is viewing their list of registered events, when they click on 'Cancel' next to an event, then their registration should be removed, a success message should be displayed, and they should no longer receive emails about that event.
User views detailed event information before registering.
Given the user is on the Event Calendar, when they click on an event title, then they should see a detailed view including date, time, location, agenda, and speakers, along with a 'Register' button.
User interacts with the calendar interface efficiently.
Given the user is on the Event Calendar, when they navigate between months and filter events by type (webinar, workshop, etc.), then the interface should update quickly without significant loading times and display the correct filtered results.
User receives notifications for upcoming events they have registered for.
Given the user is registered for an event, when the event date approaches (24 hours prior), then the user should receive a notification through the EcoTrackify platform and an optional email reminder, ensuring they are informed about the upcoming event.
Event Reminder Notifications
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to receive reminders for upcoming events I registered for so that I ensure I attend and do not miss valuable learning opportunities.
-
Description
-
The Event Reminder Notifications feature will send automated reminders to users for upcoming registered events. Notifications will be delivered via email and mobile alerts, customizable based on user preferences for timing (e.g., 1 day before, 1 hour before). This functionality ensures users do not miss important events and increases participation rates. By keeping users informed and engaged, this feature helps build a vibrant community focused on sustainability education and networking.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User registers for an event through the EcoTrackify Event Calendar and specifies their preferred notification settings for event reminders.
Given a user is registered for an event, when the event is scheduled, then the user receives an email reminder according to their specified preference (1 day or 1 hour before).
A user has different notification preferences for various types of events they registered for within the EcoTrackify platform.
Given a user has registered for multiple events with varying reminder settings, when each event approaches, then the user receives reminders according to each event's individual schedule and preferences.
A user updates their notification preferences for event reminders after originally registering for an event.
Given a user has previously set notification preferences for an event, when they update their preferences, then the next reminder sent reflects the updated settings.
The system sends reminders immediately prior to an event that the user has registered for.
Given the event is scheduled to start in 1 hour, when the time of the event arrives, then the user should receive a mobile alert notification if they have chosen this option in their settings.
The system ensures that reminders are not sent if a user chooses not to receive them at all.
Given a user has opted out of all event reminder notifications, when an event approaches, then no reminders should be sent to that user.
Event reminder notifications are sent in a timely manner based on the user's preferences specified during the registration process.
Given a user prefers to receive notifications 1 day before an event, when the 24-hour mark is reached, then the user should receive an email notification about the upcoming event.
The system maintains records of all notifications sent to users for auditing and feedback purposes.
Given a user has registered for an event and received notifications, when an administrator checks the notification logs, then records of sent notifications must reflect the timing and nature of each reminder sent to that user.
Interactive Event Calendar View
-
User Story
-
As a user, I want to view an interactive calendar of sustainability events so that I can easily find and plan for events that interest me.
-
Description
-
The Interactive Event Calendar View offers users a visual representation of upcoming sustainability events in a calendar format. Users can click on specific dates to view events listed for that day, and filter options will be available to sort events by type (webinars, workshops, etc.) or topic. This interactive feature enhances user experience by allowing users to easily identify and access events that fit their schedules and interests. The calendar will be dynamically updated to reflect new events as they are added, ensuring users have the latest information at their fingertips.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User navigates to the Event Calendar from their dashboard to check for upcoming sustainability events.
Given the user is on the dashboard, when they click on the 'Event Calendar' link, then they should be redirected to the Interactive Event Calendar View without any errors.
User selects a specific date on the calendar that has events scheduled.
Given that the calendar is displayed, when the user clicks on a date with events, then a list of events for that date should be displayed in a clear and organized manner.
User applies a filter to view only webinars in the Event Calendar.
Given the Event Calendar is shown, when the user selects the 'Webinars' filter, then only webinar events should be displayed, and the filter should visibly indicate it is active.
User wants to view detailed information about an event scheduled on a selected date.
Given that the event list for a selected date is displayed, when the user clicks on a specific event title, then they should be routed to a detailed event page showing all relevant information (description, time, registration link, etc.).
New sustainability events are added to the Event Calendar by an admin.
Given that an admin has successfully added new events to the calendar, when a user refreshes the Event Calendar page, then the new events should appear immediately without requiring any additional action.
User wants to register for a webinar from the Event Calendar.
Given that a user has selected a webinar event, when they click on the 'Register' button, then they should be redirected to the registration page and see a confirmation message once successfully registered.
User adjusts the calendar view to see events for the next month.
Given the Interactive Event Calendar is displayed in the current month, when the user clicks on the 'Next Month' button, then the calendar should update to show the events scheduled for the next month accurately with no data loss.
Feedback and Rating System for Events
-
User Story
-
As a participant, I want to share my feedback on the events I attended so that I can help improve future events and guide other users in their choices.
-
Description
-
The Feedback and Rating System allows users to provide feedback and rate the sustainability events they attended. This system collects user impressions and experiences, which can then be used to improve future events and inform other users about the quality of the events. Ratings will be aggregated and displayed publicly, assisting users in making informed decisions about which events to attend. This feature fosters a culture of continuous improvement and community engagement by highlighting user voices and experiences.
-
Acceptance Criteria
-
User provides feedback for an event they attended via the Feedback and Rating System.
Given a registered user who has attended an event, when they access the Feedback and Rating System, then they should see a prompt to rate the event on a scale of 1 to 5 stars and provide optional comments.
A user submits their rating and feedback for an event they attended.
Given the user has filled out the rating form, when they submit their feedback, then the system should confirm submission and display a message indicating their feedback has been recorded successfully.
Users can view aggregated ratings and comments for a specific event.
Given that multiple users have submitted ratings and feedback for an event, when a user views the event's feedback section, then they should see the average rating along with individual comments from previous attendees.
Event organizers can access ratings and feedback for events they hosted.
Given that an event organizer is logged into their account, when they navigate to the events they have organized, then they should have access to all feedback and ratings submitted for their events.
Users are notified of new ratings and feedback for events they registered for.
Given a user who registered for an event, when new feedback is submitted for that event, then they should receive a notification about the new feedback and ratings.
The system ensures that users can give feedback only once per event.
Given a user who has previously submitted feedback for an event, when they attempt to submit feedback again, then they should see a message indicating they have already provided feedback and cannot submit again.
Users can filter events based on ratings and feedback.
Given users are viewing the list of events, when they apply a filter for events with a minimum rating of 4 stars, then only events that meet this criterion should be displayed in the results.